SERIES

683XXC
SYNTHESIZED HIGH PERFORMANCE
SIGNAL GENERATOR

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

490 JARVIS DRIVE P/N: 10370-10340

MORGAN HILL, CA 95037-2809 REVISION: B
PRINTED: AUGUST 2003
COPYRIGHT 2003 ANRITSU CO.
 WARRANTY
The Anritsu product(s) listed on the title page is (are) warranted against defects in materials and
workmanship for one year from the date of shipment.

Anritsu’s obligation covers repairing or replacing products which prove to be defective during the
warranty period. Buyers shall prepay transportation charges for equipment returned to Anritsu for
warranty repairs. Obligation is limited to the original purchaser. Anritsu is not liable for consequen-
tial damages.

LIMITATION OF WARRANTY
The foregoing warranty does not apply to Anritsu connectors that have failed due to normal wear.
Also, the warranty does not apply to defects resulting from improper or inadequate maintenance by
the Buyer, unauthorized modification or misuse, or operation outside of the environmental specifi-
cations of the product. No other warranty is expressed or implied, and the remedies provided herein
are the Buyer’s sole and exclusive remedies.

TRADEMARK ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Adobe Acrobat is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated.

NOTICE
Anritsu Company has prepared this manual for use by Anritsu Company personnel and customers
as a guide for the proper installation, operation, and maintenance of Anritsu Company equipment
and computor programs. The drawings, specifications, and information contained herein are the
property of Anritsu Company, and any unauthorized use or disclosure of these drawings, specifica-
tions, and information is prohibited; they shall not be reproduced, copied, or used in whole or in part
as the basis for manufacture or sale of the equipment or software programs without the prior writt-
ten consent of Anritsu Company.
Table of Contents

Chapter 1 - General Information

1-1 SCOPE OF MANUAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1-2 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1-3 DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1-4 IDENTIFICATION NUMBER . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
1-5 ELECTRONIC MANUAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
1-6 RELATED MANUALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Operation Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
GPIB Programming Manual . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
SCPI Programming Manual . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
1-7 OPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
1-8 LEVEL OF MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Preventive Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
1-9 STATIC-SENSITIVE COMPONENT HANDLING
PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
1-10 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
1-11 STARTUP CONFIGURATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
1-12 RECOMMENDED TEST EQUIPMENT . . . . . . 1-12
1-13 EXCHANGE ASSEMBLY PROGRAM . . . . . . . 1-14
1-14 REPLACEABLE SUBASSEMBLIES AND PARTS 1-14

Chapter 2 - Functional Description

2-1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
2-2 MAJOR SUBSYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Digital Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Frequency Synthesis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Analog Instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
YIG, SDM, SQM Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Function Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

683XXC MM i
Table of Contents (Continued)

ALC/AM/Pulse Modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

RF Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Inputs/Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Motherboard/Interconnections . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
2-3 FREQUENCY SYNTHESIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Phase-Lock Loops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Overall Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
RF Outputs 0.00001 to 65 GHz . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Frequency Modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Phase Modulation (Option 6) . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Analog Sweep Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Step Sweep Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
2-4 ALC/AM/PULSE MODULATION . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
ALC Loop Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Pulse Generator Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
2-5 RF DECK ASSEMBLIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
RF Deck Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
YIG-tuned Oscillator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Power Level Control and Modulation . . . . . . 2-25
RF Signal Filtering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
0.01 to 2 GHz Down Converter . . . . . . . . . 2-26
Switched Doubler Module . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Source Quadrupler Module . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Power Level Detection/ALC Loop . . . . . . . . 2-29
Step Attenuators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30

Chapter 3 - Performance Verification

3-1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
3-2 RECOMMENDED TEST EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . 3-3
3-3 TEST RECORDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
3-4 CONNECTOR AND KEY LABEL NOTATION . . . 3-3
3-5 POWER LEVELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
3-6 INTERNAL TIME BASE AGING RATE TEST . . . 3-7
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Test Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8

ii 683XXC MM
Table of Contents (Continued)
3-7 FREQUENCY SYNTHESIS TESTS . . . . . . . . 3-10
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Coarse Loop/ YIG Loop Test Procedure . . . . . 3-10
Fine Loop Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
3-8 SPURIOUS SIGNALS TEST: RF OUTPUT
SIGNALS <2 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
3-9 HARMONIC TEST: RF OUTPUT SIGNALS
FROM 2 TO 20 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Test Procedure (2 to 10 GHz) . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Test Procedure (11 to 20 GHz) . . . . . . . . . 3-17
3-10 SINGLE SIDEBAND PHASE NOISE TEST . . . . 3-19
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
3-11 POWER LEVEL ACCURACY AND FLATNESS
TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure . . . . . . 3-24
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure . . . . . . 3-25
3-12 AMPLITUDE MODULATION TEST . . . . . . . . 3-27
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
AM Input Sensitivity Procedure. . . . . . . . . 3-28
3-13 FREQUENCY MODULATION TESTS . . . . . . . 3-30
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
FM Input Sensitivity Procedure . . . . . . . . . 3-30
3-14 PULSE MODULATION TESTS: RISE TIME,
FALL TIME, OVERSHOOT, AND LEVEL . . . . 3-36
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Rise/Fall Time and Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Pulse Leveling Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
3-15 PULSE MODULATION TEST: VIDEO
FEEDTHROUGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41

683XXC MM iii
Table of Contents (Continued)

3-16 PULSE MODULATION TEST: RF ON/OFF RATIO 3-42

Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
3-17 PHASE MODULATION TESTS. . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
FM Input Sensitivity Procedure. . . . . . . . . 3-45

Chapter 4 - Calibration
4-1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
4-2 RECOMMENDED TEST EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . 4-3
4-3 TEST RECORDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
4-4 CALIBRATION FOLLOWING SUBASSEMBLY
REPLACEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
4-5 CONNECTOR AND KEY LABEL NOTATION . . . 4-4
4-6 INITIAL SETUP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
PC Setup — Windows 3.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
PC Setup — Windows 95/Windows 98 . . . . . . 4-10
4-7 PRELIMINARY CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Equipment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Calibration Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Alternate Reference Oscillator Calibration . . . 4-17
4-8 SWITCHED FILTER SHAPER CALIBRATION . . 4-19
Equipment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Log Amplifier Zero Calibration . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Limiter DAC Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Shaper DAC Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
4-9 RF LEVEL CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
4-10 ALC SLOPE CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
Equipment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
ALC Slope DAC Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
4-11 ALC BANDWIDTH CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . 4-28
Equipment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Bandwidth Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28

iv 683XXC MM
Table of Contents (Continued)
4-12 AM CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
Equipment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
AM Calibration Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
4-13 FM CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
Equipment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
FM Calibration Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
4-14 PHASE MODULATION (FM) CALIBRATION . . . 4-41
Equipment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
FM Calibration Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42

Chapter 5 - Troubleshooting
5-1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5-2 RECOMMENDED TEST EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . 5-3
5-3 ERROR AND WARNING/STATUS MESSAGES. . . 5-3
Self-Test Error Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Normal Operation Error and Warning/
Status Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
5-4 MALFUNCTIONS NOT DISPLAYING AN
ERROR MESSAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
5-5 TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

Chapter 6 - Removal and Replacement Procedures

6-1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
6-2 REMOVING AND REPLACING THE CHASSIS
COVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
6-3 REMOVING AND REPLACING THE FRONT
PANEL ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
6-4 REMOVING AND REPLACING THE A3, A4,
A5, OR A6 PCB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

683XXC MM v
Table of Contents (Continued)

6-5 REMOVING AND REPLACING THE A7 PCB. . . 6-10

Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
6-6 REMOVING AND REPLACING THE A8, A9, A10,
A11, OR A12 PCB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
6-7 REMOVING AND REPLACING THE A13 OR
A15 PCB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Preliminary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
6-8 REMOVING AND REPLACING THE A14 PCB . . 6-11
Preliminary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
6-9 REMOVING AND REPLACING THE A16 OR
A17 PCB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
6-10 REMOVING AND REPLACING THE A18 OR
A19 PCB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
6-11 REMOVING AND REPLACING THE REAR
PANEL ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
6-12 REMOVING AND REPLACING THE A21 PCB . . 6-17
Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
6-13 REMOVING AND REPLACING THE A21-3 PCB . 6-18
Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
6-14 REMOVING AND REPLACING THE FAN
ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19

vi 683XXC MM
Table of Contents (Continued)
Appendix A - Test Records
A-1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1

683XXC MM vii/viii
 Chapter 1
General Information
Table of Contents

1-1 SCOPE OF MANUAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

1-2 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1-3 DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1-4 IDENTIFICATION NUMBER . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
1-5 ELECTRONIC MANUAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
1-6 RELATED MANUALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Operation Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
GPIB Programming Manual . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
SCPI Programming Manual . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
1-7 OPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
1-8 LEVEL OF MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Preventive Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
1-9 STATIC-SENSITIVE COMPONENT HANDLING
PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
1-10 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
1-11 STARTUP CONFIGURATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
1-12 RECOMMENDED TEST EQUIPMENT . . . . . . 1-12
1-13 EXCHANGE ASSEMBLY PROGRAM . . . . . . . 1-14
1-14 REPLACEABLE SUBASSEMBLIES AND PARTS 1-14
Figure 1. Typical Series 683XXC Synthesized High Performance Signal Generator
 Chapter 1
General Information
1-1 SCOPE OF MANUAL This manual provides service information for all models of the Anritsu
Series 683XXC Synthesized High Performance Signal Generator. The
service information includes replaceable parts information, functional
circuit descriptions, block diagrams, performance verification tests,
and procedures for calibration, troubleshooting, and assembly/subas-
sembly removal and replacement. (Throughout this manual, the terms
683XXC and signal generator will be used interchangeably to refer to
the instrument.) Manual organization is shown in the table of con-
tents.

1-2 INTRODUCTION This chapter provides a general description of the Series 683XXC Syn-
thesized High Performance Signal Generator, its identification num-
ber, related manuals, and options. Information is included concerning
level of maintenance, replaceable subassemblies and RF components,
exchange assembly program, and preventive maintenance. Static-
sensitive component handling precautions and lists of exchangeable
subassemblies and recommended test equipment are also provided.

1-3 DESCRIPTION The Series 683XXC Synthesized High Performance Signal Generators
are microprocessor-based, synthesized signal sources with high resolu-
tion phase-lock capability. They generate both discrete CW frequencies
and broad (full range) and narrow band sweeps across the frequency
range of 10 MHz to 65 GHz. All functions of the signal generators are
fully controllable locally from the front panel or remotely (except for
power on/standby) via the IEEE-488 General Purpose Interface Bus
(GPIB).

The series presently consists of seven models covering a variety of fre-

quency ranges and power levels. Table 1-1, on the following page, lists
models, frequency ranges, and maximum leveled output.

683XXC MM 1-3
GENERAL 683XXC
INFORMATION MODELS

Table 1-1. Series 683XXC Models

Output Power
683XXC Frequency Output Power
Output Power w/Electronic
Model (GHz) w/Step Attenuator
Step Attenuator

68317C 0.01 – 8.4 GHz +13.0 dBm +11.0 dBm +9.0 dBm
68337C 2.0 – 20.0 GHz +13.0 dBm +11.0 dBm +3.0 dBm
68347C 0.01 – 20.0 GHz +13.0 dBm +11.0 dBm +3.0 dBm
0.01 – 2.0 GHz +13.0 dBm +11.0 dBm
68367C 2.0 – 20.0 GHz +9.0 dBm +7.0 dBm Not Available
20.0 – 40.0 GHz +6.0 dBm +3.0 dBm
0.01 – 2.0 GHz +12.0 dBm +10.0 dBm
2.0 – 20.0 GHz +10.0 dBm +8.5 dBm
68377C Not Available
20.0 – 40.0 GHz +2.5 dBm 0.0 dBm
40.0 – 50.0 GHz +2.5 dBm –1.0 dBm
0.01 – 2.0 GHz +12.0 dBm +10.0 dBm
2.0 – 20.0 GHz +10.0 dBm +8.5 dBm
68387C 20.0 – 40.0 GHz +2.5 dBm 0.0 dBm Not Available
40.0 – 50.0 GHz +2.0 dBm –1.5 dBm
50.0 – 60.0 GHz +2.0 dBm –2.0 dBm
0.01 – 2.0 GHz +12.0 dBm
2.0 – 20.0 GHz +10.0 dBm
68397C 20.0 – 40.0 GHz +2.5 dBm Not Available Not Available
40.0 – 50.0 GHz 0.0 dBm
50.0 – 65.0 GHz –2.0 dBm

With Option 15B (High Power) Installed

0.01– 2.0 Ghz +13.0 dBm +11.0 dBm +11.0 dBm

68317C
2.0 – 8.4 GHz +17.0 dBm +15.0 dBm +11.0 dBm
68337C 2.0 – 20.0 GHz +17.0 dBm +15.0 dBm +7.0 dBm
0.01 – 2.0 GHz +13.0 dBm +11.0 dBm +11.0 dBm
68347C
2.0 – 20.0 GHz +17.0 dBm +15.0 dBm +7.0 dBm
0.01 – 20.0 GHz +13.0 dBm +11.0 dBm
68367C Not Available
20.0 – 40.0 GHz +6.0 dBm +3.0 dBm
68377C 0.01 – 50.0 GHz Standard Standard Not Available
68387C 0.01 – 60.0 GHz Standard Standard Not Available
68397C 0.01 – 65.0 GHz Standard Not Available Not Available

Note: In models with Option 22 that have a high-end frequency of £20 GHz, rated output power is reduced by 1 dB.
In models with Option 22 that have a high-end frequency of >20 GHz, rated output power is reduced by 2 dB.

1-4 683XXC MM
GENERAL IDENTIFICATION
INFORMATION NUMBER

1-4 IDENTIFICATION All Anritsu instruments are assigned a unique six-digit ID number,
NUMBER such as “875012.” The ID number is imprinted on a decal that is af-
fixed to the rear panel of the unit. Special-order instrument configura-
tions also have an additional special serial number tag attached to the
rear panel of the unit.

When ordering parts or corresponding with Anritsu Customer Service,

please use the correct serial number with reference to the specific in-
strument’s model number (i.e., Model 68347C Synthesized Signal Gen-
erator, Serial No. 875012).

1-5 ELECTRONIC MANUAL This manual is available on CD ROM as an Adobe Acrobat Portable
Document Format (*.pdf) file. The file can be viewed using Acrobat
Reader, a free program that is also included on the CD ROM. The file
is “linked” such that the viewer can choose a topic to view from the
displayed “bookmark” list and “jump” to the manual page on which the
topic resides. The text can also be word-searched. Contact Anritsu
Customer Service for price and availability.

1-6 RELATED MANUALS This is one of a four manual set that consists of an Operation Manual,
a GPIB Programming Manual, a SCPI Programming Manual, and a
Maintenance Manual.

Operation This manual provides information and instructions

Manual for operation of the series 683XXC high performance
signal generators using the front panel controls. It
also includes general information, performance
specifications, installation instructions, and opera-
tion verification procedures. The Anritsu part
number for the Operation Manual is 10370-10337.

GPIB This manual provides information for remote opera-

Programming tion of the series 683XXC high performance signal
Manual generators using Product Specific commands sent
from an external controller via the IEEE 488 Gen-
eral Purpose Interface Bus (GPIB). It contains a
complete listing and description of all 683XXC GPIB
Product Specific commands and several program-
ming examples. The Anritsu part number for the
GPIB Programming Manual is 10370-10338.

SCPI This manual provides information for remote opera-

Programming tion of the series 683XXC high performance signal
Manual generators using Standard Commands for Program-
mable Instruments (SCPI) commands sent from an
external controller via the IEEE 488 General Pur-
pose Interface Bus (GPIB). It contains a complete
listing and description of each command in the

683XXC MM 1-5
GENERAL
INFORMATION OPTIONS

683XXC SCPI command set and examples of com-

mand usage. The Anritsu part number for the SCPI
Programming Manual is 10370-10339.

1-7 OPTIONS The following instrument options are available.

q Option 1, Rack Mounting. Rack mount kit containing a set of

track slides (90° tilt capability), mounting ears, and front panel
handles for mounting the instrument in a standard 19-inch
equipment rack.
q Option 2A, 110 dB Step Attenuator. Adds a 10 dB per step
attenuator with a 110 dB range for models having a high-end
frequency of £20 GHz. Output power is selected directly in dBm
on the front panel (or via GPIB). Rated output power is reduced.
q Option 2B, 110 dB Step Attenuator. Adds a 10 dB per step
attenuator with a 110 dB range for models having a high-end
frequency of £40 GHz. Output power is selected directly in dBm
on the front panel (or via GPIB). Rated output power is reduced.
q Option 2C, 90 dB Step Attenuator. Adds a 10 dB per step
attenuator with a 90 dB range for models having a high-end
frequency of £50 GHz. Output power is selected directly in dBm
on the front panel (or via GPIB). Rated output power is reduced.
q Option 2D, 90 dB Step Attenuator. Adds a 10 dB per step
attenuator with a 90 dB range for models having a high-end
frequency of £60 GHz. Output power is selected directly in dBm
on the front panel (or via GPIB). Rated output power is reduced.
q Option 2E, 120 dB Electronic Step Attenuator. Adds a 10 dB
per step electronic attenuator with a 120 dB range for models
having a high-end frequency of £8.4 Ghz. Output power is se-
lected directly in dBm on the front panel (or via GPIB). Rated
output power is reduced.
q Option 2F, 120 dB Electronic Step Attenuator. Adds a 10 dB
per step electronic attenuator with a 120 dB range for models
having a high-end frequency of £20 Ghz. Output power is se-
lected directly in dBm on the front panel (or via GPIB). Rated
output power is reduced.
q Option 6, Phase Modulation (FM). Adds phase modulation ca-
pability. The internal FM generator becomes the FM/FM genera-
tor. (Not available in combination with Option 7.)
q Option 7, Delete AM/FM Generator. Deletes the internal AM
and FM generators. External AM and FM capability remains un-
changed. (Not available in combination with Option 8 or Option
20.)
q Option 8, Internal Power Measurement. Adds an internal
power measurement function that is compatible with Anritsu
560-7, 5400-71, or 6400-71 series detectors. (Not available in
combination with Option 7.)

1-6 683XXC MM
GENERAL
INFORMATION OPTIONS

q Option 9, Rear Panel RF Output. Moves the RF output con-

nector to the rear panel.
q Option 10, User-Defined Modulation Capability. Provides
user-defined waveform capability for complex modulation. Re-
quires computer/controller (not included). Includes cable and
Windows base software. (Not available in combination with Op-
tion 7.)
q Option 11, 0.1 Hz Frequency Resolution. Provides frequency
resolution of 0.1 Hz.
q Option 14, Rack Mounting without Chassis Slides. Modifies
rack mounting hardware to install unit in a console that has
mounting shelves. Includes mounting ears and front panel han-
dles.
q Option 15B, High Power Output. Adds high-power RF compo-
nents to the instrument providing increased RF output power in
the 2–20 GHz frequency range. Option 15B is standard in models
having a high-end frequency that is >40 GHz.
q Option 16, High-Stability Time Base. Adds an ovenized,
10 MHz crystal oscillator with <5 x 10–10/day frequency stability.
q Option 17A, No Front Panel. Deletes the front panel for use in
remote control applications where a front panel display or key-
board control are not needed.
q Option 18, mmWave Module Bias Output. Provides bias out-
put for 54000-xWRxx Millimeter Wave Source Modules. BNC
Twinax connector, rear panel.
q Option 19, SCPI Programmability. Adds GPIB command
mnemonics complying with Standard Commands for Program-
mable Instruments (SCPI), Version 1993. SCPI programming
complies with IEEE 488.2-1987.
q Option 20, SCAN Modulator. Adds an internal SCAN modula-
tor for simulating high-depth amplitude modulated signals in
models 68337C and 68347C only. Requires an external modulat-
ing signal. (Not available in combination with Option 7.)
q Option 22, 0.1 Hz to 10.0 MHz Audio Frequency. Adds fre-
quency coverage below 10 MHz. In models having a high-end fre-
quency of £20 GHz, rated output power is reduced by 1 dB; in
models having a high-end frequency of >20 GHz, rated output
power is reduced by 2 dB.

683XXC MM 1-7
GENERAL LEVEL OF
INFORMATION MAINTENANCE

1-8 LEVEL OF Maintenance of the 683XXC consists of:

MAINTENANCE
q Troubleshooting the instrument to a replaceable subassembly or
RF component.
q Repair by replacing the failed subassembly or RF component.
q Calibration.
q Preventive maintenance.

Troubleshoot- The 683XXC firmware includes internal diagnostics

ing that self-test most of the internal assemblies of the
instrument. When the signal generator fails self-
test, one or more error messages are displayed to
aid in troubleshooting the failure to a replaceable
subassembly or RF component. Chapter 5–
Troubleshooting lists and describes the self-test er-
ror messages and provides procedures for isolating
683XXC failures to a replaceable subassembly or RF
component.

Repair Most instrument failures are field repairable by re-

placing the failed subassembly or RF component.
Detailed instructions for removing and replacing
failed subassemblies and components are provided
in Chapter 6–Removal and Replacement
Procedures.

Calibration The signal generator may require calibration after

repair. Refer to Chapter 4–Calibration for a listing
of calibration requirements and calibration proce-
dures.

Preventive Preventive maintenance on the 683XXC consists of

Maintenance cleaning the fan honeycomb filter, described in para-
graph 1-10.

1-9 STATIC-SENSITIVE The 683XXC contains components that can be damaged by static elec-
COMPONENT HANDLING tricity. Figure 1-2 illustrates the precautions that should be followed
PRECAUTIONS when handling static-sensitive subassemblies and components. If fol-
lowed, these precautions will minimize the possibilities of static-shock
damage to these items.

NOTE
Use of a grounded wrist strap when removing and/or replac-
ing subassemblies or components is strongly recommended.

1-8 683XXC MM
GENERAL STATIC-SENSITIVE COMPONENT
INFORMATION HANDLING PRECAUTIONS

1. Do not touch exposed contacts 2. Do not slide static sensitive 3. Do not handle static sensitive
on any static sensitive component across any surface. components in areas where the
component. floor or work surface covering
is capable of generating a
static charge.

4. Wear a static-discharge wrist- 5. Label all static sensitive de- 6. Keep component leads shorted
band when working with static vices. together whenever possible.
sensitive components.

7. Handle PCBs only by their 8. Lift & handle solid state de- 9. Transport and store PCBs and
edges. Do not handle by the vices by their bodies – never other static sensitive devices
edge connectors. by their leads. in static-shielded containers.

10. ADDITIONAL PRECAUTIONS:

· Keep workspaces clean and free of any objects capable of holding or storing a static charge.
· Connect soldering tools to an earth ground.
· Use only special anti-static suction or wick-type desoldering tools.

Figure 1-2. Static-Sensitive Component Handling Precautions

683XXC MM 1-9
GENERAL PREVENTIVE
INFORMATION MAINTENANCE

1-10 PREVENTIVE The 683XXC must always receive adequate ventilation. A blocked fan
MAINTENANCE filter can cause the instrument to overheat and shut down. Check and
clean the rear panel fan honeycomb filter periodically. Clean the fan
honeycomb filter more frequently in dusty environments. Clean the fil-
ter as follows.

Step 1 Remove the filter guard from the rear panel by pull-
ing out on the four panel fasteners holding them in
place (Figure 1-3).

Step 2 Vacuum the honeycomb filter to clean it.

Step 3 Install the filter guard back on the rear panel.

Step 4 Press in on the panel fasteners to secure the filter

guard to the rear panel.


 




Figure 1-3. Removing/Replacing the Fan Filter Guard

1-10 683XXC MM
GENERAL START UP
INFORMATION CONFIGURATION

1-11 STARTUP The 683XXC comes from the factory with a jumper across pins 2 and 3
CONFIGURATIONS of front panel connector J12 (Figure 1-4). In this configuration, con-
necting the instrument to line power automatically places it in operate
mode (front panel OPERATE LED on).

The startup configuration can be changed so that the signal generator

comes up in standby mode (front panel STANDBY LED on) when it is
connected to line power. Change the startup configuration as follows:

Step 1 Disconnect the instrument from line power.

Step 2 Remove the top cover from the 683XXC. (Refer to

Chapter 6 for instructions).

Step 3 Locate front panel connector J12 and remove the

jumper from across pins 2 and 3. It is located on the
A2A1 PCB which plugs into the Front Panel Assem-
bly.

Step 4 Install the jumper across pins 1 and 2 of connector

J12.

Step 5 Install the top cover and connect the signal genera-
tor to line power. The instrument should come up in
standby mode.

Figure 1-4. Startup Configuration of Connector J12

683XXC MM 1-11
GENERAL RECOMMENDED
INFORMATION TEST EQUIPMENT

1-12 RECOMMENDED TEST Table 1-2 provides a list of recommended test equipment needed for
EQUIPMENT the performance verification, calibration, and troubleshooting proce-
dures presented in this manual.
Table 1-2. Recommended Test Equipment (1 of 2)
CRITICAL RECOMMENDED
INSTRUMENT
SPECIFICATION MANUFACTURER/MODEL USAGE (1)
Spectrum Analyzer, Frequency Range: 0.01 to 65 GHz Tektronix, Model 2794, with C, P, T
with Resolution Bandwidth: 10 Hz External Mixers:
External Mixers WM780K (18 to 26.5 GHz)
and WM780A (26.5 to 40 GHz)
Diplexer Assy WM780U (40 to 60 GHz)
WM780E (60 to 90 GHz)
Diplexer Assy: 015-0385-00
Spectrum Analyzer Frequency Range: 20 Hz to 40 MHz Hewlett-Packard, Model 3585B P
Resolution Bandwidth: 3 Hz
Frequency Counter Frequency Range: 0.01 to 40 GHz Anritsu Model MF2414A C, P
Input Impedance: 50W
Resolution: 1 Hz
Other: External Time Base Input
Power Meter, Power Range: –30 to +20 dBm Anritsu Model ML2437A or ML2438A, C, P
with (1mW to 100mW) with
Power Power Sensors:
Sensors MA2474A (0.01 to 40 GHz)
MA2475A (0.01 to 50 GHz)
Digital Multimeter Resolution: 4-1/2 digits (to 20V) John Fluke, Inc., Model 8840A, with C, T
DC Accuracy: 0.002% +2 counts Option 8840A-09K (True RMS AC)
DC Input Impedance: 10 MW
AC Accuracy: 0.07% +100 counts
(to 20 kHz)
AC Input Impedance: 1 MW
Frequency Reference Frequency: 10 MHz Absolute Time Corp., Model 300 P
Accuracy: 5 x 10-12 parts/day
Function Generator Output Voltage: 2 volts peak-to-peak Hewlett-Packard, Model 33120A C
Functions: 0.1 Hz to 100 kHz sine and
square waveforms
Modulation Analyzer Frequency Input: 10 MHz Hewlett-Packard, Model 8901A P
(or the IF of the Spectrum Analyzer)
AM Depth: 0% to 90%
AM Modulation Rates: DC to 100 kHz
Filters: 20 kHz lowpass, 300 Hz highpass
Oscilloscope Bandwidth: DC to 150 MHz Tektronix, Inc. Model TAS485 P, T
Vertical Sensitivity: 2mV/division
Horizontal Sensitivity: 50 ns/division
Mixer Frequency Range: 2 to 26 GHz Miteq, Model DB0226LA1 P

1-12 683XXC MM
GENERAL RECOMMENDED
INFORMATION TEST EQUIPMENT

Table 1-2. Recommended Test Equipment (2 of 2)

CRITICAL RECOMMENDED
INSTRUMENT
SPECIFICATION MANUFACTURER/MODEL USAGE (1)
Scalar Network Frequency Range: 0.01 to 60 GHz Anritsu, Model 56100A, with C, T
Analyzer, with RF Detector:
RF Detector 560-7K50 (0.01 to 40 GHz)
560-7VA50 (0.01 to 50 Ghz)
SC5198 (40 to 60 GHz)
Attenuator Frequency Range: DC to 40 GHz Anritsu, Model 41KC-10 C, P
Max Input Power: >+17 dBm
Attenuation: 10 dB
Attenuator Frequency Range: DC to 40 GHz Anritsu, Model 41KC-20 P
Max Input Power: >+17 dBm
Attenuation: 20 dB
Attenuator Frequency Range: DC to 60 GHz Anritsu, Model 41V-10 C, P
Max Input Power: >+17 dBm
Attenuation: 10 dB
Attenuator Frequency Range: DC to 60 GHz Anritsu, Model 41V-20 P
Max Input Power: >+17 dBm
Attenuation: 20 dB
RF Detector Frequency Range: 0.01 to 40 GHz Anritsu, Model 75KC50 T
Output Polarity: Negative (K input/BNC output connectors)
RF Detector Frequency Range: 0.01 to 50 GHz Anritsu, Model 75VA50 T
Output Polarity: Negative (V input/BNC output connectors)
Microwave (Pulse) Output Polarity: Negative Anritsu, Model SC3800 P
Detector Frequency Range: 0.01 to 40 GHz (K input/BNC output connectors)
High Pass Filter 150 MHz High-Pass Filter (DC Block) Narda, Model 4564 P
Low Pass Filter 450 MHz Low-Pass Filter Mini-Circuits, Model SLP-450 P
Personal Computer PC Configuration: IBM AT or compatible Any common source C
Operating System: Windows 3.1, 95, or
98
Accessories: Mouse
Special AUX I/O Provides interface between the 683XXC Anritsu P/N: 806-90 P
Cable Assy and the Power Meter
Serial Interface Assy Provides serial interface between the PC Anritsu P/N: T1678 C
and the 683XXC.
Tee Connectors: 50W BNC Any common source C, P
Cables Connectors: 50W BNC Any common source C, P, T

NOTES: (1) P = Performance Verification Tests (Chapter 3); C = Calibration (Chapter 4); T = Troubleshooting (Chapter 5)

683XXC MM 1-13
GENERAL EXCHANGE
INFORMATION ASSEMBLY PROGRAM

1-13 EXCHANGE Anritsu maintains an exchange assembly program for selected

ASSEMBLY PROGRAM 683XXC subassemblies and RF components. If a malfunction occurs in
one of these subassemblies, the defective unit can be exchanged. Upon
receiving your request, Anritsu will ship the exchange subassembly or
RF component to you, typically within 24 hours. You then have 45
days in which to return the defective item. All exchange subassemblies
or RF components are warranted for 90 days from the date of ship-
ment, or for the balance of the original equipment warranty, which-
ever is longer.

Please have the exact model number and serial number of your unit
available when requesting this service, as the information about your
unit is filed according to the instrument’s model and serial number.
For more information about the program, contact your local sales rep-
resentative or call your local Anritsu service center. Refer to Table 1-5,
on page 1-18, for a list of current Anritsu service centers.

1-14 REPLACEABLE Table 1-3 lists those replaceable subassemblies and RF components of
SUBASSEMBLIES the 683XXC that are presently covered by the Anritsu exchange as-
AND PARTS sembly program. Table 1-4, on page 1-16, lists common replaceable
parts for the 683XXC that are not presently on the exchange assembly
program.

All parts listed in Tables 1-3 and 1-4 may be ordered from your local
Anritsu service center.

1-14 683XXC MM
GENERAL
INFORMATION PARTS LIST

Table 1-3. Replaceable Subassemblies and RF Components (1 of 2)

SUBASSEMBLY OR PART NAME ANRITSU PART NUMBER

Printed Circuit Board Assemblies

Front Panel Assy ND40832

A3 Reference Loop PCB Assy D40603-3
A4 Coarse Loop PCB Assy D40634-3
A5 Fine Loop PCB Assy D40635-3
A6 Pulse Generator PCB Assy D40626-3
A7 YIG Loop PCB Assy D40627-3
A8 Function Generator PCB Assy D40608-3
A9 PIN Control PCB Assy D40659-3
A10 ALC PCB Assy D40610-3
A11 FM PCB Assy (All 683XXCs except 68317C) D40651-3
A11 FM PCB Assy (68317C only) D40651-4
A12 Analog Instruction PCB Assy D37448-3
A13 10 MHz DDS PCB Assy D40653-3
A14 YIG, SDM Driver PCB Assy 40654-3
(£40 GHz models)
A14 YIG, SDM, SQM Driver PCB Assy 40654-4
(>40 GHz models)
A15 Regulator PCB Assy D40655-3
A16 CPU Interface PCB Assy D37416-3
A17 CPU PCB Assy D37444-3
A18 Power Supply PCB Assy D40638-3
A19 Line Conditioner PCB Assy D40649-3
A21 Line Filter/Rectifier PCB Assy ND49529
A21-3 BNC/AUX I/O Connector PCB Assy ND49528
10 MHz Crystal Oscillator Assy D37332

RF Components

YIG-Tuned Oscillator, 2 to 20 GHz 48514

YIG-Tuned Oscillator, 2 to 8.4 GHz 37266
Down Converter D27330
Switched Doubler Module, 20 to 40 GHz D28540
Source Quadrupler Module, 40 to 50 GHz D28185
Source Quadrupler Module, 40 to 60 GHz 60-141
Source Quadrupler Module, 40 to 65 GHz 60-142
Forward Coupler, 60 GHz and 65 GHz C27184
Coupler, 40 GHz D27115
Coupler, 60 GHz D27350
Pulsed Switched Filter D45196
Pulsed Switched Filter (w/Option 15B) D45200
Output Connector Assy, K female ND39077
Output Connector Assy, V female ND40835

683XXC MM 1-15
GENERAL
INFORMATION PARTS LIST

Table 1-3. Replaceable Subassemblies and RF Components (2 of 2)

SUBASSEMBLY OR PART NAME ANRITSU PART NUMBER

RF Components (Continued)

Diplexer, 10 MHz 46504

Diplexer, <20 GHz 29860
Diplexer, >20 GHz 29850
Electronic Step Attenuator, 120 dB, 20 GHz 45720
Step Attenuator, 110 dB, 20 GHz D27152
Step Attenuator, 110 dB, 40 GHz D25080
Step Attenuator, 90 dB, 50 GHz D27315
Step Attenuator, 90 dB, 60 GHz D28957

Table 1-4. Common Replaceable Subassemblies and Parts (1 of 2)

SUBASSEMBLY OR PART NAME ANRITSU PART NUMBER

Cap, Protective (for RF Output Connector) A20304

Cover, Top D37131
Cover, Bottom D37135
Cover, Side D37133
Cover, Side Handle 761-67
Cover, CPU Housing C37063
Cover, Main Card Cage D37064
Cover, Power Supply Housing C37062

EMI Gasket for side covers 790-437

EMI Gasket for side covers 790-390
EMI Gasket for Front Panel Assy 790-223

Fan Assembly A40513

Fan Mount 790-425
Fan Membrane (Honey Comb Filter) C37137
Fan Grill 790-426
Fasteners (for Fan Grill) 790-433
Fuse, 5A, 3AG Slow Blow (110 Vac) 631-33
Fuse, 2.5A, 3AG Slow Blow (230 Vac) 631-14

Gasket, RFI (“O”rings for MCX connectors) 790-393

1-16 683XXC MM
GENERAL
INFORMATION PARTS LIST

Table 1-4. Common Replaceable Subassemblies and Parts (2 of 2)

SUBASSEMBLY OR PART NAME ANRITSU PART NUMBER

Handle, Side Carrying 783-830

Screw, Handle Side Carrying 900-714

Line Module 260-11

Shield Cover D37228
Shield D37229
Standoff 785-922
Tape 850-70

Foot, Rear Bottom Left 2000-548

Foot, Rear Bottom Right 2000-549
Foot, Rear Top Left 2000-552
Foot, Rear Top Right 2000-553
Screw, Green Head 2000-560

683XXC without Front Handles Installed

Foot, Front Bottom Left 2000-546

Foot, Front Bottom Right 2000-547
Foot, Front Top Left 2000-550
Foot, Front Top Right 2000-551

683XXC with Front Handles Installed

Upper Insert B37147

Foot, Bottom Left C37170
Foot,Bottom Right C37171
Handle, Left D37168-2
Handle, Right D37169-2
Tilt Bail 790-435

683XXC MM 1-17
GENERAL ANRITSU
INFORMATION SERVICE CENTERS

Table 1-5. Anritsu Service Centers

UNITED STATES FRANCE JAPAN

ANRITSU COMPANY ANRITSU S.A ANRITSU CUSTOMER SERVICE LTD.
490 Jarvis Drive 9 Avenue du Quebec 1800 Onna Atsugi-shi
Morgan Hill, CA 95037-2809 Zone de Courtaboeuf Kanagawa-Prf. 243 Japan
Telephone: (408) 776-8300 91951 Les Ulis Cedex Telephone: 0462-96-6688
1-800-ANRITSU Telephone: 016-09-21-550 FAX: 0462-25-8379
FAX: 408-776-1744 FAX: 016-44-61-065
GERMANY SINGAPORE
ANRITSU COMPANY ANRITSU GmbH ANRITSU (SINGAPORE) PTE LTD.
10 New Maple Ave., Unit 305 Grafenberger Allee 54-56 10, Hoe Chiang Road
Pine Brook, NJ 07058 D-40237 Dusseldorf, Germany #07-01/02 Keppel Towers
Telephone: (973) 227-8999 Telephone: 0211-968550 Singapore 089315
1-800-ANRITSU FAX: 0211-9685555 Telephone: 282-2400
FAX: 973-575-0092 FAX: 282-2533
INDIA SOUTH AFRICA
ANRITSU COMPANY MEERA AGENCIES PVT. LTD. ETECSA
1155 E. Collins Blvd 23 Community Centre 12 Surrey Square Office Park
Richardson, TX 75081 Zamroodpur, Kailash Colony Extension, 330 Surrey Avenue
Telephone: 1-800-ANRITSU New Delhi, India 110 048 Ferndale, Randburt, 2194
FAX: 972-671-1877 Phone: 011-2-6442700/6442800 South Africa
FAX : 011-2-644250023 Telephone: 011-27-11-787-7200
FAX: 011-27-11-787-0446
AUSTRALIA ISRAEL SWEDEN
ANRITSU PTY. LTD. TECH-CENT, LTD. ANRITSU AB
Unit 3, 170 Foster Road 4 Raul Valenberg St Botivid Center
Mt Waverley, VIC 3149 Tel-Aviv 69719 Fittja Backe 13A
Australia Telephone: (03) 64-78-563 145 84 Stockholmn
Telephone: 03-9558-8177 FAX: (03) 64-78-334 Telephone: (08) 534-707-00
FAX: 03-9558-8255 FAX: (08) 534-707-30
BRAZIL ITALY TAIWAN
ANRITSU ELECTRONICA LTDA. ANRITSU Sp.A ANRITSU CO., INC.
Praia de Botafogo, 440, Sala 2401 Roma Office 7F, No. 316, Section 1
CEP22250-040, Rio de Janeiro, RJ, Brasil Via E. Vittorini, 129 NeiHu Road
Telephone: 021-527-6922 00144 Roma EUR Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C.
FAX: 021-53-71-456 Telephone: (06) 50-99-711 Telephone: 886-2-8751-1816
FAX: (06) 50-22-4252 FAX: 886-2-8751-2126
CANADA KOREA UNITED KINGDOM
ANRITSU INSTRUMENTS LTD. ANRITSU CORPORATION LTD. ANRITSU LTD.
700 Silver Seven Road, Suite 120 Head Office: 200 Capability Green
Kanata, Ontario K2V 1C3 14F, Hyunjuk Building 832-41 Luton, Bedfordshire
Telephone: (613) 591-2003 Yeoksam-Dong, Kangnam-Ku LU1 3LU, England
FAX: (613) 591-1006 Seoul 135-080, South Korea Telephone: 015-82-433200
Telephone: 02-553-6603 FAX: 015-82-731303
FAX: 02-553-6604
CHINA
ANRITSU ELECTRONICS (SHANGHAI) CO. LTD. Service Center:
2F, Rm B, 52 Section Factory Building 8F Hyunjuk Building
No. 516 Fu Te Rd (N) 832-41, Yeoksam Dong
Shanghai 200131 P.R. China Kangnam-Gu
Telephone:21-58680226, 58680227, 58680228 Seoul, South Korea 135-080
FAX: 21-58680588 Telephone: 82-2-553-6603
FAX: 82-2-553-6605

1-18 683XXC MM
 Chapter 2
Functional Description

Table of Contents

2-1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

2-2 683XXC MAJOR SUBSYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Digital Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Frequency Synthesis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Analog Instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
YIG, SDM, SQM Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Function Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
ALC/AM/Pulse Modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
RF Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Inputs/Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Motherboard/Interconnections . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
2-3 FREQUENCY SYNTHESIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Phase-Lock Loops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Overall Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
RF Outputs 0.00001 to 65 GHz . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Frequency Modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Phase Modulation (Option 6) . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Analog Sweep Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Step Sweep Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
2-4 ALC/AM/PULSE MODULATION . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
ALC Loop Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Pulse Generator Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
2-5 RF DECK ASSEMBLIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
RF Deck Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
YIG-tuned Oscillator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Power Level Control and Modulation . . . . . . 2-25
RF Signal Filtering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Table of Contents (Continued)

0.01 to 2 GHz Down Converter . . . . . . . . . 2-26

Switched Doubler Module . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Source Quadrupler Module . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Power Level Detection/ALC Loop . . . . . . . . 2-29
Step Attenuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
 Chapter 2
Functional Description
2-1 INTRODUCTION This chapter provides brief functional descriptions of the major sub-
systems that are contained in each model of the Series 683XXC Syn-
thesized High Performance Signal Generator. In addition, the opera-
tion of the frequency synthesis, automatic level control (ALC), and RF
deck subsystems is described so that the reader may better under-
stand the overall operation of the instrument. Block diagrams are in-
cluded to supplement the written descriptions.

2-2 MAJOR SUBSYSTEMS The signal generator circuitry consists of various distinct subsystems
that are contained on one or more printed circuit board (PCB) assem-
blies or in microwave components located on the RF deck. The follow-
ing paragraphs identify the subsystems that make up the instrument
and provide a brief description of each. Figure 2-1 (page 2-6) is an
overall block diagram of a typical 683XXC.

Digital This circuit subsystem consists of the A17 CPU and

Control A16 CPU Interface PCBs. The central processor unit
(CPU) is the main controller for the 683XXC. This
controller directly or indirectly controls all functions
of the instrument. The CPU contains memory that
stores the main operating system components and
instrument firmware, instrument calibration data,
and front panel setups in the power-off condition. It
has a GPIB interface that allows it to communicate
with external devices over the GPIB and it has a se-
rial interface to a serial terminal port on the rear
panel. The CPU is directly linked via a dedicated
data and address bus to the A2 Front Panel PCB,
the A8 Function Generator PCB, the A9 PIN Con-
trol PCB, the A10 ALC PCB, the A11 FM PCB, the
A12 Analog Instruction PCB, the A14 YIG, SDM,
SQM Driver PCB, the A16 CPU Interface PCB, and
the optional A13 10 MHz DDS PCB.

The CPU is indirectly linked via the A16 CPU Inter-

face PCB to the A3 Reference Loop PCB, the A4
Coarse Loop PCB, the A5 Fine Loop PCB, and the
A6 Pulse Generator PCB. The A16 PCB contains cir-
cuitry to perform parallel-to-serial and serial-to-
parallel data conversion. It also contains circuitry
for many of the rear panel signals, a 13-bit resolu-

683XXC MM 2-3
FUNCTIONAL MAJOR
DESCRIPTION SUBSYSTEMS

tion DVM, and decoder circuitry for the front panel

rotary data knob optical encoder.

Front Panel This circuit subsystem consists of the the A1 Front

Panel PCB, the A2 Front Panel Control PCB, and
the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD). This subsystem
interfaces the front panel LCD, LEDs, and keys to
the CPU via the dedicated data and address bus.
The front panel rotary data knob is indirectly linked
to the CPU via the A16 CPU Interface PCB.

The A1 Front Panel PCB contains the keyboard ma-

trix of conductive rubber switches. The A2 Front
Panel Control PCB has circuitry to control the LCD
dot-matrix display, turn the front panel LEDs on
and off, and convert keyboard switch matrix signals
to parallel keycode. It also contains the standby/op-
erate line switch logic circuit and the optical encoder
for the rotary data knob.

Frequency The frequency synthesis subsystem consists of the

Synthesis A3 Reference Loop PCB, the A4 Coarse Loop PCB,
the A5 Fine Loop PCB, the A7 YIG Loop PCB, and
the A11 FM PCB. It provides the reference frequen-
cies and phase lock circuits for precise control of the
YIG-tuned oscillator frequencies, as follows:

q The A3 Reference Loop PCB supplies the sta-

ble 10 MHz and 500 MHz reference frequency
signals for the rest of the frequency synthesis
system.
q The A4 Coarse Loop PCB generates coarse
tuning frequencies of 219.5 to 245 MHz for use
by the YIG Loop.
q The A5 Fine Loop PCB provides fine tuning
frequencies of 21.5 to 40 MHz for use by the
YIG Loop.
q The A7 YIG Loop PCB performs phase detec-
tion of the YIG-tuned oscillator’s output fre-
quency and provides a YIG loop error voltage
to the A11 FM PCB.
q The A11 FM PCB processes the YIG loop error
voltage, producing a correction signal that is
used to fine tune and phase lock the YIG-tuned
oscillator. The A11 PCB also contains circuitry
for frequency modulation of the YIG-tuned os-
cillator RF output.

The CPU sends control data to the A3 Reference

Loop PCB, the A4 Coarse Loop PCB, and the A5

2-4 683XXC MM
FUNCTIONAL MAJOR
DESCRIPTION SUBSYSTEMS

Fine Loop PCB via the A16 PCB as serial data

words. The CPU controls the A11 FM PCB via the
dedicated data and address bus. Refer to paragraph
2-3 for a functional overview of the frequency syn-
thesis subsystem.

Analog The A12 Analog Instruction PCB provides the fre-

Instruction quency tuning voltages to the A14 YIG, SDM, SQM
Driver PCB. In addition, it provides a 0V to +10V
ramp signal to the rear panel HORIZ OUT connector,
a V/GHz signal to the rear panel AUX I/O connector,
and a SLOPE signal to the A10 ALC PCB for slope-
vs-frequency correction of the RF output power. The
CPU controls the A12 Analog Instruction PCB via
the dedicated data and address bus.

YIG, SDM, The A14 YIG, SDM, SQM Driver PCB supplies the
SQM Driver main tuning current and bias voltages for the YIG-
tuned oscillator. It also provides bias voltages for
the Down Converter assembly and the Switched Fil-
ter assembly. For models with a frequency range
greater than 20 GHz, the A14 PCB supplies bias
voltages for the Switched Doubler Module (SDM)
and the Source Quadrupler Module (SQM). In addi-
tion, it provides modulator drive signals for the
SQM.

The A12 Analog Instruction PCB provides frequency

tuning voltages for the main tuning coil driver of the
YIG-tuned oscillator. The A17 CPU controls the A14
YIG, SDM, SQM Driver PCB via the dedicated data
and address bus.

Function The A8 Function Generator PCB provides internally

Generator generated waveforms for amplitude and frequency
modulation. The waveforms available are sine wave,
square wave, triangle wave, positive ramp, negative
NOTE
ramp, Gaussian noise, and uniform noise. The AM
When Option 6 (phase modulation) waveforms are supplied to the A10 ALC PCB and
is installed, the A8 Function Gen- the rear panel AM OUT connector; the FM wave-
erator uses its internal FM genera- forms are provided to the A11 FM PCB and the rear
tor to provide the available wave- panel FM OUT connector. The CPU controls the A8
forms for both frequency and phase Function Generator PCB via the dedicated data and
modulation. address bus.

683XXC MM 2-5
 FUNCTIONAL MAJOR
DESCRIPTION SUBSYSTEMS

F ro n t P a n e l R e a r P a n e l
C o n n e c to rs In p u ts O u tp u ts P o w e r In p u t

A M IN T o A 1 0 A L C P C B 1 0 M H z R E F IN T o A 3
( V ia A 2 0 M o th e r b o a r d ) R e fe re n c e L o o p

F M IN T o A 1 1 F M P C B F ro m R F D e c k R F O U T P U T
( O p tio n 9 )

IN T o A 6 P u ls e F ro m A 3 1 0 M H Z R E F O U T A
G e n e ra to r P C B R e fe re n c e L o o p

T o A 1 0 A L C P C B 1 1 0 /2 2 0 V A C
E X T A L C IN F M IN T o A 1 1 F M P C B
( V ia A 2 0 M o th e r b o a r d )
P o w e r S u p p ly
R F O U T P U T F ro m R F D e c k A M IN A M O U T
+ 5 V
E X T A L C IN F M O U T + 9 V
+ 1 6 5 V
P U L S E T R IG G E R IN L in e B r id g e
H O R IZ O U T A 1 9
F ilte r F u s e R e c tifie r / -1 6 5 V A 1 8 + 1 5 V
L C D D o u b le r L in e P o w e r
P U L S E V ID E O O U T C o n d itio n e r A 1 5 -1 5 V
S u p p ly
A 2 1 R e g u la to r + 2 4 V
P U L S E S Y N C O U T P /O R e a r
R e a r -2 8 V
C a s tin g A s s y
P a n e l P C B

A 1 C o n tro l
F ro n t L C D
C o n tro l A U X
P a n e l I/O 4 0 0 K H z
(F ro m A 6 )
+ 2 4 V + 2 4 V
K e y b o a rd K e y b o a rd (F ro m A 2 P C B )
M a tr ix E n c o d e r S E R IA L R e a r P a n e l P u ls e S ig n a ls (T o A 2 P C B )
I/O B
A 2 1 -3
B N C / A U X
L in e + 2 4 V I/0 C O N N E C T O R
L in e (T o A 1 8
S w itc h S w itc h P C B R e a r P a n e l S ig n a ls
L o g ic P C B ) C
S e r ia l I/O
+ 2 4 V
(F ro m
A 1 5 P C B )

O p tic a l P h a s e A / P h a s e B D a ta
E n c o d e r

R o ta ry A 1 6
D a ta C P U D
K n o b A 2 IE E E -4 8 8 G P IB G P IB B u s In te rfa c e
F ro n t P a n e l
C o n tro l
A 1 7
C P U D ig ita l
C o a x ia l C a b le s C o n tro l

D a ta a n d A d d re s s B u s
E

( C o n tin u e d o n S h e e t 2 )

Figure 2-1. Block Diagram of a Typical 683XXC Synthesized

High Performance Signal Generator (Sheet 1 of 2)

2-6 683XXC MM
FUNCTIONAL MAJOR
DESCRIPTION SUBSYSTEMS

S e r ia l D a ta
S e r ia l D a ta
S e r ia l D a ta 1 0 M H z R E F O U T
R e a l P a n e l B N C
1 0 M H z
A 3 A 4 1 0 M H z A 5 1 0 M H z (T o A 6 )
5 0 0 M H z
R e fe re n c e C o a rs e F in e 2 6 .8 4 3 5 4 5 6 M H z
L o o p 5 0 0 M H z L o o p L o o p ( T o A 8 a n d A 1 3 - O p tio n 2 2 )
(T o D o w n 2 1 9 .5 - 2 4 5 M H z
C o n v e rte r)

1 0 M H z R E F IN F re q u e n c y A 7
R e a r P a n e l B N C
S y n th e s is Y IG
L o o p 2 1 .5 - 4 0 M H z
Y IG L o o p E rro r
A 1 0 M H z S a m p le d
H I-S T A B 2 - 2 0 G H z
X T A L O S C R F
( O p tio n )

F M IN F ro n t P a n e l B N C
A 1 1 F M F M IN R e a r P a n e l B N C R F D e c k
In te rn a l F M (F ro m A 8 ) S w itc h e d F ilte r A s s y S w itc h e d D o u b le r M o d u le

W ID E F M 2 0 - 2 5 G H z 0 .0 1 - D ir e c tio n a l
3 .3 G H z L P F
4 0 G H z C o u p le r 1 1 0 d B
0 .0 1 - 2 0 G H z 2 5 - 3 2 G H z
F M 5 .5 G H z L P F x 2 S te p R F O u tp u t
A 1 4 M a in 3 2 - 4 0 G H z A tte n u a to r 0 .0 1 - 4 0 G H z
Y IG , S D M 8 .4 G H z L P F 2 0 G H z L P F ( O p tio n )
D r iv e r B ia s
A L C
(F ro m A 1 0 ) 2 - 2 0 G H z 8 .5 G H z L P F 1 3 .5 G H z L P F
Y IG
F re q O s c illa to r S te p
F re q B ia s S w itc h
B a n d A tte n u a to r
T u n in g (F ro m A 1 4 ) C o n tro l
S e le c t C o n tro l
B ia s ( to S D M )
B 6 .5 1 - 8 .5 G H z
M o d u la to r P u ls e D o w n C o n v e rte r A s s y
A 1 2
C o n tro l 0 .0 1 - 2 G H z
A n a lo g
C In s tr u c tio n A n a lo g
In s tr u c tio n 5 0 0 M H z
(F ro m A 3 )
P u ls e V id e o / P u ls e S y n c ( T o R e a r P a n e l) S w itc h C o n tr o l
A 9
P u ls e T r ig g e r In P IN 0 .0 1 - 1 0 M H z
A 6 M o d u la to r C o n tr o l (T o R F D e c k
C o n tro l
IN F ro n t P a n e l B N C P u ls e P u ls e v ia D ip le x e r s )
1 0 M H z (F ro m A 5 ) G e n e ra to r 4 0 0 K H z (T o A 1 8 )
D S e r ia l D a ta S a m p le / H o ld
A L C
R e a r P a n e l S ig n a ls A 1 3
A L C /A M /P u ls e D e te c te d (T o A 1 4 ) A L C
1 0 M H z
F M O u t M o d u la tio n 0 .0 1 - 2 G H z R F D e te c te d D D S
A 8 S a m p le / H o ld 2 - 4 0 G H z R F
2 6 .8 4 3 5 4 5 6 M H z A M O u t R e a r P a n e l E X T A L C IN ( O p tio n 2 2 )
F u n c tio n A 1 0
(F ro m A 5 ) G e n e ra to r F M (T o A 1 1 ) E X T A L C IN F ro n t P a n e l B N C
R e a r P a n e l A M IN A L C
A M 2 6 .8 4 3 5 4 5 6 M H z
A M IN F ro n t P a n e l B N C (F ro m A 5 )
In te rn a l A M
D a ta a n d A d d re s s B u s
E

( C o n tin u e d F r o m S h e e t 1 )

Figure 2-1. Block Diagram of a Typical 683XXC Synthesized

High Performance Signal Generator (Sheet 2 of 2)

683XXC MM 2-7
FUNCTIONAL MAJOR
DESCRIPTION SUBSYSTEMS

ALC/AM/Pulse This circuit subsystem consists of the A6 Pulse Gen-

Modulation erator PCB, the A9 PIN Control PCB, the A10 ALC
PCB, and part of the A14 YIG, SDM, SQM Driver
PCB. It provides the following:

q Level control of the RF output power.

q AM and pulse modulation of the RF output.
q Current drive signals to the PIN switches lo-
cated in the Switched Filter assembly and
Switched Doubler Module (SDM).
q Drive signals for the Step Attenuator (Option
2) and the Diplexers (used with Option 22).

The CPU controls the A9 Pin Control PCB, the A10

ALC PCB, and the A14 YIG, SDM, SQM Driver
PCB via the dedicated data and address bus. It
sends control data to the A6 Pulse Generator PCB
via the A16 PCB as serial data words. Refer to para-
graph 2-4 for a functional overview of the ALC and
modulation subsystem.

RF Deck This subsystem contains those elements related to

the generation, modulation, and control of the
sweep- and CW-frequency RF signals. These ele-
ments include; the YIG-tuned oscillator, the 0.01 to
2 GHz Down Converter assembly, the Switched Fil-
ter assembly, the Switched Doubler Module (SDM),
the Source Quadrupler Module (SQM), the Direc-
tional Coupler/Level Detector, and the optional Step
Attenuator. Refer to paragraph 2-5 for a functional
overview of the RF deck subsystem.

Power Supply The power supply subsystem consists of the A15

Regulator PCB, the A18 Power Supply PCB, the
A19 Line Conditioner PCB, and part of the A21
Rear Panel PCB and Rear Casting Assembly. It
supplies all the regulated DC voltages used by the
signal generator circuits. The voltages are routed
throughout the instrument via the A20 Mother-
board PCB.

Inputs/ The A21-3 BNC/AUX I/O Connector PCB and the

Outputs A16 CPU Interface PCB contain the interface cir-
cuitry for the majority of the rear panel input and
output connectors, including the AUX I/O connector.

The front panel AM and External ALC inputs are

routed via the A20 Motherboard PCB to the A10
ALC PCB. The front panel FM and Pulse Trigger
inputs are coupled directly via coaxial cables to

2-8 683XXC MM
FUNCTIONAL FREQUENCY
DESCRIPTION SYNTHESIS

their destination PCBs—the FM input to A11 FM

PCB and the Pulse/Trigger input to the A6 Pulse
Generator PCB.

NOTE The rear panel connectors, 10 MHz REF OUT,

10 MHz REF IN, and FM/FM IN, are coupled directly
When Option 6 (phase modulation)
to PCBs via coaxial cables—10 MHz REF OUT and
is installed, the front panel and rear
10 MHz REF IN to the A3 Reference Loop PCB and
panel FM IN connectors also serve as
FM/FM IN to the A11 FM PCB. The rear panel con-
the FM IN connectors.
nectors, PULSE TRIGGER IN, PULSE SYNC OUT,
and PULSE VIDEO OUT, are coupled via the A21-1
PCB and coaxial cables directly to the A6 Pulse
Generator PCB. The rear panel IEEE-488 GPIB and
SERIAL I/O connectors are connected to the A17
CPU PCB via the A20 Motherboard PCB.

Motherboard/ The A20 Motherboard PCB and associated cables

Interconnec- provide the interconnections for the flow of data,
tions signals, and DC voltages between all internal com-
ponents and assemblies throughout the 683XXC.

2-3 FREQUENCY SYNTHESIS The frequency synthesis subsystem provides phase-lock control of the
683XXC output frequency. It consists of four phase-lock loops, the Ref-
erence Loop, the Coarse Loop, the Fine Loop, and the YIG Loop. The
four phase-lock loops, operating together, produce an accurately syn-
thesized, low-noise RF output signal. Figure 2-2 (page 2-11) is an over-
all block diagram of the frequency synthesis subsystem. The following
paragraphs describe phase-lock loops and the overall operation of the
frequency synthesis subsystem.

Phase-Lock The purpose of a phase-lock loop is to control the

Loops frequency of a variable oscillator in order to give it
the same accuracy and stability as a fixed reference
oscillator. It works by comparing two frequency in-
puts, one fixed and one variable, and by supplying a
correction signal to the variable oscillator to reduce
the difference between the two inputs. For example,
suppose we have a 10 MHz reference oscillator with
a stability of 1 x 10–7/day, and we wish to transfer
that stability to a voltage controlled oscillator
(VCO). The 10 MHz reference signal is applied to
the reference input of a phase-lock loop circuit. The
signal from the VCO is applied to the variable input.
A phase detector in the phase-lock loop circuit com-
pares the two inputs and determines whether the
variable input waveform is leading or lagging the
reference. The phase detector generates a correction
signal that (depending on polarity) causes the VCO
frequency to increase or decrease to reduce any

683XXC MM 2-9
FUNCTIONAL FREQUENCY
DESCRIPTION SYNTHESIS

phase difference. When the two inputs match, the

loop is said to be locked. The variable input from the
VCO then equals the reference input in phase, fre-
quency, accuracy, and stability.

In practical applications a frequency divider is

placed between the output of the variable oscillator
and the variable input to the phase-lock loop. The
circuit can then be used to control a frequency that
is an exact multiple of the reference frequency. In
this way, the variable oscillator acquires the stabil-
ity of the reference without equaling its frequency.
In the A3 Reference Loop, the 100 MHz oven-
controlled crystal oscillator (OCXO) can be con-
trolled by the phase-lock loop using a 10 MHz refer-
ence. This is because a divide-by-ten circuit is
between the OCXO’s output and the variable input
to the phase-lock loop. Both inputs to the phase de-
tector will be 10 MHz when the loop is locked.

If a programmable frequency divider is used, a

number of frequencies can be phase-locked to the
same reference. The limitation is that all must be
exact multiples of the reference. The A4 Coarse
Loop and A5 Fine Loop both use programmable fre-
quency dividers.

Overall The YIG-tuned oscillator generates a high-power RF

Operation output signal that has low broadband noise and low
spurious content. The frequency of the YIG-tuned
oscillator is controlled by means of (1) its main tun-
ing coil and (2) its FM (fine tuning) coil. Main tun-
ing coil current from the YIG Driver PCB coarsely
tunes the YIG-tuned oscillator to within a few
megahertz of the final output frequency. The YIG
phase-lock loop is then used to fine tune the YIG-
tuned oscillator to the exact output frequency and to
reduce FM noise close to the carrier.

One input to the YIG Loop is the 219.5 to 245 MHz

signal from the Coarse Loop. This signal is ampli-
fied to drive the step-recovery diode. The step-
recovery diode produces harmonics of the coarse
loop signal (³1.9755 to >20 GHz). These harmonics
are used by the sampler.

2-10 683XXC MM
FUNCTIONAL FREQUENCY
DESCRIPTION SYNTHESIS

A 3 R e fe re n c e L o o p A 4 C o a rs e L o o p 1 0 M H z 1 0 M H z A 5 F in e L o o p
P h a s e
F re q u e n c y E rro r 2 0 6 - 3 9 1 M H z
1 0 M H z R E F In ÷ 1 0 ÷ 1 0 0
S y n th e s iz e r V C O
P h a s e / 1 0 M H z 1 0 M H z 1 M H z 1 0 0 k H z
F re q u e n c y ÷ 1 0
D e te c to r P h a s e 2 1 9 .5 -
P h a s e / C o a rs e P h a s e / 1 0 0 k H z
E rro r 2 4 5 M H z
F re q u e n c y L o o p ÷ 2 F re q u e n c y
D e te c to r O s c illa to r D e te c to r 9 - 1 0 M H z
P h a s e
E rro r
1 M H z P h a s e E rro r
P h a s e
1 0 0 M H z 1 0 0 M H z 5 0 0 M H z 1 0 - 6 1 M H z 4 3 9 - 4 9 0 M H z 9 - 1 0 M H z P h a s e / E rro r F in e 2 1 .5 - 4 0 M H z
1 0 M H z F re q u e n c y 2 6 .8 4 M H z D ig ita l
R e fe re n c e x 5 F re q u e n c y L o o p ÷ 1 0
H i- S ta b ility D iv id e r V C X O S y n th e s iz e r 2 1 5 -
O s c illa to r D e te c to r O s c ila to r
X T A L O s c illa to r 4 0 0 M H z
( O p tio n a l)
5 0 0 M H z

D iv id e r
C o n tro l

A 1 1 F M A 7 Y IG L o o p
F M S w e e p
(F ro m A 1 2 P C B ) S a m p le r
S R D 1 .9 7 5 5 to 2 0 G H z
2 1 9 .5 - 2 4 5 M H z H a r m o n ic s
F M In
(F ro n t P a n e l o r
R e a r P a n e l) F M
2 1 .5 -
In te rn a l F M S w e e p
4 0 M H z IF
(F ro m A 8 P C B ) ÷ 1 2 8
F M
F M
L P F Y IG L o o p E rro r P h a s e /
F M F re q u e n c y
C O IL ÷ 1 2 8
D e te c to r 2 1 .5 - 4 0 M H z
D R IV E R

S a m p le d 2 - 2 0 G H z R F

P /O S w itc h e d F ilte r

A 1 4 Y IG , S D M D r iv e r Y IG - T u n e d
O s c illa to r
F M
M a in M a in 2 - 2 0 G H z
T u n e C o il R F O u t
(F ro m A 1 2 P C B ) D r iv e r s B ia s

+ 1 8 V G B ia s
R e g u la to r s

M o d u la to r P u ls e
C o n to l

Figure 2-2. Block Diagram of the Frequency

Synthesis Subsystem

683XXC MM 2-11
FUNCTIONAL FREQUENCY
DESCRIPTION SYNTHESIS

The other input to the sampler is the RF output sig-

nal from the YIG-tuned oscillator. Mixing this RF
output signal sample with the adjacent coarse-loop
harmonic produces a low frequency difference signal
that is the YIG IF signal (21.5 to 40 MHz).

The 683XXC CPU programs the coarse-loop oscilla-

tor’s output frequency so that one of its harmonics
will be within 21.5 to 40 MHz of the desired YIG-
tuned oscillator’s output frequency. The YIG Loop
phase detector compares the YIG IF signal to the
21.5 to 40 MHz frequency reference signal from the
Fine Loop. If there is a difference, the YIG phase de-
tector fine tunes the YIG-tuned oscillator (via the
FM circuitry and the FM coil driver) to eliminate
Table 2-1. RF Output and Loop Frequencies any frequency difference between the two signals.
RF OUTPUT/LOOP FREQUENCIES
(in MHz) Phase locking the instrument’s output frequency
over a broad frequency range is accomplished by
RF OUT COARSE LOOP FINE LOOP programming the coarse-loop oscillator’s output to
various frequencies that have harmonics close to the
2000 219.5 24.5 desired operating frequencies. Exact frequency tun-
3000 229 23 ing for each desired operating frequency is accom-
4000 234 22 plished by programming the fine-loop oscillator. (In
5000 237 23 each case, the YIG-tuned oscillator is first tuned via
the main tuning coil to the approximate desired op-
6000 239 25
erating frequency.) Table 2-1 shows the coarse-loop
7000 240.5 25.5 and fine-loop frequencies for some specific RF out-
8000 241.5 30.5 put frequencies.
9000 242.5 27.5
10000 243 37 The coarse-loop oscillator has a programming (tun-
ing) range of 219.5 to 245 MHz and a resolution of
11000 238.5 29
1 MHz. This provides harmonics from ³1.9755 GHz
12000 239.5 25 to >20 GHz. This allows any YIG-tuned oscillator
output frequency to be down converted to a YIG IF
signal of 21.5 to 40 MHz.

The YIG Loop is fine tuned by varying the 21.5 to

40 MHz reference frequency signal applied to the
YIG loop phase detector. By programming the fine-
loop oscillator, this signal can be adjusted in 1 kHz
increments over the 21.5 to 40 MHz range. The reso-
lution of the fine-loop oscillator (hence the resolu-
tion of the RF output signal) is 1 kHz, which is
much finer than is available from the coarse loop
alone. For applications requiring a resolution finer
than 1 kHz, an optional tuning resolution of 0.1 Hz
is available.

2-12 683XXC MM
FUNCTIONAL FREQUENCY
DESCRIPTION SYNTHESIS

The Coarse Loop and Fine Loop outputs are derived

from high-stability 10 MHz and 500 MHz signals
generated by the Reference Loop. For applications
requiring even greater stability, the 100 MHz refer-
ence oscillator can be phase locked to an optional
10 MHz reference (internal or external).

RF Outputs Refer to the RF Deck block diagram shown in Fig-

0.00001 to ure 2-1 (page 2-7) for the following description. The
65 GHz 683XXC uses one YIG-tuned oscillator. All other fre-
quencies output by the signal generator, except for
0.01 to 10 MHz, are derived from the fundamental
frequencies generated by this YIG-tuned oscillator.

0.01 to 2 GHz
RF output frequencies of 0.01 to 2 GHz are gener-
ated by down converting the fundamental frequen-
cies of 6.51 to 8.5 GHz. This is achieved using a
6.5 GHz local oscillator signal that is phase locked
to the 500 MHz output of the Reference Loop. Pre-
cise control of the 0.01 to 2 GHz frequencies to
1 kHz (0.1 Hz with Option 11) resolution is accom-
plished by phase-lock control of the 6.51 to 8.5 GHz
fundamental frequencies prior to down conversion.

20 to 40 GHz
RF output frequencies of 20 to 40 GHz are produced
by doubling the 10 to 20 GHz fundamental frequen-
cies. Phase-lock control of the 10 to 20 GHz funda-
mental frequencies,accomplished prior to doubling,
ensures precise control of the 20 to 40 GHz frequen-
cies to 1 kHz (0.1 Hz with Option 11) resolution.

40 to 65 GHz
RF output frequencies of 40 to 65 GHz are devel-
oped by quadrupling the 10 to 16.25 GHz fundamen-
tal frequencies (refer to Figure 2-7, page 2-24).
Precise control of the 40 to 65 GHz to 1 kHz (0.1 Hz
with Option 11) resolution is achieved by phase-lock
control of the 10 to 16.25 GHz fundamental frequen-
cies prior to quadrupling.

0.01 to 10 MHz (Option 22)

RF output frequencies of 0.01 to 10 MHz are pro-
duced by instruments with Option 22. The 0.01 to
10 MHz signal is generated by the Direct Digital
Synthesizer on the A13 10 MHz DDS PCB, installed
by Option 22. Precise control of the 0.01 to 10 MHz
frequencies to 0.1 Hz resolution is achieved by
phase-lock control of the 26.8435456 MHz signal

683XXC MM 2-13
FUNCTIONAL FREQUENCY
DESCRIPTION SYNTHESIS

from the A5 Fine Loop PCB that is doubled to pro-

duce the clock frequency for the DDS.

Frequency Frequency modulation (FM) of the YIG-tuned oscil-

Modulation lator RF output is achieved by summing an external
or internal modulating signal into the FM control
path of the YIG loop. Refer to Figures 2-1 and 2-2.
The external modulating signal comes from the
front panel or rear panel FM IN input; the internal
modulating signal comes from the A8 Function Gen-
erator PCB. Circuits on the A11 FM PCB adjust the
modulating signal for the FM sensitivity selected,
then sum it into the YIG loop FM control path.
There, it frequency modulates the RF output signal
by controlling the YIG-tuned oscillator’s FM (fine
tuning) coil current.

Phase Phase modulation (FM) of the YIG-tuned oscillator

Modulation RF output is achieved by summing an external or
(Option 6) internal modulating signal into the FM control path
of the YIG loop. The external modulating signal
comes from the front panel or rear panel FM IN/FM
IN input; the internal modulating signal comes from
the A8 Function Generator PCB. Circuits on the
A11 FM PCB adjust the modulating signal for the
FM sensitivity selected, convert the modulating sig-
nal to a FM signal by differentiation, and then sum
it into the YIG loop FM control path. There, it phase
modulates the RF output signal by controlling the
YIG-tuned oscillator’s FM (fine tuning) coil current.

Analog Sweep Broad- band analog frequency sweeps (>100 MHz

Mode wide) of the YIG-tuned oscillator RF output are ac-
complished by applying appropriate analog sweep
ramp signals, generated by the A12 Analog Instruc-
tion PCB, to the YIG-tuned oscillator’s main tuning
coil (via the A14 YIG, SDM, SQM Driver PCB). In
this mode, the start, stop, and bandswitching fre-
quencies are phase-lock-corrected during the sweep.

Narrow-band analog frequency sweeps (£100 MHz

wide) of the YIG-tuned oscillator RF output are ac-
complished by summing appropriate analog sweep
ramp signals, generated by the A12 Analog Instruc-
tion PCB, into the YIG-tuned oscillator’s FM tuning
coil control path. The YIG-tuned oscillator’s RF out-
put is then swept about a center frequency. The cen-
ter frequency is set by applying a tuning signal (also
from the A12 PCB) to the YIG-tuned oscillator’s
main tuning coil (via the A14 YIG, SDM, SQM

2-14 683XXC MM
FUNCTIONAL ALC/AM/PULSE
DESCRIPTION MODULATION

Driver PCB). In this mode, YIG loop phase locking

is disabled except during center frequency correc-
tion, which occurs during sweep retrace.

Step Sweep Step (digital) frequency sweeps of the YIG-tuned os-

Mode cillator RF output consist of a series of discrete, syn-
thesized steps between a start and stop frequency.
Each frequency step is generated by applying the
tuning signal (from the A12 Analog Instruction
PCB) to the YIG-tuned oscillator’s main tuning coil,
then phase-locking the RF output. Every frequency
step in the sweep range is phase-locked.

2-4 ALC/AM/PULSE The ALC, AM, and pulse modulation subsystem provides automatic
MODULATION level control (ALC), amplitude modulation (AM), and pulse modulation
of the signal generator’s RF output signal. The ALC loop consists of
circuits located on the A10 ALC PCB, the A9 PIN Control PCB, and
the A14 YIG, SDM, SQM Driver PCB. These circuits interface with
the Switched Filter assembly, the Down Converter assembly, the
Source Quadrupler Module (SQM), and the Directional Coupler/Level
Detector (all located on the RF deck). AM modulation circuits (located
on the A10 ALC PCB) are included in this loop.

Pulse modulation of the RF output signal is provided by circuits lo-

cated on the A6 Pulse Generator PCB. These circuits interface directly
with the Switched Filter assembly located on the RF deck. The overall
block diagram of the ALC and modulation subsystem is shown in Fig-
ure 2-3, page 2-17. The following paragraphs describe the operation of
the subsystem components.

ALC Loop In the 683XXC, a portion of the RF output is de-

Operation tected and coupled out of the Directional Cou-
pler/Level Detector as the feedback input to the
ALC loop. The feedback signal from the detector is
routed to the A10 ALC PCB where it is compared
with a reference voltage that represents the desired
RF power output level. If the two voltages do not
match, an error correction signal is fed from the A10
ALC PCB to the modulator shaper amplifier circuits
located on the A9 PIN Control PCB and the A14
YIG, SDM, SQM Driver PCB. The resulting modula-
tor control voltage output causes the modulators, lo-
cated in the Switched Filter assembly and the SQM,
to adjust the RF output level. Thus, the feedback
signal from the detector will be set equal to the ref-
erence voltage.

683XXC MM 2-15
FUNCTIONAL ALC/AM/PULSE
DESCRIPTION MODULATION

NOTE
The instrument uses two internal level de-
tection circuits. For frequencies <2 GHz,
the level detector is part of the Down Con-
verter. The signal from this detector is
routed to the A10 ALC PCB as the Detector
0 input. For frequencies ³2 GHz, the level
detector is part of the main Directional
Coupler. The signal from this detector is
routed to the A10 ALC PCB as the Detector
1 input.

The Level Reference DAC, under the control of the

CPU, provides the RF level reference voltage. By
setting the output of this DAC to the appropriate
voltage, the CPU adjusts the RF output power to the
level selected by the user. Leveled output power can
be set over a maximum range of up to 33 dB (up to
149 dB with the Option 2 step attenuator) using
front panel controls or the GPIB. Instruments with
Option 15B (High Power) provide leveled output
power over a maximum range of up to 27 dB (up to
141 dB with the Option 2 step attenuator).

External Leveling
In the external leveling mode, an external detector
or power meter monitors the RF output level of the
683XXC instead of an internal level detector. The
signal from the external detector or power meter
goes to the A10 ALC PCB from the front or rear
panel inputs. The ALC controls the RF power output
level as previously described.

ALC Slope
During analog sweeps, a slope-vs-frequency signal,
from the A12 Analog Instruction PCB, is summed
with the level reference and detector inputs into the
ALC loop. The Slope DAC, under the control of the
CPU, adjusts this ALC slope signal to compensate
for an increasing or decreasing output power-vs-
frequency characteristic caused by the level detec-
tors and (optional) step attenuator. In addition, the
Slope DAC lets the user adjust for the slope-vs-
frequency characteristics of external components.

2-16 683XXC MM
FUNCTIONAL ALC/AM/PULSE
DESCRIPTION MODULATION

P /O A 1 0 P C B P /O R F D e c k 1 0 - 1 6 .2 5 G H z
4 0 -
S o u rc e 6 5 G H z
Q u a d r u p le r
E x te rn a l A M M o d u le
A M A M 0 .0 1 - L e v e l T o S te p
(F ro m F ro n t / L O G A M P
IN P U T C A L 0 .0 1 - 2 0 G H z F o rw a rd 6 5 G H z D e te c to r A tte n u a to r
R e a r P a n e l) S w itc h e d
S E N S D A C C o u p le r o r
F ilte r
D A C R F O u tp u t
In te rn a l A M S w itc h e d
2 - 2 0 G H z D o u b le r
(F ro m A 8 P C B ) Y IG 0 .0 1 - D e te c to r 1
M o d u le
O s c illa to r 4 0 G H z
0 .0 1 - 2 G H z
A L C S lo p e S L O P E D o w n
(F ro m A 1 2 P C B ) D A C C o n v e rte r

D e te c to r 0

P u ls e
D 0 - D 1 5 M o d u la to r C o n tr o l
F ro m L _ S E L 3 E P L D
C P U A 0 1 - A 0 3
S w itc h N o n - P u ls e P /O A 9 P C B
C o n tro l L e v e l A m p
C ir c u its A L C
A L C S h a p e r/ M o d u la to r
D e te c to r L e v e l A L C A m p
G a in C o n tro l D r iv e r
C A L R E F
D A C D A C C A L M o d u la to r C o n tr o l
D A C
P u ls e
D 0 - D 1 5 A d d re s s / S h a p e r
E x te rn a l A L C L e v e l A m p
L . S E L 2 D a ta
(F ro m F ro n t / F ix e d A 0 1 - A 0 2 L a tc h e s
D A C P /O A 1 4 P C B
R e a r P a n e l) G a in (F ro m C P U )
D e te c to r 1 D e te c to r L o g
M U X A m p S h a p e r/ D r iv e r /
D e te c to r 0 A m p A m p
S a m p le /H o ld B u ffe r
S a m p le /H o ld P /O A 6 P C B A m p
C o n tro l S e r ia l D a ta S e r ia l/
(F ro m P a r a lle l
A 1 6 P C B ) C o n v e rte r

1 0 M H z P u ls e
(F ro m A 5 P C B ) P u ls e
E x te r n a l P u ls e In p u ts G e n e ra to r
S a m p le / H o ld
( F r o m F r o n t / R e a r P a n e l)

Figure 2-3. Block Diagram of the ALC/AM/Pulse

Modulation Subsystem

683XXC MM 2-17
FUNCTIONAL ALC/AM/PULSE
DESCRIPTION MODULATION

Power Sweep
In this mode, the CPU has the ALC step the RF out-
put through a range of levels specified by the user.
This feature can be used in conjunction with the
sweep mode to produce a set of identical frequency
sweeps, each with a different RF power output level.

Amplitude Modulation
Amplitude modulation (AM) of the RF output signal
is accomplished by summing an external or internal
modulating signal into the ALC loop. External
modulating signals come from the front panel or
rear panel AM IN inputs; the internal modulating
signal comes from the A8 Function Generator PCB.
The AM Input Sensitivity DAC and the AM Calibra-
tion DAC, under the control of the CPU, adjust the
modulating signal for the proper amount of AM in
both the linear (log amp in) and the log (log amp by-
passed) modes of operation. The adjusted modulat-
ing signal is summed with the level reference, slope,
and detector inputs into the ALC loop. This pro-
duces an ALC control signal that varies with the
modulating signal. The action of the ALC loop then
causes the envelope of the RF output signal to track
the modulation signal.

Pulse Modulation Operation

During pulse modulation, the ALC level amplifier
(A10 ALC PCB) is operated as a sample/hold ampli-
fier. The level amplifier is synchronized with the
modulating pulses from the A6 Pulse Generator
PCB so that the ALC loop effectively operates only
during the ON portion of the pulsed modulated RF
output.

Pulse The A6 Pulse Generator PCB provides the internal

Generator pulse generating function for the signal generator. It
Operation also interfaces external pulse inputs from the front
or rear panel connectors to the pulse modulator
driver in the external mode.

The pulse generator produces a pulse modulation

waveform consisting of single, doublet, triplet, or
quadruplet pulse trains at variable pulse rates,
widths, and delays. It operates at two selectable
clock rates—10 MHz and 40 MHz. In addition, the
pulse generator produces a sync pulse and video
pulse output that goes to the rear panel and a sam-
ple/hold signal that goes to the A10 ALC PCB. The
sync pulse output is for synchronizing auxiliary in-

2-18 683XXC MM
FUNCTIONAL RF DECK
DESCRIPTION ASSEMBLIES

struments to the internally generated pulse; the

video pulse is a TTL level copy of the RF output
pulse; and the sample/hold signal synchronizes the
ALC loop to the ON portion of the pulse modulating
waveform.

The 683XXC has five pulse modulation modes:

q Internal pulse modulation mode – The pulse
modulation waveform is generated and timed
internally.
q External pulse mode – The external pulse
source signal from the front or rear panel con-
nectors is interfaced by the pulse generator to
the pulse modulation driver.
q External triggered mode – The pulse generator
is triggered by the external pulse source signal
to produce the pulse modulation waveform.
q External gated mode – The external pulse
source signal gates the internal pulse genera-
tor on and off.
q Composite mode – The external pulse source
signal triggers the internal pulse generator
and also modulates the RF output signal. The
pulse generator produces a delayed, single
pulse waveform that also modulates the RF
output signal.

2-5 RF DECK ASSEMBLIES The primary purpose of the RF deck assembly is to generate CW and
swept frequency RF signals and route these signals to the front panel
RF OUTPUT connector. It is capable of generating RF signals in the
frequency range of 0.01 to 65 GHz (0.00001 to 65 GHz with Option 22).

The series 683XXC synthesized high performance signal generators

use a single YIG-tuned oscillator. All other frequencies, except for 0.01
to 10 MHz, are derived from the fundamental frequencies generated
by this oscillator, as follows:

q RF output frequencies of 0.01 to 2 GHz are developed by down-

converting the fundamental frequencies of 6.51 to 8.5 GHz.
q RF output frequencies of 20 to 40 GHz are produced by doubling
the fundamental frequencies of 10 to 20 GHz.
q RF output frequencies of 40 to 65 GHz are produced by quadru-
pling the fundamental frequencies of 10 to 16.25 GHz.
q RF output frequencies of 0.01 to 10 MHz are generated by the
A13 10 MHz DDS PCB, installed by Option 22.

The paragraphs, on the following pages, briefly describe the operation

of the RF deck assembly.

683XXC MM 2-19
FUNCTIONAL RF DECK
DESCRIPTION ASSEMBLIES

RF Deck Con- All 683XXC RF deck assemblies contain a YIG-

figurations tuned oscillator, a switched filter assembly, and a
directional coupler. Beyond that, the configuration
of the RF deck assembly varies according to the par-
ticular instrument model. Block diagrams of the
various RF deck configurations are shown in the fol-
lowing figures:

q Figure 2-4, page 2-21, is a block diagram of the

RF deck assembly for Model 68317C.
q Figure 2-5, page 2-22, is a block diagram of the
RF deck assembly for Models 68337C and
68347C.
q Figure 2-6, page 2-23, is a block diagram of the
RF deck assembly for Model 68367C.
q Figure 2-7, page 2-24, is a block diagram of the
RF deck assembly for Models 68377C, 68387C,
and 68397C.

The block diagrams of the RF deck assemblies

shown in Figures 2-4 thru 2-7(pages 2-21 thru 2-24)
include all of the common RF components found in
the 683XXC RF deck assemblies. Refer to these
block diagrams during the descriptions of RF deck
operation presented in the following paragraphs.

YIG-tuned There are two configurations of YIG-tuned oscillator

Oscillator used in the 683XXC—a 2 to 8.4 GHz oscillator used
in the 68317C model and a 2 to 20 GHz oscillator
used in all other 683XXC models. The 2 to 20 GHz
YIG-tuned oscillator actually contains two oscilla-
tors—one covering the frequency range of 2 to
8.4 GHz and one covering the frequency range of 8.4
to 20 GHz. Both oscillators use a common internal
amplifier.

The YIG-tuned oscillator generates RF output sig-

nals that have low broadband noise and low spuri-
ous content. It is driven by the Main tuning coil
current and bias voltages from the A14 YIG, SDM,
SQM Driver PCB and the FM tuning coil current
from the A11 FM PCB. During CW mode, the main
tuning coil current tunes the oscillator to within a
few megahertz of the final output frequency. The
phase-lock circuitry of the YIG loop then fine ad-
justs the oscillator’s FM tuning coil current to make
the output frequency exact. Frequency modulation
of the RF output is also accomplished by summing
the modulating signal into the oscillator’s FM tun-
ing coil control path.

2-20 683XXC MM
FUNCTIONAL RF DECK
DESCRIPTION ASSEMBLIES

S w itc h e d F ilte r A s s y . - D 4 5 1 9 6 ( S ta n d a r d )
2 -8 .4 G H z - D 4 5 2 0 0 ( O p tio n 1 5 B )
Y IG O s c illa to r 3 .3 G H z L P F
> + 1 5 d B m (S td .)
B IA S M o d u la to r
J 6 5 .5 G H z L P F > + 2 0 d B m (O p t. 1 5 B ) D ir e c tio n a l
> + 4 d B m C o u p le r S te p R F O u tp u t
M A IN 8 .4 G H z L P F 2 0 G H z L P F A tte n u a to r
J 2 ( O p tio n ) 0 .0 1 - 8 .4 G H z
R F P a th
F M
w ith (0 .0 0 0 0 1 - 8 .4 G H z

8 .5 G H z L P F
1 3 .5 G H z L P F O p tio n 2 2 D ip le x e r w ith O p tio n 2 2 )
A C
2 9 8 6 0
B
J 5 J 7 J 3 J 1 L e v e l C o n tro l
L o s s A - C < 2 d B C o n tro l
> + 1 7 d B m L o s s B - C < 2 d B
C o n tro l
M o d u la to r P u ls e S w itc h
C o n tro l L o s s A - C < 1 .5 d B
C o n tro l 0 .0 0 0 0 1 - 2 G H z L o s s B - C < 1 .5 d B
S a m p le r D o w n C o n v e rte r A s s y .
(-7 to -1 4 d B m
ty p ic a l) D 2 7 3 3 0 0 .0 1 - 2 G H z C
J 3 R F P a th w ith O p tio n 2 2 0 .0 1 - 1 0 M H z A 1 3
J 1
L P F
> + 1 6 d B m
A
D ip le x e r B D D S
6 .5 1 - 8 .5 G H z 4 6 5 0 4 > + 1 5 d B m ( O p tio n 2 2 )
6 .5 G H z
J 2
5 0 0 M H z

C o n tro l

L e v e l
C o n tro l

NOTE
If the Electronic Step Attenuator (Option 2E) is installed,
the 0.01 to 10 MHz signal (Option 22) is inserted at the
Step Attenuator. Diplexers (P/Ns 29860 and 46504) are
not required.

Figure 2-4. Block Diagram of the RF Deck Assembly for

Model 68317C.

683XXC MM 2-21
 FUNCTIONAL RF DECK
DESCRIPTION ASSEMBLIES

2 -2 0 G H z S w itc h e d F ilte r A s s y . - D 4 5 1 9 6 ( S ta n d a r d )
Y IG O s c illa to r - D 4 5 2 0 0 ( O p tio n 1 5 B )
3 .3 G H z L P F
M o d u la to r > + 1 5 d B m (S td .)
B IA S 5 .5 G H z L P F > + 2 0 d B m (O p t. 1 5 B ) D ir e c tio n a l
J 6 R F O u tp u t
> + 4 d B m C o u p le r S te p
M A IN 8 .4 -2 0 G H z 8 .4 G H z L P F 2 0 G H z L P F A tte n u a to r
J 2 R F P a th ( O p tio n ) 0 .0 1 - 2 0 G H z
F M w ith
(0 .0 0 0 0 1 - 2 0 G H z

8 .5 G H z L P F
2 -8 .4 G H z 1 3 .5 G H z L P F O p tio n 2 2 D ip le x e r w ith O p tio n 2 2 )
A 2 9 8 6 0 C
B
J 5 J 7 J 3 J 1 L o s s A - C < 2 d B L e v e l C o n tro l
L o s s B - C < 2 d B C o n tro l
> + 1 7 d B m
C o n tro l
M o d u la to r P u ls e S w itc h
C o n tro l C o n tro l 0 .0 0 0 0 1 - 2 G H z L o s s A - C < 1 .5 d B
L o s s B - C < 1 .5 d B
S a m p le r D o w n C o n v e rte r A s s y .
(-7 to -1 4 d B m
ty p ic a l) D 2 7 3 3 0 0 .0 1 - 2 G H z C
J 1 J 3 R F P a th w ith O p tio n 2 2 0 .0 1 - 1 0 M H z A 1 3
L P F
> + 1 6 d B m
A D ip le x e r B D D S
6 .5 1 - 8 .5 G H z
4 6 5 0 4 > + 1 5 d B m ( O p tio n 2 2 )
6 .5 G H z
J 2
5 0 0 M H z

C o n tro l

L e v e l
C o n tro l
NOTES
1. Down Converter Assy (P/N D27330) not installed in
Model 68337C.

2. If the Electronic Step Attenuator (Option 2F) is installed,

the 0.01 to 10 MHz signal (Option 22) is inserted at the
Step Attenuator. Diplexers (P/Ns 29860 and 46504) are
not required.

Figure 2-5. Block Diagram of the RF Deck Assembly for

Models 68337C and 68347C.

2-22 683XXC MM
FUNCTIONAL RF DECK
DESCRIPTION ASSEMBLIES

2 0 - 4 0 G H z
> + 8 .5 d B m
S w itc h e d D o u b le r M o d u le - D 2 8 5 4 0
2 -2 0 G H z S w itc h e d F ilte r A s s y . - D 4 5 1 9 6 ( S ta n d a r d )
Y IG O s c illa to r - D 4 5 2 0 0 ( O p tio n 1 5 B )
2 0 - 2 5 G H z B P F
3 .3 G H z L P F D ir e c tio n a l
B IA S M o d u la to r 2 5 - 3 2 G H z B P F C o u p le r S te p R F O u tp u t
J 6 5 .5 G H z L P F > + 1 5 d B m (S td .)
J 1 x 2 A tte n u a to r
> + 4 d B m 3 2 - 4 0 G H z B P F
M A IN 8 .4 -2 0 G H z 8 .4 G H z L P F 2 0 G H z L P F J 2 ( O p tio n ) 0 .0 1 - 4 0 G H z
J 2 R F P a th w ith O p tio n 2 2
F M > + 2 0 d B m (O p t. 1 5 B ) (0 .0 0 0 0 1 - 4 0 G H z
w ith O p tio n 2 2 )

8 .5 G H z L P F
2 -8 .4 G H z 1 3 .5 G H z L P F D ip le x e r
A C
2 9 8 5 0
B
L e v e l C o n tro l
J 1 B ia s S w itc h C o n tro l
J 5 J 7 J 3 L o s s A - C < 2 d B
C o n tro l
> + 1 7 d B m L o s s B - C < 2 d B
C o n tro l
M o d u la to r P u ls e S w itc h
C o n tro l C o n tro l L o s s A - C < 1 .5 d B
0 .0 0 0 0 1 - 2 G H z L o s s B - C < 1 .5 d B
S a m p le r D o w n C o n v e rte r A s s y .
(-7 to -1 4 d B m
ty p ic a l) D 2 7 3 3 0 0 .0 1 - 2 G H z C
J 1 J 3 R F P a th w ith O p tio n 2 2 0 .0 1 - 1 0 M H z A 1 3
L P F
> + 1 6 d B m
A
D ip le x e r B D D S
6 .5 1 - 8 .5 G H z
4 6 5 0 4 > + 1 5 d B m ( O p tio n 2 2 )
6 .5 G H z
J 2
5 0 0 M H z

C o n tro l

L e v e l
C o n tro l

Figure 2-6. Block Diagram of the RF Deck Assembly for

Model 68367C.

683XXC MM 2-23
 FUNCTIONAL RF DECK
DESCRIPTION ASSEMBLIES

S o u r c e Q u a d r u p le r M o d u le À

1 6 .8 G H z L P F
Â
x 4 B P F
& 6 d B P A D J 1

(J 1 )
D ir e c tio n a l 9 0 d B R F O u tp u t
B ia s M o d u la to r F o rw a rd Á J 3 C o u p le r S te p
C o n tro l A tte n u a to r
C o u p le r 0 .0 1 - 6 5 G H z
( O p tio n )
J 4 > + 1 8 d B m (0 .0 0 0 0 1 - 6 5 G H z
J 2 w ith O p tio n 2 2 )
2 -2 0 G H z S w itc h e d F ilte r A s s y . - D 4 5 2 0 0 S w itc h e d D o u b le r M o d u le - D 2 8 5 4 0
Y IG O s c illa to r 0 .0 1 - 4 0 G H z
2 0 - 2 5 G H z B P F
3 .3 G H z L P F > + 1 0 d B m L e v e l C o n tro l
B IA S > + 2 0 d B m 2 5 - 3 2 G H z B P F C o n tro l
J 6 5 .5 G H z L P F x 2
> + 4 d B m J 2
M A IN 8 .4 -2 0 G H z 3 2 - 4 0 G H z B P F J 2
8 .4 G H z L P F 2 0 G H z L P F
J 1
R F P a th
F M w ith
À S o u rc e Q u a d ru p le r M o d u le
8 .5 G H z L P F

2 -8 .4 G H z 1 3 .5 G H z L P F O p tio n 2 2 C P a rt N u m b e rs :
D ip le x e r D 2 8 1 8 5 (4 0 - 5 0 G H z )
A
2 9 8 5 0 6 0 -1 4 1 (4 0 - 6 0 G H z )
B ia s B
J 5 J 7 J 1 S w itc h
J 3
C o n tro l 6 0 -1 4 2 (4 0 - 6 5 G H z )
> + 1 7 d B m L o s s A - C < 2 d B
L o s s B - C < 2 d B Á S Q M P /N D 2 8 1 8 5 c o n ta in s a
C o n tro l
M o d u la to r P u ls e S w itc h F o rw a r d C o u p le r.
C o n tro l C o n tro l L o s s A - C < 1 .5 d B
L o s s B - C < 1 .5 d B F o rw a r d C o u p le r P /N C 2 7 1 8 4 is
S a m p le r D o w n C o n v e rte r A s s y . 0 .0 0 0 0 1 - 2 G H z
(-7 to -1 4 d B m u s e d w ith S Q M P /N s 6 0 -1 4 1 a n d
ty p ic a l) D 2 7 3 3 0 0 .0 1 - 2 G H z C
R F P a th w ith O p tio n 2 2
6 0 -1 4 2 .
J 4 J 3 > + 1 6 d B m D ip le x e r
L P F A
6 .5 1 - 8 .5 G H z 4 6 5 0 4 Â T h e 1 6 .8 G H z L P F a n d 6 d B P A D ,
B
6 .5 G H z
J 2 P /N B 2 8 1 6 2 , is u s e d w ith
5 0 0 M H z A 1 3 0 .0 1 - 1 0 M H z S Q M P /N s 6 0 -1 4 1 a n d 6 0 -1 4 2 .
J 1 D D S
C o n tro l
( O p tio n 2 2 ) > + 1 5 d B m

L e v e l
C o n tro l

Figure 2-7. Block Diagram of the RF Deck Assembly for

Models 68377C, 68387C, and 68397C.

2-24 683XXC MM
FUNCTIONAL RF DECK
DESCRIPTION ASSEMBLIES

When the 683XXC is generating broad-band analog

frequency sweeps (>100 MHz wide), the main tun-
ing coil current tunes the oscillator through the
sweep frequency range. Phase locking to fine adjust
the oscillator’s output frequency is only done at the
bottom and top of the sweep ramp and on both sides
of each band switch point. Narrow-band analog fre-
quency sweeps (£100 MHz wide) are accomplished
by summing the appropriate sweep ramp signal into
the oscillator’s FM tuning coil control path. The
YIG-tuned oscillator’s RF output is then swept
about a center frequency that is set by the main
tuning coil current. Phase locking to fine tune the
output frequency is done at the center frequency of
the sweep

Power Level The RF output signal from the YIG-tuned oscillator

Control and is fed to connector J6 of the switched filter assembly.
Modulation In the switched filter assembly, the RF signal is am-
plified then goes to the modulator. A portion of the
RF signal to the modulator is picked off and coupled
out via connector J5 to the Sampler for use by the
YIG loop circuitry. The modulator provides for
power level control, AM, and pulse modulation of
the RF output signals.

In addition to the amplified RF signal from the

YIG-tuned oscillator, the modulator has two other
inputs—the modulator control input and the pulse
input. The modulator control input adjusts the gain
of the modulator to control the power level of the RF
output signals. The modulator control signal is re-
ceived from the A9 PIN Control PCB where it is de-
veloped from the ALC control signal. Amplitude
modulation is accomplished by varying the modula-
tor control signal with the modulating signal. Pulse
modulation is achieved by switching the modulator
on and off at a rate determined by the modulating
pulse input. The modulating pulse input is received
via connector J7 from the A6 Pulse Generator PCB.

RF Signal The RF signal from the modulator is fed via PIN

Filtering switches to the switched low-pass filters. PIN switch
drive current is received from the A9 PIN Control
PCB. A coupler in the switched filter path provides
the RF signal for the down converter. Whenever an
instrument is generating RF signals of <2 GHz, a
RF signal is coupled out, through a 8.5 GHz low-
pass filter and connector J3 to the down converter.
Another coupler in the switched filter path of high

683XXC MM 2-25
FUNCTIONAL RF DECK
DESCRIPTION ASSEMBLIES

power switched filter assemblies provides the RF

signal for the source quadrupler module (refer to
Figure 2-7). Whenever an instrument is generating
RF signals of >40 GHz, a RF signal is coupled out
via J4 to the source quadrupler module.

The switched low-pass filters provide rejection of the

harmonics that are generated by the YIG-tuned os-
cillator. In model 68317C, the 2 to 8.4 GHz RF sig-
nal from the modulator has three filtering paths—
3.3 GHz, 5.5 GHz, and 8.4 GHz. In all other 683XXC
models, the 2 to 20 GHz RF signal from the modula-
tor has four filtering paths and a through path. The
four filtering paths are 3.3 GHz, 5.5 GHz, 8.4 GHz,
and 13.5 GHz. Signals above 13.5 GHz are routed
via the through path.

After routing through the appropriate path, the 2 to

8.4 GHz or 2 to 20 GHz RF signal is multiplexed by
the PIN switches and goes via a 20 GHz low-pass fil-
ter to the switched filter assembly output connector
J2. The 0.01 to 2 GHz RF signal, from the down con-
verter, is received at connector J1, then multiplexed
through the same path to the switched filter output.

From J2, the RF signal goes to either the directional

coupler (£20 GHz models) or the input connector J1
of the switched doubler module (>20 GHz models).

In units with Option 22, the RF signal from J2 goes

to either input connector A of the diplexer (£20 GHz
models) or the input connector J1 of the switched
doubler module (>20 GHz models).

0.01 to 2 GHz The 0.01 to 2 GHz Down Converter assembly (Fig-

Down ures 2-4 thru 2-7) contains a 6.5 GHz VCO that is
Converter phase-locked to the 500 MHz reference signal from
the A3 Reference Loop PCB. The 6.5 GHz VCO’s
phase-lock condition is monitored by the CPU. The
6.5 GHz VCO is on at all times; however, the down
converter amplifier is powered on by the A14 YIG,
SDM, SQM Driver PCB only when the 0.01 to
2 GHz frequency range is selected.

During CW or swept frequency operations in the

0.01 to 2 GHz frequency range, the 6.51 to 8.5 GHz
RF signal output from J3 of the switched filter as-
sembly goes to input connector J1 of the down con-
verter. The 6.51 to 8.5 GHz RF signal is then mixed
with the 6.5 GHz VCO signal resulting in a 0.01 to

2-26 683XXC MM
FUNCTIONAL RF DECK
DESCRIPTION ASSEMBLIES

2 GHz RF signal. The resultant RF signal is fed

NOTE
through a 2 GHz low-pass filter, then amplified and
In units with Option 22, the 0.01 to routed to the output connector J3. A portion of the
2 GHz RF output of the down con- down converter’s RF output signal is detected,
verter is diplexed with the 0.01 to amplified, and coupled out for use in internal level-
10 MHz output of the A13 10 MHz ing. The detected RF sample is routed to the A10
DDS PCB. The resulting 0.00001 to ALC PCB.
2 GHz signal is then diplexed with
the RF signal from the switched fil- The 0.01 to 2 GHz RF output from the down con-
ter assembly (or switched doubler verter goes to input connector J1 of the switched fil-
module for >20 GHz models) into ter assembly. There, the 0.01 to 2 GHz RF signal is
the RF path to the directional cou- multiplexed into the switched filter’s output.
pler.
Switched The switched doubler module (SDM), found in
Doubler >20 GHz models, is used to double the fundamental
Module frequencies of 10 to 20 GHz to produce RF output
frequencies of 20 to 40 GHz.

The RF signal from the switched filter assembly is

input to the SDM at J1. During CW or swept fre-
quency operations in the 20 to 40 GHz frequency
range, the 10 to 20 GHz RF signal input is routed by
PIN switches to the doubler/amplifiers. PIN switch
drive current is provided by the A9 PIN Control
PCB and bias voltage for the doubler/amplifiers is
supplied by the A14 YIG, SDM, SQM Driver PCB.
The RF signal is amplified, then doubled in fre-
quency. From the doubler, the 20 to 40 GHz RF sig-
nal is routed by PIN switches to the bandpass
filters. There are three bandpass filter paths to pro-
vide good harmonic performance. The frequency
ranges of the three paths are 20 to 25 GHz, 25 to
32 GHz, and 32 to 40 GHz.
After routing through the appropriate bandpass fil-
ter path, the 20 to 40 GHz RF signal is multiplexed
by the PIN switches to the SDM output at connector
J2. RF signals input to the SDM of £20 GHz are
multiplexed through by the PIN switches to output
connector J2.
From J2, the RF signal goes to either the directional
coupler (£40 GHz models) or the input connector J2
of the forward coupler (>40 GHz models)>
In units with Option 22, the RF signal from J2 goes
to input connector A of the diplexer where it is di-
plexed with the 0.00001 to 2 GHz RF signal (from
the down converter and A13 10 MHz DDS PCB) into
the RF path to either the directional coupler

683XXC MM 2-27
FUNCTIONAL RF DECK
DESCRIPTION ASSEMBLIES

(£40 GHz models) or the input connector J2 of the

forward coupler (>40 GHz models).

Source The source quadrupler module (SQM), found in

Quadrupler >40 GHz models, is used to quadruple the funda-
Module mental frequencies of 10 to 16.25 GHz to produce
RF output frequencies of 40 to 65 GHz. The RF sig-
nal inputs for the SQM come from the switched fil-
ter assembly. The modulator control signal for the
SQM is received from the A14 YIG, SDM, SQM
Driver PCB where it is developed from the ALC con-
trol signal. The A14 PCB also supplies the amplifier
bias voltage(s) for the SQM.

Model 68377C (SQM P/N D28185)

During CW or swept frequency operations in the 40
to 50 GHz frequency range, the 10 to 12.5 GHz RF
signal input is quadrupled and amplified, then goes
to the modulator. The modulator provides for power
level control and amplitude modulation of the RF
output signal. From the modulator, the 40 to
50 GHz RF signals goes via a band-pass filter to out-
put connector J3 of the forward coupler. Note that
on the 40 to 50 GHz SQM (P/N D28185), the for-
ward coupler is an integral part of the SQM. The
0.01 to 40 GHz RF output signal from the SDM
(0.00001 to 40 GHz RF output signal from the di-
plexer for 68377s with Option 22) are routed to in-
put connector J2 of the SQM forward coupler. The
0.01 to 50 GHz (0.0001 to 50 GHz for the 68377s
with Option 22) RF output signals go from J3 of the
SQM forward coupler to the directional coupler.

Model 68387C (SQM P/N 60-141)

During CW or swept frequency operations in the 40
to 60 GHz frequency range, the 10 to 15 GHz RF
signal input is quadrupled and amplified, then goes
to the modulator. The modulator provides for power
level control and amplitude modulation of the RF
output signal. From the modulator, the 40 to
60 GHz RF signal goes via a band-pass filter to the
output connector of the SQM.
From the SQM, the 40 to 60 GHz RF output signal
goes to input connector J1 of the forward coupler,
P/N C27184. The other input to the forward coupler
at connector J2 is the 0.01 to 40 GHz RF output sig-
nal from the SDM (0.00001 to 40 GHz RF output
signal from the diplexer for 68387Cs with Option
22). From forward coupler output connector J3, the
0.01 to 60 GHz (0.00001 to 60 GHz for the 68387Cs

2-28 683XXC MM
FUNCTIONAL RF DECK
DESCRIPTION ASSEMBLIES

with Option 22) RF output signals go to the direc-

tional coupler.

Model 68397C (SQM P/N 60-142)

During CW or swept frequency operations in the 40
to 65 GHz frequency range, the 10 to 16.25 GHz RF
signal input is quadrupled and amplified, then goes
to the modulator. The modulator provides for power
level control and amplitude modulation of the RF
output signal. From the modulator, the 40 to
65 GHz RF signal goes via a band-pass filter to the
output connector of the SQM.
From the SQM, the 40 to 65 GHz RF output signal
goes to input connector J1 of the forward coupler,
P/N C27184. The other input to the forward coupler
at connector J2 is the 0.01 to 40 GHz RF output sig-
nal from the SDM (0.00001 to 40 GHz RF output
signal from the diplexer for 68397Cs with Option
22). From forward coupler output connector J3, the
0.01 to 65 GHz (0.00001 to 65 GHz for the 68397Cs
with Option 22) RF output signals go to the direc-
tional coupler.

Power Level The RF signal output from either the switched filter
Detection/ assembly (£20 GHz models), the SDM (£40 GHz
ALC Loop models), diplexer (£20 GHz and £40 GHz models
with Option 22), or forward coupler (>40 GHz mod-
els) goes to the directional coupler for transfer to the
RF OUTPUT connector. A portion of the RF output
signal is detected, amplified, and coupled out as
feedback to the ALC circuitry on the A10 ALC PCB.
In these circuits, the signal from the detector is
summed with the reference voltage that represents
the desired RF output power level. The resulting
voltage is fed from the A10 ALC PCB to the ALC
modulator driver circuit on the A9 PIN Control PCB
(and the ALC modulator driver circuit on the A14
YIG, SDM, SQM Driver PCB for >40 GHz models).
The resulting modulator control signals go to the
modulators in the switched filter assembly and the
SQM (for >40 GHz models) to adjust the RF output
power level.

683XXC MM 2-29
FUNCTIONAL RF DECK
DESCRIPTION ASSEMBLIES

Step The optional step attenuators available for use with

Attenuators the 683XXC models are as follows:

q 120 dB electronic step attenuators for

£8.4 GHz and £20 GHz models (Options 2E
and 2F)
q 110 dB step attenuators for £20 GHz and
£40 GHz models (Options 2A and 2 B)
q 90 dB step attenuators for £50 Ghz and
£60 GHz models (Options 2C and 2D)

The step attenuators provide attenuation of the RF

output in 10 dB steps. The step attenuator drive
current is supplied by the A9 PIN Control PCB.

2-30 683XXC MM
 Chapter 3
Performance Verification

Table of Contents

3-1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

3-2 RECOMMENDED TEST EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . 3-3
3-3 TEST RECORDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
3-4 CONNECTOR AND KEY LABEL NOTATION . . . 3-3
3-5 683XXC POWER LEVELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
3-6 INTERNAL TIME BASE AGING RATE TEST . . . 3-7
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Test Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
3-7 FREQUENCY SYNTHESIS TESTS . . . . . . . . 3-10
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Coarse Loop/YIG Loop Test Procedure. . . . . . 3-10
Fine Loop Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
3-8 SPURIOUS SIGNALS TEST: RF OUTPUT
SIGNALS <2 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
0.01 - 2 GHz Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
3-9 HARMONIC TEST: RF OUTPUT SIGNALS
FROM 2 TO 20 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Test Procedure (2 to 10 GHz) . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Test Procedure (11 to 20 GHz) . . . . . . . . . 3-17
3-10 SINGLE SIDEBAND PHASE NOISE TEST . . . . 3-19
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Table of Contents (Continued)

3-11 POWER LEVEL ACCURACY AND FLATNESS

TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure . . . . . . 3-24
Power Level Flatness Test Procedure . . . . . . 3-25
3-12 AMPLITUDE MODULATION TEST . . . . . . . . 3-27
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
AM Input Sensitivity Procedure. . . . . . . . . 3-28
3-13 FREQUENCY MODULATION TESTS . . . . . . . 3-30
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
FM Input Sensitivity Procedure . . . . . . . . . 3-30
3-14 PULSE MODULATION TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Rise/Fall Time and Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Pulse Leveling Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
3-15 PULSE MODULATION TEST: VIDEO
FEEDTHROUGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
3-16 PULSE MODULATION TEST: RF ON/OFF
RATIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
3-17 PHASE MODULATION TESTS. . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
FΜ Input Sensitivity Procedure. . . . . . . . . 3-45
 Chapter 3
Performance Verification
3-1 INTRODUCTION This chapter contains tests that can be used to verify the performance
of the Series 683XXC Synthesized High Performance Signal Genera-
tors to specifications. These tests support all instrument models hav-
ing any version of firmware. Units with Option 2A, 2B, 2C, 2D, 2E, or
2F (110 dB, 90 dB, or 120 dB step attenuators), Option 11 (0.1 Hz fre-
quency resolution), and Option 15B (high power output) are also cov-
ered.

3-2 RECOMMENDED TEST Table 3-1 (page 3-4) provides a list of the recommended test equipment
EQUIPMENT for the performance verification tests.

The test procedures refer to specific test equipment front panel control
settings when the test setup is critical to making an accurate meas-
urement. In some cases, the user may substitute test equipment hav-
ing the same critical specifications as those on the recommended test
equipment list.

Contact your local Anritsu service center (refer to Table 1-5 on page
1-18) if you need clarification of any equipment or procedural refer-
ence.

3-3 TEST RECORDS A blank copy of a sample performance verification test record for each
683XXC model is provided in Appendix A. Each test record contains
the model-specific variables called for by the test procedures. It also
provides a means for maintaining an accurate and complete record of
instrument performance. We recommend that you copy these pages
and use them to record the results of your initial testing of the instru-
ment. These initial test results can later be used as benchmark values
for future tests of the same instrument.

3-4 CONNECTOR AND KEY The test procedures include many references to equipment intercon-
LABEL NOTATION nections and control settings. For all 683XXC references, specific la-
bels are used to denote the appropriate menu key, data entry key, data
entry control, or connector (such as CW/SWEEP SELECT or RF OUT-
PUT). Most references to supporting test equipment use general labels
for commonly used controls and connections (such as Span or RF In-
put). In some cases, a specific label is used that is a particular feature
of the test equipment listed in Table 3-1.

683XXC MM 3-3
PERFORMANCE RECOMMENDED
VERIFICATION TEST EQUIPMENT

Table 3-1. Recommended Test Equipment for Performance Verification Tests (1 of 2)

CRITCAL RECOMMENDED TEST
INSTRUMENT
SPECIFICATION MANUFACTURER/MODEL NUMBER
Spectrum Analyzer, Frequency Resolution: 0.01 to 65 GHz Tektronix, Model 2794, with 3-8, 3-9, 3-12,
with Resolution Bandwidth: 10 Hz External Mixers: 3-13, 3-16,
External Mixers WM780K (18 to 26.5 GHz) 3-17
and WM780A (26.5 to 40 GHz)
Diplexer Assy WM780U (40 to 60 GHz)
WM780E (60 to 90 GHz)
and
Diplexer Assy: 015-0385-00

Spectrum Analyzer Frequency Range: 20 Hz to 40 MHz Hewlett-Packard, Model 3585B 3-10

Resolution Bandwidth: 3 Hz
Frequency Counter Frequency Range: 0.01 to 40 GHz Anritsu Model MF2414A 3-7
Input Impedance: 50Ω
Resolution: 1 Hz
Other: External Time Base Input
Power Meter, Power Range: –30 to +20 dBm Anritsu Model ML2437A or ML2438A, 3-11
with (1mW to 100mW) with
Power Power Sensors:
Sensors MA2474A (0.01 to 40 Ghz)
MA2475A (0.01 to 50 GHz)
Frequency Reference Frequency: 10 MHz Absolute Time Corp., Model 300 3-6
Accuracy: 5 x 10–12 parts/day
Modulation Analyzer Frequency Input: 10 MHz Hewlett-Packard, Model 8901A 3-12
(or the IF of the spectrum analyzer)
AM Depth: 0% to 90%
AM Modulation Rates: dc to 100 kHz
Filters: 20 kHz lowpass, 300 Hz highpass
Oscilloscope Bandwidth: DC to 150 MHz Tektronix, Inc. Model TAS485 3-14, 3-15
Vertical Sensitivity: 2mV/division
Horizontal Sensitivity: 50 ns/division
Mixer Frequency Range: 2 to 26 GHz Miteq, Model DB0226LA1 3-10
Attenuator Frequency Range: DC to 40 GHz Anritsu, Model 41KC-10 3-9, 3-10
Max Input Power: >+17 dBm
Attenuation: 10 dB
Attenuator Frequency Range: DC to 40 GHz Anritsu, Model 41KC-20 3-9
Max Input Power: >+17 dBm
Attenuation: 20 dB
Attenuator Frequency Range: DC to 60 GHz Anritsu, Model 41V-10 3-9, 3-10
Max Input Power: >+17 dBm
Attenuation: 10 dB
Attenuator Frequency Range: DC to 60 GHz Anritsu, Model 41V-20 3-9
Max Input Power: >+17 dBm
Attenuation: 20 dB

3-4 683XXC MM
PERFORMANCE RECOMMENDED
VERIFICATION TEST EQUIPMENT

Table 3-1. Recommended Test Equipment for Performance Verification Tests (2 of 2)

CRITCAL RECOMMENDED TEST
INSTRUMENT
SPECIFICATION MANUFACTURER/MODEL NUMBER
Microwave (Pulse) Output Polarity: Negative Anritsu, Model SC3800 3-14
Detector Frequency Range: 0.01 to 40 GHz (K input/BNC output connectors)
High Pass Filter 150 MHz High-Pass Filter (DC Block) Narda, Model 4564 3-14
Low Pass Filter 450 MHz Low-Pass Filter Mini-Circuits, Model SLP-450 3-15
Special AUX I/O Provides interface between the 683XXC Anritsu P/N: 806-90 3-11
Cable Assy and the Power Meter
Tee Connectors: 50W BNC Any common source 3-10
Cables Connectors: 50W BNC Any common source All tests

683XXC MM 3-5
PERFORMANCE 682XXC/683XXC
VERIFICATION POWER LEVELS

3-5 POWER LEVELS Table 3-2 is a listing of the Series 683XXC Synthesized High Perform-
ance Signal Generator models and their maximum leveled ouput
power levels. Certain test procedures will refer you to this table for the
maximum leveled output power level setting of the instrument model
being tested.

Table 3-2. 683XXC Maximum Leveled Output Power

Max Leveled
Max Leveled
683XXC Frequency Max Leveled Output Power
Output Power
Model (GHz) Output Power w/Electronic
w/Step Attenuator
Step Attenuator

68317C 0.01 – 8.4 GHz +13.0 dBm +11.0 dBm +9.0 dBm
68337C 2.0 – 20.0 GHz +13.0 dBm +11.0 dBm +3.0 dBm
68347C 0.01 – 20.0 GHz +13.0 dBm +11.0 dBm +3.0 dBm
0.01 – 2.0 GHz +13.0 dBm +11.0 dBm
68367C 2.0 – 20.0 GHz +9.0 dBm +7.0 dBm Not Available
20.0 – 40.0 GHz +6.0 dBm +3.0 dBm
0.01 – 2.0 GHz +12.0 dBm +10.0 dBm
2.0 – 20.0 GHz +10.0 dBm +8.5 dBm
68377C Not Available
20.0 – 40.0 GHz +2.5 dBm 0.0 dBm
40.0 – 50.0 GHz +2.5 dBm –1.0 dBm
0.01 – 2.0 GHz +12.0 dBm +10.0 dBm
2.0 – 20.0 GHz +10.0 dBm +8.5 dBm
68387C 20.0 – 40.0 GHz +2.5 dBm 0.0 dBm Not Available
40.0 – 50.0 GHz +2.0 dBm –1.5 dBm
50.0 – 60.0 GHz +2.0 dBm –2.0 dBm
0.01 – 2.0 GHz +12.0 dBm
2.0 – 20.0 GHz +10.0 dBm
68397C 20.0 – 40.0 GHz +2.5 dBm Not Available Not Available
40.0 – 50.0 GHz 0.0 dBm
50.0 – 65.0 GHz –2.0 dBm

With Option 15B (High Power) Installed

0.01 – 2.0 Ghz +13.0 dBm +11.0 dBm +11.0 dBm

68317C
2.0 – 8.4 GHz +17.0 dBm +15.0 dBm +11.0 dBm
68337C 2.0 – 20.0 GHz +17.0 dBm +15.0 dBm +7.0 dBm
0.01 – 2.0 GHz +13.0 dBm +11.0 dBm +11.0 dBm
68347C
2.0 – 20.0 GHz +17.0 dBm +15.0 dBm +7.0 dBm
0.01 – 20.0 GHz +13.0 dBm +11.0 dBm
68367C Not Available
20.0 – 40.0 GHz +6.0 dBm +3.0 dBm
68377C 0.01 – 50.0 GHz Standard Standard Not Available
68387C 0.01 – 60.0 GHz Standard Standard Not Available
68397C 0.01 – 65.0 GHz Standard Not Available Not Available

Note: In models with Option 22 that have a high-end frequency of £20 GHz, rated output power is reduced by 1 dB.
In models with Option 22 that have a high-end frequency of >20 GHz, rated output power is reduced by 2 dB.

3-6 683XXC MM
PERFORMANCE INTERNAL TIME BASE
VERIFICATION AGING RATE TEST

3-6 INTERNAL TIME BASE The following test can be used to verify that the 683XXC 10 MHz time
AGING RATE TEST base is within its aging specification. The instrument derives its fre-
(Optional) quency accuracy from an internal 100 MHz crystal oscillator standard.
(With Option 16 installed, frequency accuracy is derived from an inter-
nal high-stability 10 MHz crystal oscillator.) An inherent characteris-
tic of crystal oscillators is the effect of crystal aging within the first
few days to weeks of operation. Typically, the crystal oscillator’s fre-
quency increases slightly at first, then settles to a relatively constant
value for the rest of its life. The 683XXC reference oscillator aging is
specified as <2x10–8 parts per day (<5x10–10 with Option 16).

NOTES
Do not confuse crystal aging with other short term
frequency instabilties; i.e., noise and temperature. The
internal time base of the instrument may not achieve its
specified aging rate before the specified warm-up time of
7 to 30 days has elasped; therefore, this performance test is
optional.

For greatest absolute frequency accuracy, allow the 683XXC to warm

up until its RF output frequency has stabilized (usually 7 to 30 days).
Once stabilized, the change in reference oscillator frequency should re-
main within the aging rate if; (1) the time base oven is not allowed to
cool, (2) the instrument orientation with respect to the earth’s mag-
netic field is maintained, (3) the instrument does not sustain any me-
chanical shock, and (4) ambient temperature is held constant. This
test should be performed upon receipt of the instrument and again af-
ter a period of several days to weeks to fully qualify the aging rate.

6 8 3 X X C S ig n a l G e n e r a to r

1 0 M H z F re q u e n c y R e fe re n c e
R E F O U T

1 P P S
E S C 1 2 3

- 4 5 6
1 .5 M H z
D E L 7 8 9

1 0 M H z A B S O L U T E T IM E M O D . 0 E N T E R

M o d e l 3 0 0 F re q u e n c y R e fe re n c e

1 0 M H z In p u t

Figure 3-1. Equipment Setup for Internal Time Base Aging Rate Test

Test Setup Connect the 683XXC rear panel 10 MHz REF OUT to
the Frequency Reference front panel input connec-
tor labeled 10 MHz when directed to do so during
the test procedure.

683XXC MM 3-7
PERFORMANCE INTERNAL TIME BASE
VERIFICATION AGING RATE TEST

Test The frequency error is measured at the start and

Procedure finish of the test time period of 24 hours. The aging
rate is the difference between the two error read-
ings.

1. Set up the Frequency Reference as follows:

a. Press the ESC key until the MAIN MENU ti
displayed.
b. At the MAIN MENU display, press 1 to select
CONFIGURATION MENU.
c. At the CONFIGURATION MENU display,
press 8 to select MEAS.
d. Press the MOD key and use the Up/Down Ar-
row keys to get to the menu display:
MEASUREMENT = FREQ.
e. Press the ENTER key.
f. Press the ESC key until the MAIN MENU is
displayed.
g. At the MAIN MENU display, press 3 to select
the REVIEW MENU.
h. At the REVIEW MENU display, press 8 to se-
lect TFM.

2. Connect the 683XXC rear panel 10 MHz REF OUT

signal to the Frequency Reference front panel
10 MHz input.

3. Wait approximately 90 minutes (default setting)

until the FMFOM on the Frequency Reference
display decreases from 9 to 1. (The default setting
is recommended to achieve optimum measure-
ments.)

The frequency error in the signal under test is

displayed in ps/s (Picosecond/Second). For exam-
ple, an error of –644681 ps/s is –644681 ´ 10–12 or
–6.44681 ´ 10–7 away from the 10 MHz internal
reference of the Frequency Reference.

The frequency error display is continuously up-

dated as a running 5000-second average. The av-
eraging smooths out the short-term instability of
the oscillator.

3-8 683XXC MM
PERFORMANCE INTERNAL TIME BASE
VERIFICATION AGING RATE TEST

4. Record the frequency error value, displayed on

the Frequency Reference, on the Test Record.

5. Wait for 24 hours, then record the current fre-

quency error value on the Test Record.

6. The aging rate is the difference between the two

frequency error values.

7. Record the computed result on the Test Record.

To meet the specification, the computed aging
rate must be <2x10–8 per day (<5x10–10 per day
with Option 16).

683XXC MM 3-9
PERFORMANCE FREQUENCY
VERIFICATION SYNTHESIS TESTS

3-7 FREQUENCY The following tests can be used to verify correct operation of the fre-
SYNTHESIS TESTS quency synthesis circuits. Frequency synthesis testing is divided into
two parts—coarse loop/YIG loop tests and fine loop tests.

6 8 3 X X C S IG N A L G E N E R A T O R F R E Q U E N C Y C O U N T E R

1 0 M H z 1 0 M H z
R E F O U T E X T IN

In p u t 1
R F O U T

Figure 3-2. Equipment Setup for Frequency Synthesis Tests

Test Setup Connect the equipment, shown in Figure 3-2, as fol-

lows:

1. Connect the 683XXC rear panel 10 MHz REF OUT

to the Frequency Counter 10 MHz External Ref-
erence input.

2. Connect the 683XXC RF OUTPUT to the Fre-

quency Counter Input 1.

Coarse Loop/ The following procedure tests both the coarse loop
YIG Loop Test and YIG loop by stepping the signal generator
Procedure through its YIG-tuned oscillator’s frequency range
in 1 GHz steps and measuring the RF output at
each step.

1. Set up the 683XXC as follows:

a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM ,
then Reset . Upon reset, the CW Menu is dis-
played.
b. Press Edit F1 to open the current frequency
parameter for editing.
c. Set F1 to the first test frequency indicated on
the Test Record for the model being tested.

3-10 683XXC MM
PERFORMANCE FREQUENCY
VERIFICATION SYNTHESIS TESTS

2. Record the Frequency Counter reading on the

Test Record. The Frequency Counter reading
NOTE
must be within ±100 Hz of the displayed 683XXC
The Frequency Counter reading is frequency to accurately complete this test.
typically within ±1 Hz because the
instruments use a common time 3. On the 683XXC, use the cursor control key
base. Differences of a few Hertz can (diamond-shaped key) to increment F1 to the
be caused by noise or counter limita- next test frequency on the Test Record. Record
tions. Differences of ³±100 Hz indi- the Frequency Counter reading on the Test Re-
cate a frequency synthesis problem. cord.

4. Repeat step 3 until all frequencies listed on the

Test Record have been recorded.

Fine Loop The following procedure tests the fine loop by step-
Test ping the instrument through ten 1 kHz steps (ten
Procedure 100 Hz steps for instruments with Option 11) and
measuring the RF output at each step.

1. Set up the 683XXC as follows:

a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM ,
then Reset . Upon reset, the CW Menu is dis-
played.
b. Press Edit F1 to open the current frequency
parameter for editing.
c. Set F1 to the first test frequency indicated on
the Test Record.

2. Record the Frequency Counter reading on the

Test Record. The Frequency Counter reading
must be within ±100 Hz of the displayed 683XXC
frequency (±10 Hz for instruments with Option
11) to accurately complete this test.

3. On the 683XXC, use the cursor control key

(diamond-shaped key) to increment F1 to the
next test frequency on the Test Record. Record
the Frequency Counter reading on the Test Re-
cord.

4. Repeat step 3 until all frequencies listed on the

Test Record have been recorded.

683XXC MM 3-11
PERFORMANCE SPURIOUS SIGNALS TEST:
VERIFICATION RF OUTPUT SIGNALS <2 GHz

3-8 SPURIOUS SIGNALS The following test can be used to verify that the signal generator
TEST: RF OUTPUT meets its spurious signals specifications for RF output signals from
SIGNALS <2 GHz 0.01 to 2 GHz. This test is applicable only to instruments which cover
the frequency range 10 MHz to 2 GHz.

6 8 3 X X C S IG N A L G E N E R A T O R S P E C T R U M A N A L Y Z E R
E X T R E F
IN P U T

1 0 M H z
R E F O U T

R F IN
R F O U T

Figure 3-3. Equipment Setup for Spurious Signals Test: RF Output Signals <2 GHz

Test Setup Connect the equipment, shown in Figure 3-3, as fol-

lows:

1. Connect the 683XXC rear panel 10 MHz REF OUT

to the Spectrum Analyzer External Reference In-
put.

2. Connect the 683XXC RF OUTPUT to the Spec-

trum Analyzer RF Input.

Test The following procedure lets you measure the worst

Procedure case spurious signals (harmonic and non-harmonic)
of the 0.01 to 2 GHz RF output to verify that they
meet specifications.

1. Set up the Spectrum Analyzer as follows:

a. Span: 10 MHz/div
b. CF: 50 MHz
c. RBW: 1 MHz
d. Sweep Time/Div: Auto (to resolve signal peaks
clearly)

3-12 683XXC MM
PERFORMANCE SPURIOUS SIGNALS TEST:
VERIFICATION RF OUTPUT SIGNALS <2 GHz

2. Set up the 683XXC as follows:

a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM ,
then Reset . Upon reset the CW Menu is dis-
played.
b. Press Edit L1 to open the current power level
parameter for editing.
c. Set L1 to the lesser of +10 dBm or the maxi-
mum leveled power level for the instrument
being tested (refer to Table 3-2, page 3-6).
d. Press Edit F1 to open the current frequency
parameter for editing.
Table 3-3. Spurious Signals Specifications
e. Set F1 to 10 MHz.
Harmonic and Harmonic Related:
10 MHz to £50 MHz: <–30 dBc
3. On the Spectrum Analyzer, measure the worst
>50 MHz to £2 GHz: <–40 dBc
case harmonic and non-harmonic signals for the
>2 GHz to £20 GHz: <–60 dBc
>20 GHz to £40 GHz: <–40 dBc 10 MHz carrier. Record their presence by enter-
Harmonic and Harmonic Related (Models having a ing the levels on the Test Record. Refer to Table
high-end frequency of >40 GHz and units with Op- 3-3 for the specified level limits.
tion 15B at maximum specified leveled output
power): NOTE
10 MHz to £50 MHz: <–30 dBc Harmonics appear at multiples of the CW
>50 MHz to £2 GHz: <–40 dBc frequency and diminish quickly as the CW
>2 GHz to £20 GHz: <–50 dBc frequency gets greater than 1 GHz.
>20 GHz to £40 GHz: <–40 dBc
50 GHz units:
4. Repeat step 3 with F1 set first to 20 MHz, then
>40 GHz to £50 GHz: <–40 dBc
60 GHz units:
set to 30 MHz. Measure the worst case harmonics
>40 GHz to £60 GHz: <–30 dBc and non-harmonics for each carrier frequency
65 GHz units: and record their presence by entering their levels
>40 GHz to £45 GHz: <–25 dBc on the Test Record.
>45 GHz to £65 GHz: <–30 dBc
Non-Harmonics: 5. Change the Spectrum Analyzer setup as follows:
10 MHz to £2 GHz: <–40 dBc a. Span: 100 MHz/div
>2 GHz to £65 GHz: <–60 dBc
b. CF: 500 MHz

6. Repeat step 3 with F1 set to 40 MHz. Measure

the worst case harmonic and non-harmonic sig-
nals for the 40 MHz carrier and record their pres-
ence by entering their levels on the Test Record.

7. Change the Spectrum Analyzer setup as follows:

a. Span: 200 MHz/div (or maximum span width)
b. CF: 1 GHz (N/A if at maximum span width)

8. Repeat step 3 with F1 set to 350 MHz. Measure

the worst case harmonic and non-harmonic sig-
nals for the 350 MHz carrier and record their

683XXC MM 3-13
PERFORMANCE SPURIOUS SIGNALS TEST:
VERIFICATION RF OUTPUT SIGNALS <2 GHz

presence by entering their levels on the Test Re-

cord.

9. Set F1 to 1.6 GHz. Measure the worst case non-

harmonic signal for the 1.6 GHz carrier and rec-
ord its presence by entering its level on the Test
Record.

10. Change the Spectrum Analyzer setup as follows:

a. Span: 10 MHz/div
b. CF: 1.6 GHz
c. RBW: 1 MHz

11. Adjust the Spectrum Analyzer Reference Level

control to place the signal at the top of the screen
graticule.

12. Change the Spectrum Analyzer CF first to

3.2 GHz, then to 4.8 GHz. Compare the harmonic
levels with the signal level at 1.6 GHz. Measure
the harmonic levels and record them on the Test
Record.

3-14 683XXC MM
PERFORMANCE HARMONIC TEST: RF OUTPUT
VERIFICATION SIGNALS FROM 2 TO 20 GHz

3-9 HARMONIC TEST: RF The following test can be used to verify that the 683XXC meets its
OUTPUT SIGNALS FROM harmonic specifications for RF output signals from 2 to 20 GHz. Test
2 TO 20 GHz record entries are supplied for harmonics up to a frequency limit of
40 GHz. Additional harmonic checks may be made at any frequency of
interest up to the RF output frequency limit of the 683XXC model be-
ing tested. These additional harmonic checks can be accomplished
through the use of waveguide mixers to extend the frequency range of
the spectrum analyzer.

6 8 3 X X C S IG N A L G E N E R A T O R S P E C T R U M A N A L Y Z E R
E X T R E F
IN P U T

1 0 M H z
R E F O U T

C o n n e c tio n B
R F IN
D ip le x e r
R F O U T
M ix e r

C o n n e c tio n A

Figure 3-4. Equipment Setup for Harmonic Test: RF Output Signals from 2 to 20 GHz

Test Setup Connect the equipment, shown in Figure 3-4, as fol-

lows:

1. Connect the 683XXC rear panel 10 MHz REF OUT

to the Spectrum Analyzer External Reference In-
put.

2. Connect the diplexer and appropriate external

waveguide mixer to the Spectrum Analyzer.

3. Connect the 683XXC RF OUTPUT to the Spec-

trum Analyzer as shown in Connection A
(683XXC RF OUTPUT to Spectrum Analyzer RF
IN).

683XXC MM 3-15
PERFORMANCE HARMONIC TEST: RF OUTPUT
VERIFICATION SIGNALS FROM 2 TO 20 GHz

Test The following procedure lets you measure the 2 to

Procedure 10 GHz RF output harmonic levels to verify that
(2 to 10 GHz) they meet specifications.

1. Set up the 683XXC as follows:

a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM ,
then Reset . Upon reset the CW Menu is dis-
played.
b. Press Edit L1 to open the current power level
parameter for editing.
Table 3-4. Spurious Signals Specifications
c. Set L1 to the lesser of +10 dBm or the maxi-
Harmonic and Harmonic Related: mum leveled power level for the instrument
10 MHz to £50 MHz: <–30 dBc
being tested (refer to Table 3-2, page 3-6).
>50 MHz to £2 GHz: <–40 dBc
>2 GHz to £20 GHz: <–60 dBc d. Press Edit F1 to open the current frequency
>20 GHz to £40 GHz: <–40 dBc parameter for editing.
Harmonic and Harmonic Related (Models having a
high-end frequency of >40 GHz and units with Op- e. Set F1 to the frequency indicated on the Test
tion 15B at maximum specified leveled output Record.
power):
10 MHz to £50 MHz: <–30 dBc 2. Set up the Spectrum Analyzer as follows:
>50 MHz to £2 GHz: <–40 dBc
a. Span: 5 kHz/div
>2 GHz to £20 GHz: <–50 dBc
>20 GHz to £40 GHz: <–40 dBc b. CF: Set to the 683XXC frequency value.
50 GHz units:
>40 GHz to £50 GHz: <–40 dBc c. RBW: 1 kHz
60 GHz units:
d. Video Filter Wide: On
>40 GHz to £60 GHz: <–30 dBc
65 GHz units:
>40 GHz to £45 GHz: <–25 dBc 3. Adjust the Spectrum Analyzer Peaking control
>45 GHz to £65 GHz: <–30 dBc for maximum signal level, then adjust the Refer-
Non-Harmonics: ence Level Control to place the signal at the top
10 MHz to £2 GHz: <–40 dBc of the screen graticule.
>2 GHz to £65 GHz: <–60 dBc
4. Change the Spectrum Analyzer CF to each of the
harmonic frequencies listed on the Test Record
and record the signal levels. Refer to Table 3-4 for
the specified harmonic signal level limits.

5. Repeat steps 1 through 4 for each of the 683XXC

CW carrier and harmonic frequencies listed on
the Test Record. Record the harmonic signal lev-
els on the Test Record.

3-16 683XXC MM
PERFORMANCE HARMONIC TEST: RF OUTPUT
VERIFICATION SIGNALS FROM 2 TO 20 GHz

Test The following procedure lets you measure the 11 to

Procedure 20 GHz RF output harmonic levels to verify that
(11 to 20 GHz) they meet specifications.

NOTE
Because an external mixer is required for
these measurements, the RF output flat-
ness of the signal generator is used to cor-
rect for; (1) variations caused by switching
from the fundamental input to the external
mixer input of the Spectrum Analyzer, and
(2) the flatness of the mixer.

1. Set up the 683XXC as follows:

a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM ,
then Reset . Upon reset the CW Menu is dis-
played.
b. Press Edit F1 to open the current frequency
parameter for editing.
c. Set F1 to the frequency indicated on the Test
Record.
d. Press Edit L1 to open the current power level
parameter for editing.
e. Set L1 to –30 dBm output power.

NOTE
If the 683XXC is not fitted with Option 2,
install a 30 dB attenuator (Anritsu 41KC-
20 and 41KC-10 for £40 GHz models; 41V-
20 and 41V-10 for >40 GHz models) and set
L1 to 0.0 dBm output power.

2. Set up the Spectrum Analyzer as follows:

a. Span: 5 kHz/div
b. CF: Set to the 683XXC frequency value.
c. RBW: 1 kHz
d. Video Filter Wide: On

3. Adjust the Spectrum Analyzer Peaking control

for maximum signal, then adjust the Reference
Level control to place the signal at the top of the
screen graticule. It may be necessary to also ad-
just the 683XXC output power level slightly to ac-
complish this; however, do not exceed –-20 dBm
output power.

683XXC MM 3-17
PERFORMANCE HARMONIC TEST: RF OUTPUT
VERIFICATION SIGNALS FROM 2 TO 20 GHz

4. Remove Connection A and connect the 683XXC

RF OUTPUT to the waveguide mixer input of the
Spectrum Analyzer as shown in Connection B.

5. On the 683XXC, remove 30 dB of attenuation

from the RF output. Do this by either increasing
the output power level by 30 dB or by removing
the 30 dB attenuator installed in step 1.e.

6. Change the Spectrum Analyzer CF to the har-

monic frequency listed on the Test Record. Verify
that the signal displayed on the Spectrum
Analyzer is ³30 dB below the top of the screen
graticule.

NOTE
The <–30 dB signal level plus the 30 dB at-
tenuation provided by the waveguide
mixer equals a harmonic frequency signal
level of <–60 dBc (specification).

7. Record the harmonic signal level on the Test Re-

cord.

8. Repeat steps 1 through 7 for each of the 683XXC

CW carrier and harmonic frequencies listed on
the Test Record. Record the harmonic signal lev-
els on the Test Record.

3-18 683XXC MM
PERFORMANCE SINGLE SIDEBAND
VERIFICATION PHASE NOISE TEST

3-10 SINGLE SIDEBAND The following test can be used to verify that the signal generator
PHASE NOISE TEST meets its single sideband phase noise specifications. For this test, a
second 683XXC is required. This additional instrument acts as a local
oscillator (LO). The CW RF output of the 683XXC under test (DUT) is
mixed with the CW RF output from the 683XXC LO which is offset by
1 MHz. Single sideband phase noise is measured at offsets of 100 Hz,
1 kHz, 10 kHz, and 100 kHz away from the resultant 1 MHz IF.

H P 3 5 8 5 B
6 8 3 X X C (L O ) S p e c tr u m A n a ly z e r 6 8 3 X X C (D U T )

E X T E R N A L B N C T E E
1 0 M H z R E F IN P U T 1 0 M H z
R E F IN R E F O U T

R F O U T R F O U T

IF
L O R F
1 0 d B
M ix e r A tte n u a to r

Figure 3-5. Equipment Setup for Single Sideband Phase Noise Test

Test Setup Connect the equipment, shown in Figure 3-5, as fol-

lows:

1. Connect the 683XXC DUT rear panel 10 MHz

REF OUT to the BNC tee. Connect one leg of the
tee to the 683XXC LO rear panel 10 MHz REF IN.
Connect the other leg of the tee to the Spectrum
Analyzer External Reference Input.

2. Connect the 683XXC DUT RF OUTPUT to the

Mixer’s R input via a 10 dB attenuator.

3. Connect the 683XXC LO RF OUTPUT to the Mix-

er’s L input.

4. Connect the Mixer’s X output to the Spectrum

Analyzer 50W input.

683XXC MM 3-19
PERFORMANCE SINGLE SIDEBAND
VERIFICATION PHASE NOISE TEST

Test The following procedure lets you measure the RF

Procedure output single sideband phase noise levels to verify
that they meet specifications.

NOTE
The following technique is a measurement
of phase noise and AM noise. To avoid erro-
neous results, on the 683XXC DUT set L1
for maximum leveled output power and se-
lect External Detector leveling. This will
prevent any AM noise from degrading the
phase noise measurements.

1. Set up the 683XXC DUT as follows:

a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM ,
then Reset . Upon reset the CW Menu is dis-
played.
b. Press Edit F1 to open the current frequency
parameter for editing.
c. Set F1 to the frequency indicated on the Test
Record.
d. Press Edit L1 to open the current power level
parameter for editing.
e. Set L1 to the maximum leveled power level for
the instrument being tested (refer to Table 3-2,
page 3-6).

2. Set up the 683XXC LO as follows:

a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM ,
then Reset . Upon reset the CW Menu is dis-
played.
b. Press Edit F1 to open the current frequency
parameter for editing.
c. Set F1 to a frequency that is 1 MHz lower than
the 683XXC DUT frequency set in step 1.c.
d. Press Edit L1 to open the current power level
parameter for editing.
e. Set L1 to the maximum leveled power level for
the instrument model (refer to Table 3-2).

3-20 683XXC MM
PERFORMANCE SINGLE SIDEBAND
VERIFICATION PHASE NOISE TEST

NOTE
If the 683XXC LO output is less than
10 dBm, the Mixer’s local oscillator port
will not be saturated and the resulting
measurements may be in error.

3. Set up the Spectrum Analyzer as follows:

Table 3-5. Single Sideband Phase Noise a. Center Frequency: 1 MHz
Test Specification
b. Frequency Span: 300 Hz
CW Carrier Offset From Test
Frequency Carrier Specification* c. RBW: 3 Hz

100 Hz <–77 dBc d. Position the Marker to the peak of the signal.
1 kHz <–85 dBc e. Select OFFSET, ENTER OFFSET, and
2.0 GHz
10 kHz <–83 dBc MKRCF.
100 kHz <–99 dBc
f. Adjust the marker for a 100 Hz offset.
100 Hz <–75 dBc
6.0 GHz
1 kHz <–85 dBc g. Select NOISE LVL.
10 kHz <–83 dBc
100 kHz <–99 dBc 4. Measure the phase noise level 100 Hz offset from
100 Hz <–70 dBc the carrier frequency. Record the level on the Test
1 kHz <–83 dBc Record.
10.0 GHz
10 kHz <–80 dBc
100 kHz <–99 dBc 5. On the Spectrum Analyzer:
100 Hz <–63 dBc a. Deselect NOISE LVL.
1 kHz <–75 dBc
20.0 GHz b. Set Frequency Span to 20 kHz.
10 kHz <–75 dBc
100 kHz <–97 dBc c. Set RBW to 100 Hz.
* 3 dB difference from 683XXC single sideband d. Adjust the Marker for a 1 kHz offset.
phase noise specifications to account for LO phase
noise. e. Select NOISE LVL.

6. Measure the phase noise level 1 kHz offset from

the carrier frequency. Record the level on the Test
Record.

7. On the Spectrum Analyzer:

a. Deselect NOISE LVL.
b. Set Frequency Span to 100 kHz.
c. Adjust the Marker for a 10 kHz offset.
d. Select NOISE LVL.

8. Measure the phase noise level 10 kHz offset from

the carrier frequency. Record the level on the Test
Record.

683XXC MM 3-21
PERFORMANCE SINGLE SIDEBAND
VERIFICATION PHASE NOISE TEST

9. On the Spectrum Analyzer:

a. Deselect NOISE LVL.
b. Set Frequency Span to 300 kHz.
c. Adjust the Marker for a 100 kHz offset.
d. Select NOISE LVL.

10. Measure the phase noise level 100 kHz offset

from the carrier frequency. Record the level on
the Test Record.

11. Repeat steps 1 through 10 for all frequencies

listed on the Test Record.

3-22 683XXC MM
PERFORMANCE POWER LEVEL ACCURACY
VERIFICATION AND FLATNESS TESTS

3-11 POWER LEVEL The following tests can be used to verify that the 683XXC meets its
ACCURACY AND power level specifications. Power level verification testing is divided
FLATNESS TESTS into two parts—power level accuracy tests and power level flatness
tests.

S E Q S Y N C
H O R IZ O U T

A U X
I/O IN P U T 2 IN P U T 1
A N A L O G D IG IT A L

R F
O U T P O W E R M E T E R
P o w e r
6 8 3 X X C S IG N A L G E N E R A T O R S e n s o r

Figure 3-6. Equipment Setup for Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests

Test Setup Connect the equipment, shown in Figure 3-6, as fol-

lows:

1. Calibrate the Power Meter with the Power Sen-

sor.

NOTE
For £40 Ghz models, use the MA2474A
power sensor; for >40 Ghz models, use the
MA2475A power sensor.

2. Connect the Power Sensor to the RF OUTPUT of

the 683XXC.

3. Connect the special AUX I/O interface cable (An-

ritus Part No. 806-90) to the 683XXC rear panel
AUX I/O connector. Connect the cable end having
BNC connectors as follows:
a. Connect the cable end labeled “SEQ SYNC” to
the Power Meter rear panel INPUT 1 DIGITAL
connector.
b. Connect the cable end labeled “HORIZ OUT” to
the Power Meter rear panel INPUT 2 ANALOG
connector.

683XXC MM 3-23
PERFORMANCE POWER LEVEL ACCURACY
VERIFICATION AND FLATNESS TESTS

Power Level Power level accuracy is tested by stepping the out-

Accuracy Test put power level down in 1 dB increments from its
Procedure maximum rated power level and measuring the out-
put power level at each step.

1. Set up the Power Meter as follows:

a. Reset the Power Meter by pressing
System|Setup|-more-|PRESET|RESET.
b. Configure the Power Meter to perform power
measurement with Sensor|Setup|MODE set to
Default.
c. Sensor|CalFactor|SOURCE set to V/GHz.
d. Press any hard key to begin measurement.

2. Set up the 683XXC as follows:

a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM ,
then Reset . Upon reset, the CW Menu is dis-
played.
b. Press Edit F1 to open the current frequency
parameter for editing.
c. Set F1 to the CW frequency indicated on the
Test Record.
d. Press Edit L1 to open the current power level
parameter for editing.

NOTE e. Set L1 to the power level indicated on the Test

Record.
In models with Option 22 that have
a high-end frequency of £20 GHz,
3. Measure the output power level with the Power
rated output power is reduced by
Meter and record the reading on the Test Record.
1 dB. In models with Option 22 that
have a high-end frequency of
4. On the 683XXC, use the cursor control key
>20 GHz, rated output power is re-
(diamond-shaped key) to decrement L1 to the
duced by 2 dB.
next test power level on the Test Record. Measure
and record the Power Meter reading on the Test
Record.

5. Repeat step 4 for each of the test power levels

listed on the Test Record for the current CW fre-
quency.

6. Repeat steps 2 thru 5 for all CW frequencies

listed on the Test Record.

3-24 683XXC MM
PERFORMANCE POWER LEVEL ACCURACY
VERIFICATION AND FLATNESS TESTS

Power Level Power level flatness is tested by measuring the out-

Flatness Test put power level variation during a full band sweep;
Procedure first in the manual sweep mode, then in analog
sweep mode.

1. Set up the 683XXC as follows for a manual sweep

power level flatness test:
a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM ,
then Reset . The CW Menu is displayed.
b. Press Manual to place the signal generator in
the manual sweep frequency mode and display
the Manual Sweep Menu.
c. With the Manual Sweep Menu displayed, press
the main menu key
FREQUENCY
CONTROL
The Sweep Frequency Control Menu is then
displayed.
d. Press Full to select a full range frequency
sweep.
e. Press Edit L1 to open the current power level
parameter for editing.
f. Set L1 to the power level indicated on the test
record.
g. Now, return to the Manual Sweep Menu by
pressing the main menu key
CW/SWEEP
SELECT
h. At the Manual Sweep Menu, press the soft-key
Num of Steps to open the number-of-steps pa-
rameter for editing.
i. Set the number-of-steps to 200.

2. Using the rotary data knob, sweep the 683XXC

through the full frequency range. Measure the
maximum and minimum Power Meter readings
and record the values on the Test Record. Verify
that the variation (difference between the maxi-
mum and minimum readings) does not exceed the
value noted on the Test Record.

683XXC MM 3-25
PERFORMANCE POWER LEVEL ACCURACY
VERIFICATION AND FLATNESS TESTS

3. Set up the 683XXC as follows for an analog sweep

power level flatness test:
a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM ,
then Reset . The CW Menu is displayed.
b. Press Analog to place the 683XXC in the ana-
log sweep frequency mode and display the
Analog Sweep Menu.
c. With the Analog Sweep Menu displayed, press
the main menu key
FREQUENCY
CONTROL
The Sweep Frequency Control Menu is then
displayed.
d. Press Full to select a full range frequency
sweep.
e. Press Edit L1 to open the current power level
parameter for editing.
f. Set L1 to the power level noted on the test rec-
ord.
g. Now, return to the Analog Sweep Menu by
pressing the main menu key
CW/SWEEP
SELECT
h. At the Analog Sweep Menu, press the menu
soft-key Sweep Ramp to go to the Analog
Sweep Ramp Menu.
i. At this menu, press Sweep Time to open the
sweep time parameter for editing.
j. Set the sweep time to 99 seconds.

4. During the analog sweep, measure the maximum

and minimum Power Meter readings and record
the values on the Test Record. Verify that the
variation (difference between the maximum and
minimum readings) does not exceed the value
noted on the Test Record.

3-26 683XXC MM
PERFORMANCE AMPLITUDE
VERIFICATION MODULATION TEST

3-12 AMPLITUDE This procedure verifies the operation of the 683XXC amplitude modu-
MODULATION TEST lation input sensitivity circuit.

The RF OUTPUT of the 683XXC is monitored on a Spectrum Analyzer

display. The (modulated) IF Output of the Spectrum Analyzer is moni-
tored with a Modulation Analyzer. A 50% AM (default value) signal is
set to a reference point on the Spectrum Analyzer. The actual modula-
tion value is then computed from the indicated Modulation Meter val-
ues. (The absolute values of the AM PK+ and AM PK– readings are
used in the given formula to compensate for non-linearity errors in the
test equipment.

M o d u la tio n
A n a ly z e r

6 8 3 X X C S ig n a l G e n e r a to r
R F In p u t

E X T
R E F In p u t
1 0 M H z IF O u tp u t
R E F O U T

R F
O U T P U T
R F In p u t

S p e c tru m
A n a ly z e r

Figure 3-7. Equipment Setup for Amplitude Modulation Tests

Test Setup Connect the equipment, shown in Figure 3-7, as fol-

lows:

1. Connect the 683XXC rear panel 10 MHz REF

OUT to the Spectrum Analyzer External Refer-
ence Input.

2. Connect the IF Output of the Spectrum Analyzer

to the RF Input of the Modulation Analyzer.

3. Connect the RF OUTPUT of the 683XXC to the

Spectrum Analyzer RF Input.

683XXC MM 3-27
PERFORMANCE AMPLITUDE
VERIFICATION MODULATION TEST

AM Input The following procedure lets you measure the abso-

Sensitivity lute peak AM values for a 50% AM signal and calcu-
Procedure late the actual modulation value.

1. Set up the 683XXC as follows:

a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM ,
then Reset . Upon reset, the CW Menu is dis-
played.
b. Press Edit F1 to open the current frequency
parameter for editing.
c. Set F1 to 5.0 GHz.
d. Press Edit L1 to open the current power level
parameter for editing.
e. Set L1 to a power level that is 6 dB below
maximum rated power (refer to Table 3-2, page
3-6).
f. Press MODULATION , then AM . At the result-
ing AM Status menu, press On/Off to turn AM
on.

2. Set up the Spectrum Analyzer as follows:

a. CF: 5.0 GHz
b. Span/Div: 0 Hz
c. RBW: 100 kHz
d. MIN Noise: Activate

3. On the Spectrum Analyzer, adjust the reference

level to place the trace 6 to 8 dB below the top
graticule of the display.

4. Set up the Modulation Analyzer for:

a. AM PK(+)
b. 300 Hz High-Pass Filter
c. 20 kHz Low-Pass Filter

5. Measure the peak AM on the Modulation Ana-

lyzer. Record the AM PK(+) reading on the Test
Record.

6. Press PK(–) on the Modulation Analyzer.

7. Measure the peak AM on the Modulation Ana-

lyzer. Record the AM PK(–) reading on the Test
Record.

3-28 683XXC MM
PERFORMANCE AMPLITUDE
VERIFICATION MODULATION TEST

8. Compute the actual AM input sensitivity with the

following formula:

é |AM PK ( + )| + |AM PK (–)| ù

% AM = 100 ´ ê ú
ë 200 + |AM PK ( + )|- |AM PK (–)|û

9. The calculated result should be between 45% and

55% AM. Record this result in the Test Record.

683XXC MM 3-29
PERFORMANCE FREQUENCY
VERIFICATION MODULATION TESTS

3-13 FREQUENCY This procedure verifies the operation of the 683XXC frequency modu-
MODULATION TESTS lation input sensitivity circuitry.

The RF OUTPUT of the 683XXC is monitored on a Spectrum Analyzer

display. In Unlocked Wide FM mode, the Spectrum Analyzer is used as
a frequency counter to measure the actual FM deviation and deter-
mine FM accuracy. In Unlocked Narrow, Locked, and Locked Low-
Noise FM modes, the Spectrum Analyzer is used to monitor the carrier
level. FM accuracy is determined by measuring the actual FM devia-
tion necessary to reduce the carrier level to its lowest level. These
tests qualify how the FM input signal affects the signal generator’s RF
output.

6 8 3 X X C S IG N A L G E N E R A T O R S P E C T R U M A N A L Y Z E R
E X T R E F
IN P U T

1 0 M H z
R E F O U T

R F IN
R F O U T

Figure 3-8. Equipment Setup for Frequency Modulation Tests

Test Setup Connect the equipment, shown in Figure 3-8, as fol-

lows:

1. Connect the 683XXC rear panel 10 MHz REF OUT

to the Spectrum Analyzer External Reference In-
put.

2. Connect the RF OUTPUT of the 683XXC to the

Spectrum Analyzer RF Input.

FM Input The following procedure lets you measure the FM

Sensitivity deviation for a specific input sensitivity in Unlocked
Procedure Wide, Unlocked Narrow, Locked, and Locked Low-
Noise FM modes and determine FM accuracy.

3-30 683XXC MM
PERFORMANCE FREQUENCY
VERIFICATION MODULATION TESTS

Unlocked Wide FM Mode

1. Set up the 683XXC as follows:
a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM ,
then Reset . Upon reset, the CW Menu is dis-
played.
b. Press Edit F1 to open the current frequency
parameter for editing.
c. Set F1 to 5.0 GHz.

2. Set up the Spectrum Analyzer as follows:

a. CF: 5.0 GHz
b. Span/Div: 50 MHz (500 MHz across the dis-
play)

3. On the 683XXC, make the following settings:

a. Press MODULATION , then FM . At the result-
ing FM Status menu, press More to go to the
additional FM Status menu.
b. At the additional FM Status menu, press
Unlocked Wide , then press Previous Menu
to return to the main FM Status menu.
c. At the FM Status menu, press Mod. Wave to
go to the Modulation Waveform Selection
menu. Use the cursor control key to highlight
the squarewave modulation waveform, then
press Select .
d. Press Previous Menu to return to the FM
Status menu, then press Edit Dev. and set the
deviation to 100 MHz. Press Edit Rate and set
the rate to 0.4 Hz.
e. Press On/Off to turn FM on.

4. On the Spectrum Analyzer, change the Span/Div

setting to 5 MHz to use the analyzer as a fre-
quency counter.
a. Adjust the center frequency control to position
the low carrier at the center of the display. Re-
cord the frequency reading on the Test Record.
b. Adjust the center frequency control to position
the high carrier at the center of the display.
Record the frequency reading on the Test Re-
cord.
5. The difference between these two frequencies
is the actual peak-to-peak frequency deviation.

683XXC MM 3-31
PERFORMANCE FREQUENCY
VERIFICATION MODULATION TESTS

It should be between 190 MHz and 210 MHz.

Record the difference on the Test Record.

Unlocked Narrow FM Mode

1. Set up the 683XXC as follows:
a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM ,
then Reset . Upon reset, the CW Menu is dis-
played.
b. Press Edit F1 to open the current frequency
parameter for editing.
c. Set F1 to 5.0 GHz.

2. Set up the Spectrum Analyzer as follows:

C E N T E R F R E Q U E N C Y a. CF: 5.0 GHz
b. Span/Div: 100 kHz (1 MHz across the display)

3. On the 683XXC, make the following settings:

a. Press MODULATION , then FM . At the result-
ing FM Status menu, press More to go to the
additional FM Status menu.
B E S S E L b. At the additional FM Status menu, press
N U L L Unlocked Narrow , then press Previous Menu
to return to the main FM Status menu.
c. At the FM Status menu, press Edit Dev. and
set the deviation to 0.240 MHz.
d. Press Edit Rate and set the rate to 99.8 kHz.
e. Press On/Off to FM on.

Figure 3-9. Typical Spectrum Analyzer Display of 4. Since the 683XXC is now in Unlocked Narrow
Bessel Null on FM Waveform FM mode, it is necessary to retune the Spectrum
Analyzer to center the display.

5. On the 683XXC, use the cursor control key to

place the cursor under the last 0 in the deviation
NOTE setting (0.240 MHz). While observing the first
Bessel null (Figure 3-9), increase/decrease the de-
You may need to adjust the RBW
viation frequency with the cursor control key to
setting on the Spectrum Analyzer in
reduce the carrier as low as possible.
order to see the >–48 dBc null.
6. Record the FM deviation frequency, displayed on
the 683XXC, on the Test Record.

7. Compute the FM accuracy with the following for-

mula:

3-32 683XXC MM
PERFORMANCE FREQUENCY
VERIFICATION MODULATION TESTS

æ FM Deviation ( in kHz ) ö
Accuracy ( in %) = ç ÷ ´ 100
è 240 ø

8. The calculated result should be between 93.7%

and 106.3%. Record this result on the Test Re-
cord.

Locked FM Mode
1. Set up the 683XXC as follows:
a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM ,
then Reset . Upon reset, the CW Menu is dis-
played.
b. Press Edit F1 to open the current frequency
parameter for editing.
c. Set F1 to 5.0 GHz.

2. Set up the Spectrum Analyzer as follows:

a. CF: 5.0 GHz
b. Span/Div: 100 kHz (1 MHz across the display)

3. On the 683XXC, make the following settings:

a. Press MODULATION , then FM . The FM
Status menu is displayed.
b. At the FM Status menu, press Edit Dev. and
set the deviation to 0.240 MHz.
c. Press Edit Rate and set the rate to 99.8 kHz.
d. Press On/Off to FM on.

4. On the 683XXC, use the cursor control key to

place the cursor under the last 0 in the deviation
setting (0.240 MHz). While observing the first
Bessel null (Figure 3-9), increase/decrease the de-
viation frequency with the cursor control key to
reduce the carrier as low as possible.

5. Record the FM deviation frequency, displayed on

the 683XXC, on the Test Record.

683XXC MM 3-33
PERFORMANCE FREQUENCY
VERIFICATION MODULATION TESTS

6. Compute the FM accuracy with the following for-

mula:

æ FM Deviation ( in kHz ) ö
Accuracy ( in %) = ç ÷ ´ 100
è 240 ø

7. The calculated result should be between 93.7%

and 106.3%. Record this result on the Test Re-
cord.

Locked Low-Noise FM Mode

1. Set up the 683XXC as follows:
a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM ,
then Reset . Upon reset, the CW Menu is dis-
played.
b. Press Edit F1 to open the current frequency
parameter for editing.
c. Set F1 to 5.0 GHz.

2. Set up the Spectrum Analyzer as follows:

a. CF: 5.0 GHz
b. Span/Div: 100 kHz (1 MHz across the display)

3. On the 683XXC, make the following settings:

a. Press MODULATION , then FM . At the result-
ing FM Status menu, press More to go to the
additional FM Status menu.
b. At the additional FM Status menu, press
Locked LN , then press Previous Menu to
return to the main FM Status menu.
c. At the FM Status menu, press Edit Dev. and
set the deviation to 0.240 MHz.
d. Press Edit Rate and set the rate to 99.8 kHz.
e. Press On/Off to FM on.

4. On the 683XXC, use the cursor control key to

place the cursor under the last 0 in the deviation
setting (0.240 MHz). While observing the first
Bessel null (Figure 3-9), increase/decrease the de-
viation frequency with the cursor control key to
reduce the carrier as low as possible.

5. Record the FM deviation frequency, displayed on

the 683XXC, on the Test Record.

3-34 683XXC MM
PERFORMANCE FREQUENCY
VERIFICATION MODULATION TESTS

6. Compute the FM accuracy with the following for-

mula:

æ FM Deviation ( in kHz ) ö
Accuracy ( in %) = ç ÷ ´ 100
è 240 ø

7. The calculated result should be between 93.7%

and 106.3%. Record this result on the Test Re-
cord.

683XXC MM 3-35
PERFORMANCE PULSE MODULATION TESTS:
VERIFICATION RISE TIME, FALL TIME, OVERSHOOT, AND LEVEL

3-14 PULSE MODULATION Pulse modulation tests verify correct operation as

TESTS: RISE TIME, well as rise time, fall time, overshoot, and level. The
FALL TIME, OVER- pulse leveling accuracy test compares the pulsed RF
SHOOT, AND LEVEL output level to verify the performance of the level
detector(s), detector amplifiers, and ALC sample/
hold circuits.

6 8 3 X X C S ig n a l G e n e r a to r

P u ls e
S y n c O u t

O s c illo s c o p e
R F O u t

1 5 0 M H z H P F
(F o r O v e rs h o o t
M e a s u re m e n t)
C H . 2 In p u t
P u ls e C H . 4 T r ig g e r
D e te c to r

Figure 3-10. Equipment Setup for Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level

Test Setup Connect the equipment, shown in Figure 3-10, as

follows:

1. Connect the 683XXC rear panel PULSE SYNC

OUT to the Oscilloscope Trigger Input.

2. Connect the Pulse Detector Output to the Vertical

Input of the Oscilloscope.

3. On the Oscilloscope, select 50W input impedance.

4. Connect the Pulse Detector Input through a

150 MHz High Pass Filter to the 683XXC RF
OUTPUT.

3-36 683XXC MM
PERFORMANCE PULSE MODULATION TESTS:
VERIFICATION RISE TIME, FALL TIME, OVERSHOOT, AND LEVEL

Rise/Fall The following procedure lets you measure the rise

Time and time, fall time, and overshoot parameters of the
Overshoot pulse modulation waveform.

1. Set up the 683XXC as follows:

a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM ,
then Reset . Upon reset, the CW Menu is dis-
played.
b. Press Edit F1 to open the current frequency
parameter for editing.
c. Set F1 to 5.0 GHz.
d. Press Edit L1 to open the current power level
parameter for editing.
e. Set L1 to the maximum leveled output power
level for the instrument being tested (refer to
Table 3-2, page 3-6).
f. Press MODULATION , then Pulse . The Inter-
nal Pulse Status menu is displayed.
g. At the Internal Pulse Status menu, press
Edit Width and set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms.
h. Press Edit Period and set the PRI to 0.01 ms.
i. Press On/Off to turn pulse modulation on.

2. On the Oscilloscope, turn off CH.4. Observe the

output of the Pulse Detector on the Oscilloscope.
Refer to Figure 3-11 to interpret the detector
waveform. Adjust the Oscilloscope controls to
measure the following waveform parameters.
a. Rise/Fall Time (10 to 90%): <10 ns
b. Pulse Width: 5 ms ±10 ns (5 ns, typical)
c. PRI: 0.010 ms ±10 ns (5 ns, typical)
d. Overshoot: <10%

3. Record the results on the Test Record.

683XXC MM 3-37
PERFORMANCE PULSE MODULATION TESTS:
VERIFICATION RISE TIME, FALL TIME, OVERSHOOT, AND LEVEL

P U L S E D E T E C T O R O U T P U T W A V E F O R M
P e rc e n ta g e C o r r e s p o n d in g
o f D e te c te d T T P e rc e n ta g e
R IS E F A L L
W a v e fo rm o f R F V o lta g e
0 % 0 %
2 % 1 0 %

3 6 % 5 0 %

8 6 % 9 0 %
1 0 0 % 1 0 0 % 0 %
1 1 4 % 1 1 4 % 1 0 %
O V E R -
N o te : W a v e fo r m s h o w n is fo r S H O O T
a n e g a tiv e o u tp u t d e te c to r .
P U L S E W ID T H

Figure 3-11. Measurement Parameters for a Pulse Modulation Waveform

Pulse The following procedure lets you measure the pulsed

Leveling RF output level and CW output level and compare
Accuracy them to verify pulse leveling accuracy.

1. On the 683XXC:
a. Press On/Off (Internal Pulse Status menu) to
turn off pulse modulation.
b. Press CW/SWEEP SELECT to return to the
CW Menu display.
c. At the CW menu, press Edit F1 and set F1 to
the frequency noted in the Test Record.

2. On the Oscilloscope:
a. Adjust the vertical offset to place the trace ex-
actly on the center graticule; this is used as the
CW-level reference line.
b. Use the Auto Triggering mode to continue
sweeping the display when the pulse is off.
c. Adjust the vertical sensitivity to the most sen-
sitive setting (mV/div) possible while keeping
the trace at the center graticule reference line.

3-38 683XXC MM
PERFORMANCE PULSE MODULATION TESTS:
VERIFICATION RISE TIME, FALL TIME, OVERSHOOT, AND LEVEL

3. On the 683XXC:
a. Press MODULATION , then Pulse to go to the
Internal Pulse Status Menu display.
b. Press Edit Width and set W1 to the pulse
width noted in the Test Record.
c. Press On/Off to turn on pulse modulation.

4. On the Oscilloscope, observe that the nominal

level of the displayed pulse peak has shifted ver-
tically, slightly off of the centerline. It may be
necessary to readjust the scope trigger level.

5. On the 683XXC:
a.Press CW/SWEEP SELECT to return to the
CW Menu display.
b. Record the value of the output level L1, shown
in the Level display area, on the Test Record.
c. Press Edit L1 and adjust the power level until
the nominal peak level is evenly centered on
the display centerline reference.
d. Record this value of the output level L1 on the
Test Record.

6. Subtract the L1 reading recorded in step 5.d from

the reading recorded in step 5.b. This is the pulse
level error. Record it on the Test Record.

7. On the 683XXC:
a. Press Edit L1 and set L1 to the maximum lev-
eled output power level for the instrument be-
ing tested (refer to Table 3-2, page 3-6).
b. Press MODULATION , then Pulse to return to
the Internal Pulse Status Menu display.
c. Press On/Off to turn off pulse modulation.

8. Repeat steps 1 through 7 for any other frequen-

cies and pulse widths noted in the Test Record.
Record the results on the Test Record.

683XXC MM 3-39
PERFORMANCE PULSE MODULATION TEST:
VERIFICATION VIDEO FEEDTHROUGH

3-15 PULSE MODULATION This pulse modulation test verifies that video feedthrough is within
TEST: VIDEO specifications.
FEEDTHROUGH

6 8 3 X X C S ig n a l G e n e r a to r
P u ls e
S y n c
O u t

O s c illo s c o p e
R F O u tp u t

4 5 0 M H z
L o w P a s s F ilte r C H . 1 In p u t
(F o r V id e o F e e d th ro u g h
M e a s u r e m e n t) C H . 4 T r ig g e r

Figure 3-12. Equipment Setup for Pulse Modulation Test: Video Feedthrough

Test Setup Connect the equipment, shown in Figure 3-12, as

follows:

1. Connect the 683XXC rear panel PULSE SYNC

OUT to the Oscilloscope Trigger Input.

2. On the Oscilloscope, select 50W input impedance.

3. Connect the 683XXC RF OUTPUT to the Oscillo-

scope Vertical Input through a 450 MHz Low
Pass Filter.

3-40 683XXC MM
PERFORMANCE PULSE MODULATION TEST:
VERIFICATION VIDEO FEEDTHROUGH

Test The following procedure lets you measure the video

Procedure feedthrough that occurs during pulse modulation.

1. Set up the 683XXC as follows:

a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM ,
then Reset . Upon reset, the CW Menu is dis-
played.
b. Press Edit F1 to open the current frequency
parameter for editing.
c. Set F1 to 5.0 GHz.
d. Press Edit L1 to open the current power level
parameter for editing.
e. Set L1 to the maximum leveled output power
level for the instrument being tested (refer to
Table 3-2, page 3-6).
f. Press MODULATION , then Pulse . The Inter-
nal Pulse Status menu is displayed.
g. At the Internal Pulse Status menu, press
Edit Width and set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms.
h. Press Edit Period and set the PRI to 0.01 ms.
i. Press On/Off to turn pulse modulation on.

2. Set the Oscilloscope controls as follows:

a. Vertical Sensitivity: 5 mV/div
b. External Trigger: On the positive slope of the
Channel 1 signal input
c. Horiz Time Base: 1 ms/div

NOTE
Use the Oscilloscope’s 20 MHz bandwidth
limit to aid in viewing the voltage spikes. It
may be necessary to adjust the Oscillo-
scope’s horizontal level as any ripple or
voltage spikes are generally very small in
amplitude.

3. Measure and record the voltage spikes (video

feedthrough) on the Test Record. To meet specifi-
cations, they must be <±10 mV.

683XXC MM 3-41
PERFORMANCE PULSE MODULATION TEST:
VERIFICATION RF ON/OFF RATIO

3-16 PULSE MODULATION This pulse modulation test verifies that the ratio of RF on power to RF
TEST: RF ON/OFF off power is within specifications.
RATIO

6 8 3 X X C S IG N A L G E N E R A T O R S P E C T R U M A N A L Y Z E R
E X T R E F
IN P U T

1 0 M H z
R E F O U T

R F IN
R F O U T

Figure 3-13. Equipment Setup for Pulse Modulation Test: RF On/Off Ratio

Test Setup Connect the equipment, shown in Figure 3-13, as

follows:

1. Connect the 683XXC rear panel 10 MHZ REF

OUT to the Spectrum Analyzer External Refer-
ence Input.

2. Connect the RF OUTPUT of the 683XXC to the

Spectrum Analyzer RF Input.

Test The following procedure lets you determine the ratio

Procedure of RF on power to RF off power during pulse modu-
lation.

1. Set up the 683XXC as follows:

a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM ,
then Reset . Upon reset, the CW Menu is dis-
played.
b. Press Edit F1 to open the current frequency
parameter for editing.
c. Set F1 to the frequency noted on the Test Re-
cord.
d. Press MODULATION , then Pulse . The Inter-
nal Pulse Status menu is displayed.
e. Press More to go to the additional Internal
Pulse Status Menu display.

3-42 683XXC MM
PERFORMANCE PULSE MODULATION TEST:
VERIFICATION RF ON/OFF RATIO

g. Press Internal/External to select the external

source for the modulation signal. The External
Pulse Status Menu is displayed.
h. Press Front/Rear to select the rear panel
PULSE TRIGGER IN connector.
i. Press On/Off to turn pulse modulation on.

2. Set up the Spectrum Analyzer as follows:

a. CF: Same as the 683XXC CW frequency noted
in step 1.c.
b. Span/Div: 10 kHz
c. RBW: 1 kHz
d. Video Filter: Wide
e. MIN Noise: Activated
f. Reference Level: Adjust to place the signal at
the top graticule of the screen.

3. Connect a short between the 683XXC rear panel

PULSE TRIGGER IN BNC connector center and
outer conductors.

4. On the Spectrum Analyzer, decrease the Refer-

ence Level by 20 dB, then measure the signal am-
plitude and record it on the Test Record. The
measured signal must be ³60 dB from the top
graticule.

NOTE
A 60 dB level change plus a 20 dB decrease
in the reference level equals an 80 dB on/off
ratio (specification).

5. If the signal level drifts slowly after connecting

the short, remove the short momentarily and ap-
ply it again. (Make the measurement as soon as
possible after applying the short.) This drift is the
result of the Sample/Hold circuit not holding the
level because of the pulse duty factor (ratio of RF
ON to RF OFF). This drift will not be present in
normal pulse operation as the minimum pulse
repetition rate is 0.597 Hz.

6. Remove the short.

683XXC MM 3-43
PERFORMANCE PULSE MODULATION TEST:
VERIFICATION RF ON/OFF RATIO

7. Repeat steps 1 through 6 for any other frequen-

cies noted on the Test Record. Record the results
on the Test Record.

3-44 683XXC MM
PERFORMANCE PHASE
VERIFICATION MODULATION TESTS

3-17 PHASE MODULATION This procedure verifies the operation of the phase modulation (FM) in-
TESTS put sensitivity circuits in 683XXCs with Option 6.

The carrier level of the 683XXC RF output is monitored on a Spectrum

Analyzer display. FM accuracy, in both Wide and Narrow FM modes,
is determined by measuring the actual FM deviation necessary to re-
duce the carrier level to its lowest level. These tests qualify how the
FM input signal affects the signal generator’s RF output.

6 8 3 X X C S IG N A L G E N E R A T O R S P E C T R U M A N A L Y Z E R
E X T R E F
IN P U T

1 0 M H z
R E F O U T

R F IN
R F O U T

Figure 3-14. Equipment Setup for Phase Modulation Tests

Test Setup Connect the equipment, shown in Figure 3-14, as

follows:

1. Connect the 683XXC rear panel 10 MHz REF OUT

to the Spectrum Analyzer External Reference In-
put.

2. Connect the RF OUTPUT of the 683XXC to the

Spectrum Analyzer RF Input.

FM Input The following procedure lets you measure the FM

Sensitivity deviation for a specific input sensitivity in Wide and
Procedure Narrow FM modes and determine FM accuracy.

683XXC MM 3-45
PERFORMANCE PHASE
VERIFICATION MODULATION TESTS

Wide FM Mode
1. Set up the 683XXC as follows:
a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM ,
then Reset . Upon reset, the CW Menu is dis-
played.
b. Press Edit F1 to open the current frequency
parameter for editing.
c. Set F1 to 5.0 GHz.

2. Set up the Spectrum Analyzer as follows:

a. CF: 5.0 GHz
b. Span/Div: 100 kHz (1 MHz across the display)

C E N T E R F R E Q U E N C Y
3. On the 683XXC, make the following settings:
a. Press MODULATION , then FM . At the re-
sulting FM Status menu, press More to go the
additional FM Status menu.
b. At the additional FM Status menu, press
Wide , then press Previous Menu to return to
the main FM Status menu.
B E S S E L c. At the FM Status menu, press Edit Dev. and
N U L L set the deviation for 2.40 rad.
d. Press Edit Rate and set the rate to 99.8 kHz.
e. Press On/Off to turn FM on.

4. On the 683XXC, use the cursor control key to

place the cursor under the last 0 in the deviation
setting (2.40 rad). While observing the first Bes-
sel null (Figure 3-15), increase/decrease the FM
Figure 3-15. Typical Spectrum Analyzer Display deviation with the cursor control key to reduce
of Bessel Null on FM Waveform the carrier as low as possible.

5. Record the FM deviation, displayed on the

683XXC, on the Test Record.
NOTE
You may need to adjust the RBW 6. Compute the FM accuracy with the following for-
setting on the Spectrum Analyzer in mula:
order to see the >–48 dBc null.
æ FM Deviation ( in rad ) ö
Accuracy ( in %) = ç ÷ ´ 100
è 240
. ø

7. The calculated result should be between 93.7%

and 106.3%. Record this result on the Test Re-
cord.

3-46 683XXC MM
PERFORMANCE PHASE
VERIFICATION MODULATION TESTS

Narrow FM Mode
1. Set up the 683XXC as follows:
a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM ,
then Reset . Upon reset, the CW Menu is dis-
played.
b. Press Edit F1 to open the current frequency
parameter for editing.
c. Set F1 to 5.0 GHz.

2. Set up the Spectrum Analyzer as follows:

a. CF: 5.0 GHz
b. Span/Div: 100 kHz (1 MHz across the display)

3. On the 683XXC, make the following settings:

a. Press MODULATION , then FM . At the re-
sulting FM Status menu, press More to go to
the additional FM Status menu.
b. At the additional FM Status menu, press
Narrow , then press Previous Menu to return
to the main FM Status menu.
c. At the FM Status menu, press Edit Dev. and
set the deviation to 2.40 rad.
d. Press Edit Rate and set the rate to 99.8 kHz.
e. Press On/Off to turn FM on.

4. On the 683XXC, use the cursor control key to

place the cursor under the last 0 in the deviation
NOTE
setting (2.40 rad). While observing the first Bes-
You may need to adjust the RBW sel null (Figure 3-15), increase/decrease the FM
setting on the Spectrum Analyzer in deviation with the cursor control key to reduce
order to see the >–48 dBc null. the carrier as low as possible.

5. Record the FM deviation, displayed on the

683XXC, on the Test Record.

6. Compute the FM accuracy with the following for-

mula:

æ FM Deviation ( in rad ) ö
Accuracy ( in %) = ç ÷ ´ 100
è 240
. ø

7. The calculated result should be between 93.7%

and 106.3%. Record this result on the Test Re-
cord.

683XXC MM 3-47/3-48
 Chapter 4
Calibration

Table of Contents

4-1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

4-2 RECOMMENDED TEST EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . 4-3
4-3 TEST RECORDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
4-4 CALIBRATION FOLLOWING SUBASSEMBLY
REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
4-5 CONNECTOR AND KEY LABEL NOTATION . . . 4-4
4-6 INITIAL SETUP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
PC Setup — Windows 3.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
PC Setup — Windows 95/Windows 98 . . . . . . 4-10
4-7 PRELIMINARY CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Equipment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Calibration Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Alternate Reference Oscillator Calibration . . . 4-17
4-8 SWITCHED FILTER SHAPER CALIBRATION . . 4-19
Equipment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Log Amplifier Zero Calibration . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Limiter DAC Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Shaper DAC Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
4-9 RF LEVEL CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
4-10 ALC SLOPE CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
Equipment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
ALC Slope DAC Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
4-11 ALC BANDWIDTH CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . 4-28
Equipment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Bandwidth Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Table of Contents (Continued)

4-12 AM CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30

Equipment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
AM Calibration Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
4-13 FM CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
Equipment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
FM Calibration Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
4-14 PHASE MODULATION (FΜ) CALIBRATION . . . 4-41
Equipment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
FΜ Calibration Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
 Chapter 4
Calibration
4-1 INTRODUCTION This chapter contains procedures for calibrating the Series 683XXC
Synthesized High Performance Signal Generators. These procedures
are typically performed because out-of-tolerance conditions have been
noted during performance verification testing (see Chapter 3) or as a
result of replacement of subassemblies or RF components.

NOTE
The calibration procedures herein support operating firm-
ware versions 1.00 and above. It is recommended that you
upgrade your instrument’s operating firmware to the latest
available version prior to calibration.

4-2 RECOMMENDED TEST Table 4-1 (page 4-4) provides a list of the recommended test equipment
EQUIPMENT for these calibration procedures.

The procedures refer to specific test equipment front panel control

settings when the test setup is critical to making accurate measure-
ments. In some cases, the user may substitute test equipment having
the same critical specifications as those on the recommended test
equipment list.

Contact your local Anritsu service center (Refer to Table 1-5 on page
1-18) if you need clarification of any equipment or procedural refer-
ence.

4-3 TEST RECORDS A blank copy of a sample calibration test record for each 683XXC
model is provided in Appendix A. It provides a means for maintaining
an accurate and complete record of instrument calibration. We recom-
mend that you copy these pages and use them to record (1) your cali-
bration of out-of-tolerance 683XXC circuits, or (2) your calibration of
the 683XXC following replacement of subassemblies or RF compo-
nents.

683XXC MM 4-3
 CALIBRATION FOLLOWING
CALIBRATION SUBASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT

4-4 CALIBRATION Table 4-2 (page 4-6) lists the calibration that should be performed fol-
FOLLOWING lowing the replacement of 683XXC subassemblies or RF components.
SUBASSEMBLY
REPLACEMENT

4-5 CONNECTOR AND KEY The calibration procedures include many references to equipment in-
LABEL NOTATION terconnections and control settings. For all 683XXC references, spe-
cific labels are used to denote the appropriate menu key, data entry
key, data entry control, or connector (such as CW/SWEEP SELECT or
RF OUTPUT). Most references to supporting test equipment use gen-
eral labels for commonly used controls and connections (such as Span
or RF Input). In some cases, a specific label is used that is a particular
feature of the test equipment listed in Table 4-1.

Table 4-1. Recommended Test Equipment for Calibration Procedures (1 of 2)

CRITICAL RECOMMENDED PROCEDURE
INSTRUMENT
SPECIFICATION MANUFACTURER/MODEL NUMBER
Frequency Counter Frequency Range: 1 to 40 GHz Anritsu Model MF2414A 4-7
Input Impedance: 50W
Resolution: 1 Hz
Spectrum Analyzer Frequency Range: 1 to 20 GHz Tektronix, Model 2794 4-13, 4-14
Resolution Bandwidth: 10 Hz
Power Meter, Power Range:–30 to +20 dBm Anritsu Model ML2437A or ML2438A, 4-12
with (1mW to 100mW) with
Power Power Sensors:
Sensors MA2474A (0.01 to 40 Ghz)
MA2475A (0.01 to 50 GHz)
Frequency Reference Frequency: 10 MHz Absolute Time Corp., Model 300 4-7
Accuracy: 5 ´ 10–12 parts/day
Function Generator Output Voltage: 2 volts peak-to-peak Hewlett-Packard, Model 33120A 4-12. 4-13.
Functions: 0.1 Hz to 100 kHz sine and 4-14
square waveforms
Digital Multimeter Resolution: 4-1/2 digits (to 20V) John Fluke, Inc.,Model 8840A, with 4-12, 4-13,
DC Accuracy: 0.002% +2 counts Option 8840A-09K (True RMS AC) 4-14
DC Input Impedance: 10 MW
AC Accuracy: 0.07% +100 counts
(to 20 kHz)
AC Input Impedance: 1 MW
Scalar Network Frequency Range: 0.01 to 60 GHz Anritsu Model 56100A, with 4-8, 4-10
Analyzer, with RF Detector:
RF Detector 560-7K50 (0.01 to 40 GHz)
560-7VA50 (0.01 to 50 GHz)
SC5198 (40 to 60 GHz)
Attenuator Frequency Range: DC to 40 GHz Anritsu, Model 41KC-10 4-8, 4-9
Max Input Power: >+17 dBm
Attenuation: 10 dB

4-4 683XXC MM
 RECOMMENDED
CALIBRATION TEST EQUIPMENT

Table 4-1. Recommended Test Equipment for Calibration Procedures (2 of 2)

CRITICAL RECOMMENDED PROCEDURE
INSTRUMENT
SPECIFICATION MANUFACTURER/MODEL NUMBER
Attenuator Frequency Range: DC to 60 GHz Anritsu, Model 41V-10 4-8, 4-9
Max Input Power: >+17 dBm
Attenuation: 10 dB
Personal Computer PC Configuration: IBM AT or compatible Any common source All procedures
Operating System: Windows 3.1, 95, or
98
Accessories: Mouse
Serial Interface Assy Provides serial interface between the PC Anritsu P/N: T1678 All procedures
and the 683XXC.
Tee Connectors: 50W BNC Any common source 4-12, 4-13,
4-14
Cables Connectors: 50W BNC Any common source All procedures

683XXC MM 4-5
 CALIBRATION FOLLOWING
CALIBRATION SUBASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT

Table 4-2. Calibration Following Subassembly/RF Component Replacement

Perform the Following

Subassembly/RF Component Replaced
Calibration(s) in Paragraph(s):

A1, A2 Front Panel Assy None

A3 Reference Loop PCB 4-7

A4 Coarse Loop PCB 4-7

A5 Fine Loop PCB 4-7

A6 Pulse Generator PCB None

A7 YIG Loop PCB None

A8 Function Generator PCB 4-12

A9 PIN Control PCB 4-8, 4-9, 4-10, 4-11

A10 ALC PCB 4-8, 4-9, 4-10, 4-11, 4-12

A11 FM PCB 4-13 (and 4-14 if Option 6 is installed)

A12 Analog Instruction PCB 4-7

A13 10 MHz DDS PCB (Option 22) 4-8, 4-9, 4-10, 4-11

A14 YIG, SDM, SQM Driver PCB 4-7, 4-9, 4-10, 4-11

A15 Regulator PCB None

A16 CPU Interface PCB 4-7

A17 CPU PCB 4-7 thru 4-13. None, if calibration EEPROM reused.

A18 Power Supply PCB None

A19 AC Line Conditioner PCB None

A21 Line Filter/Rectifier PCB None

A21-1 BNC/Aux IO Connector PCB None

YIG-tuned Oscillator 4-7

0.01 to 2 GHz Down Converter Assy 4-8, 4-9, 4-10, 4-11

Switched Filter Assy 4-8, 4-9, 4-10, 4-11

Switched Doubler Module (SDM) 4-8, 4-9, 4-10, 4-11

Source Quadrupler Module (SQM) 4-8, 4-9, 4-10, 4-11

Forward Coupler 4-8, 4-9, 4-10, 4-11

Directional Coupler 4-8, 4-9, 4-10, 4-11

Step Attenuator (Option 2) 4-8, 4-9, 4-10

4-6 683XXC MM
CALIBRATION INITIAL SETUP

4-6 INITIAL SETUP The 683XXC is calibrated using an IBM compatible PC and external
test equipment. The PC must have the Windows 3.1, Windows 95, or
Windows 98 operating system installed and be equipped with a mouse.
Initial setup consists of interfacing the PC to the signal generator.

T 1 6 7 8 S e r ia l In te r fa c e
T e rm
P 1 P 2 T o
T o P C
6 8 3 X X C

P 3

C O M 1
S e r ia l o r
I/O C O M 2

6 8 3 X X C S ig n a l G e n e r a to r IB M -C o m p a tib le P C

Figure 4-1. PC to 683XXC Interconnection for Calibration

Interconnec- Using the ANRITSU P/N T1678 serial interface as-

tion sembly, connect the PC to the 683XXC as follows:

1. Connect the wide flat cable between the 683XXC

rear panel SERIAL I/O connector and the P1 con-
nector on the T1678 serial interface PCB.

2. Connect the narrow flat cable between the P2

(TERM) connector on the T1678 serial interface
PCB and the COM1 or COM2 connector on the
PC. Use the RJ11-to-DB-9 or RJ11-to-DB-25
adapter, provided with the T1678 serial interface
assembly, to make the connection at the PC.

683XXC MM 4-7
CALIBRATION INITIAL SETUP

PC Setup — Configure the PC with Windows 3.1 operating sys-

Windows 3.1 tem to interface with the 683XXC as follows:

1. Power up the 683XXC.

2. Power up the PC and place it in Windows.

3. Double click on the Terminal Icon to bring up the

Terminal (Untitled) window. The initial installa-
tion of Windows places the Terminal Icon in the
Accessories window.

4. At the Terminal window, click on Settings to dis-

play the Settings menu.

4-8 683XXC MM
CALIBRATION INITIAL SETUP

5. Click on Communications.

6. At the Communications Dialog box, select the fol-

lowing options:
Baud Rate 19200
Data Bits 8
Stop Bits 1
Parity None
Flow Control Xon/Xoff
Connector Select connection made
during interconnection

683XXC MM 4-9
CALIBRATION INITIAL SETUP

7. After making the selections, click on the OK but-

ton.

8. Press <ENTER> on the keyboard.

9. Verify that a $ prompt appears on the PC display.

10. This completes the initial setup for calibration.

PC Setup — Configure the PC with Windows 95 or Windows 98

Windows 95/ operating system to interface with the 683XXC as
Windows 98 follows:

1. Power up the 683XXC.

2. Power up the PC and place it in Windows.

3. Click on the Start button to activate the first

menu.

4. Go to Programs and place the mouse pointer on

Accessories to highlight the third menu.

5. Select Hyper Terminal to bring up the selection

window (below).

6. Click on Hypertrm (Hypertrm.exe) to bring up

the New Connection window (next page).

4-10 683XXC MM
CALIBRATION INITIAL SETUP

7. In the New Connection Name box, type a name

for the connection, then click on the OK button.
The window below is now displayed.

8. In the Connect using box, type Direct to

Com “_”. Enter the number of the communica-
tions port being used, for example: Com1.

9. Click on OK. The Communications Port Proper-

ties window is displayed (next page).

683XXC MM 4-11
CALIBRATION INITIAL SETUP

10. In the Properties window, make the following se-

lections:

Bits per second 19200

Data bits 8
Parity None
Stop bits 1
Flow control Xon / Xoff

11. After making the selections, click on the OK but-

ton.

12. Press <ENTER> on the keyboard.

13. Verify that the $ prompt appears on the PC dis-

play.

14. This completes the initial setup for calibration.

4-12 683XXC MM
 PRELIMINARY
CALIBRATION CALIBRATION

4-7 PRELIMINARY This procedure provides the steps necessary to initially calibrate the
CALIBRATION coarse loop, fine loop, frequency instruction, and internal DVM cir-
cuitry and the 100 MHz reference oscillator of the 683XXC.

IB M -C o m p a tib le P C 6 8 3 X X C S ig n a l G e n e r a to r F re q u e n c y R e fe re n c e
1 P P S
E S C 1 2 3

- 4 5 6
1 .5 M H z
D E L 7 8 9

1 0 M H z A B S O L U T E T IM E M O D . 0 E N T E R

M o d e l 3 0 0 F re q u e n c y R e fe re n c e

1 0 M H z
S e r ia l O u tp u t
I/O
C O M 1 1 0 M H z
o r E X T IN
C O M 2

In p u t 1

C o n n e c t A s
D ir e c te d B y
T h e P ro c e d u re F re q u e n c y C o u n te r

Figure 4-2. Equipment Setup for Preliminary Calibration

Equipment Connect the equipment, shown in Figure 4-2, as fol-

Setup lows:

1. Interface the PC to the 683XXC by performing

the initial setup procedure, pages 4-7 to 4-12.

2. Connect the Frequency Counter to the 683XXC

when directed to do so during the calibration pro-
cedure.

NOTES
If the 683XXC has option 19 installed, ver-
ify that the GPIB is configured for the Na-
tive external interface language before be-
ginning instrument calibration.

Before beginning this calibration proce-

dure, always let the 683XXC warm up for a
minimum of one hour.

683XXC MM 4-13
 PRELIMINARY
CALIBRATION CALIBRATION

Calibration Each of the steps in this procedure provides initial

Steps calibration of a specific 683XXC circuit or compo-
nent. To ensure accurate instrument calibration,
each step of this procedure must be performed in se-
quence.

1. Calibrate the internal DVM circuitry as follows:

a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 119 and
press <ENTER>. (The $ prompt will appear on
the screen when the calibration is complete.)
b. Record step completion on the Test Record.

2. Calibrate the Coarse Loop Pretune DAC as fol-

lows:
a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 137 and
press <ENTER>. (The $ prompt will appear on
NOTE
the screen when the calibration is complete.)
To save the calibration data after
completing any calibration step, b. Record step completion on the Test Record.
type: calterm 787 and press
<ENTER>. 3. Calibrate the Fine Loop Pretune DAC as follows:
a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 136 and
press <ENTER>. (The $ prompt will appear on
the screen when the calibration is complete.)
b. Record step completion on the Test Record.

4. Calibrate the Sweep Time DAC as follows:

a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 132 and
press <ENTER>. (The $ prompt will appear on
the screen when the calibration is complete.)
b. Record step completion on the Test Record.

5. Calibrate the YIG Frequency Offset DAC as fol-

lows:
a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 134 and
press <ENTER>. (The $ prompt will appear on
the screen when the calibration is complete.)
b. Record step completion on the Test Record.

6. Calibrate the YIG Frequency Linearizer DACs as

follows:
a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 127 and
press <ENTER>. (The $ prompt will appear on
the screen when the calibration is complete.)
b. Record step completion on the Test Record.

4-14 683XXC MM
 PRELIMINARY
CALIBRATION CALIBRATION

7. Calibrate the 100 MHz Reference Oscillator as

follows:
NOTE a. If Option 16 (High Stability Time Base) is in-
stalled, disconnect the cable at A3J6.
For an alternate 100 MHz Reference
Oscillator Calibration procedure, go b. Connect the Frequency Counter to the 683XXC
to page 4-17. RF output connector.
c. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 130 and
press <ENTER>.
d. Follow the instructions on the screen.
e. Reconnect the cable to A3J6, if removed.
f. If Option 16 is installed, use a Phillips screw-
driver and remove the screw on top of the
10 MHz High Stability Crystal Oscillator as-
sembly to gain access to the timebase adjust-
ment screw.
g. On the 683XXC, press SYSTEM , then Reset .
Upon reset the CW Menu is displayed.
h. Press Edit F1 to open the current frequency
parameter for editing.
i. Set F1 to 10 GHz (5 GHz for model 68317C).
j. Using the Phillips screwdriver, adjust the ti-
mebase to obtain a frequency counter reading
of exactly 10 GHz (5 GHz for model 68317C).
k. Record step completion on the Test Record.

8. Calibrate the Ramp Center DAC as follows:

a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 129 and
press <ENTER>. (The $ prompt will appear on
the screen when the calibration is complete.)
b. Record step completion on the Test Record.

9. Calibrate the Sweep Width DAC as follows:

a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 133 and
press <ENTER>. (The $ prompt will appear on
the screen when the calibration is complete.)
b. Record step completion on the Test Record.

10. Calibrate the Center Frequency DAC as follows:

a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 114 and
press <ENTER>. (The $ prompt will appear on
the screen when the calibration is complete.)
b. Record step completion on the Test Record.

683XXC MM 4-15
 PRELIMINARY
CALIBRATION CALIBRATION

11. Store the calibration data as follows:

CAUTION
a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 787 and
When saving calibration data, turn- press <ENTER>. (The $ prompt will appear on
ing off the instrument before the $ the screen when the calibration data has been
prompt returns to the screen can stored.)
cause all stored data to be lost.
b. Record step completion on the Test Record.

4-16 683XXC MM
 PRELIMINARY
CALIBRATION CALIBRATION

F re q u e n c y R e fe re n c e
1 P P S
E S C 1 2 3

- 4 5 6
1 .5 M H z

6 8 3 X X C S ig n a l G e n e r a to r
D E L 7 8 9

1 0 M H z A B S O L U T E T IM E M O D . 0 E N T E R

M o d e l 3 0 0 F re q u e n c y R e fe re n c e

1 0 M H z
( P a th fo r S ta n d a r d U n it) O U T P U T
1 0 M H z
R E F IN ( P a th fo r U n it
w /O p tio n 1 6 )
1 0 M H z
E X T IN

R F O U T
In p u t 1

F re q u e n c y C o u n te r
( U s e w ith O p tio n 1 6 )

Figure 4-2a. Equipment Setup for 100 MHz Reference Oscillator Calibration (Alternate Method)

Alternate This 100 MHz Reference Oscillator calibration pro-

Reference cedure is an alternate to Step 7 of the Preliminary
Oscillator Calibration procedure (page 4-15).
Calibration
NOTE
If this procedure is used as a substitute for
Step 7 of the Preliminary Calibration pro-
cedure, you must still perform Steps 8, 9,
10, and 11 to complete preliminary calibra-
tion of the 683XXC.

7a. Calibrate the 100 MHz Reference Oscillator as

follows:
a. If Option 16 (High Stability Time Base) is in-
stalled, disconnect the cable at A3J6.
b. Connect the Frequency Reference 10 MHz
OUTPUT to the 10 MHz REF IN connector on
the 683XXC rear panel.
c. On the 683XXC, press the SYSTEM main
menu key. At the System Menu display, press
Cal Menu to go to the Calibration Menu.
d. Press Refrnce Cal to begin calibration. The
Calibration Status Menu is displayed.
e. Press Proceed to start the calibration. The
date parameter opens for data entry.

683XXC MM 4-17
 PRELIMINARY
CALIBRATION CALIBRATION

f. Using the key pad, enter the current date (in

any desired format). Then, press any termina-
tor key. The Calibration Status Menu display
changes to indicate calibration is in progress.
g. When the Reference Oscillator calibration is
complete, the Calibration Menu is displayed.
h. Reconnect the cable to A3J6, if removed.
i. If Option 16 is installed, connect the 683XXC
RF OUTPUT to the Frequency Counter Input 1.
j. Connect the Frequency Reference 10 MHz
OUTPUT to the 10 MHz EXT IN connector on
the Frequency Counter rear panel.
k. Use a Phillips screwdriver and remove the
screw on top of the 10 MHz High Stability
Crystal Oscillator assembly to gain access to
the timebase adjustment screw.
l. On the 683XXC, press SYSTEM , then Reset .
Upon reset the CW Menu is displayed.
m.Press Edit F1 to open the current frequency
parameter for editing.
n. Set F1 to 10 GHz (5 GHz for model 68317C).
o. Using a Phillips screwdriver, adjust the time-
base to obtain a frequency counter reading of
exactly 10 GHz (5 GHz for model 68317C).
p. Record step completion on the Test Record.
q. Proceed to Step 8 of the Preliminary Calibra-
tion procedure (page 4-15).

4-18 683XXC MM
 SWITCHED FILTER
CALIBRATION SHAPER CALIBRATION

4-8 SWITCHED FILTER This procedure provides the steps necessary to adjust the Switched
SHAPER CALIBRATION Filter Shaper Amplifier gain to produce a more constant level ampli-
fier gain with power level changes.

IB M -C o m p a tib le P C 6 8 3 X X C S ig n a l G e n e r a to r 5 6 1 0 0 A N e tw o r k A n a ly z e r

G P IB S e r ia l A U X A U X D e d ic a te d
C O M 1 I/O I/O I/O G P IB
o r
C O M 2

>
>
R F
O u tp u t
A

1 0 d B R F D e te c to r
A tte n u a to r

Figure 4-3. Equipment Setup for Switched Filter Shaper Calibration

Equipment Connect the equipment, shown in Figure 4-3, as fol-

Setup lows:

1. Interface the PC to the 683XXC by performing

the initial setup procedure, pages 4-7 to 4-12.

2. Using the Auxiliary I/O cable, connect the

683XXC rear panel AUX I/O connector to the
56100A AUX I/O connector.

3. Using the GPIB cable, connect the 56100A DEDI-

CATED GPIB connector to the 683XXC IEEE-488
GPIB connector.

4. Connect the RF Detector to the 56100A Channel

A Input connector.

5. Connect the 683XXC RF OUTPUT connector to

the RF Detector via a 10 dB Attenuator.

NOTE
Before beginning this calibration proce-
dure, always let the 683XXC warm up for a
minimum of one hour.

683XXC MM 4-19
 SWITCHED FILTER
CALIBRATION SHAPER CALIBRATION

Log Amplifier Before the Switched Filter Shaper Amplifier can be

Zero Calibra- adjusted, zero calibration of the ALC Log amplifier
tion must be performed to eliminate any DC offsets.

1. Perform ALC Log amplifier zero calibration as

follows:
a. At the $ prompt on the PC display, type:
calterm 115 and press <ENTER>.
The $ prompt will appear on the screen when
ALC Log amplifier zero calibration is complete.
(This can take up to 3 minutes for a 40 GHz
unit.)
b. Record step completion on the Test Record.

NOTE
The following Limiter DAC adjustment
procedure applies only to 683XXCs with
Option 15B (High Power Output). If your
instrument does not have this option, go di-
rectly to the Shaper DAC adjustment pro-
cedure.

Limiter DAC The following steps in the procedure let you adjust
Adjustment the Switched Filter Limiter DAC which controls the
maximum gain of the Switched Filter Shaper Ampli-
fier. Each frequency band will be scanned for the
maximum unleveled power point before adjustment
of the Limiter DAC to ensure that the Shaper Am-
plifier is not driven to saturation.

1. Set up the 56100A Network Analyzer as follows:

a. Press the System Menu key.
b. From the System Menu display, select RESET.
c. Press CHANNEL 2 DISPLAY: OFF.
d. Press CHANNEL 1 DISPLAY: ON.
e. Press CHANNEL 1 MENU key.
f. From the Channel 1 Menu display, select
POWER.
g. Press OFFSET/RESOLUTION.
h. Set Resolution to 5 dB/Div.
i. Adjust Offset to center the display.

4-20 683XXC MM
 SWITCHED FILTER
CALIBRATION SHAPER CALIBRATION

2. Adjust the Switched Filter Limiter DAC for each

of the frequency bands as follows:
a. At the $ prompt on the PC display, type:
calterm 145 and press <ENTER>.
S h a p e r b. On the Network Analyzer, set the Resolution to
A m p lifie r 0.2 dB and adjust the offset to center the top of
S a tu r a tio n the triangle waveform on the display.
W a v e fo rm
c. Observe the displayed waveform to determine
whether the Shaper Amplifier is being driven
to saturation. This is indicated by a dip in the
S h a p e r top of the triangle waveform (Figure 4-4).
A m p lifie r If the displayed waveform indicates there is no
O u t o f saturation, proceed to step e. If there is a dip
0 .3 d B S a u r a tio n in the waveform, go to step d.

F in a l
d. On the computer keyboard, use 8, 9, or 0 to
W a v e fo rm decrement the value of the DAC’s setting until
A fte r the top of the triangle waveform starts to be-
A d ju s tm e n t come rounded (Shaper Amplifier is no longer
being driven to saturation). Continue decre-
menting until the top of the waveform is 0.3 dB
below this point.
e. Press Q on the keyboard to go to the next fre-
Figure 4-4. Limiter DAC Adjustment quency band.
Waveforms
f. Repeat steps b thru e until the DAC has been
checked and adjusted for all frequency bands.
g. Press Q on the keyboard to exit the program.
(The $ prompt will appear on the screen.)
h. Record step completion on the Test Record.

683XXC MM 4-21
 SWITCHED FILTER
CALIBRATION SHAPER CALIBRATION

Shaper DAC The following step in the procedure adjusts the

Adjustment Switch Filter Shaper DAC which controls the gain of
the Switched Filter Shaper Amplifier. Each fre-
quency band will be scanned for the minimum un-
leveled power point before automatic adjustment of
the shaper DAC.

1. At the $ prompt on the PC display, type:

calterm 138 and press <ENTER>. (The $
prompt will appear on the screen when the cali-
bration is complete.)

NOTE
The calibration routine may take up to 20
minutes depending on the frequency range
of the 683XXC being calibrated.

2. Store the calibration data in non-volatile memory

CAUTION (EEPROMs) on the A17 CPU PCB as follows:
a. Type: calterm 787 and press <ENTER>.
When saving calibration data, turn-
(The $ prompt will appear on the screen when
ing off the instrument before the $
the data has been stored.)
prompt returns to the screen can
cause all stored data to be lost. b. Record step completion on the Test Record.

4-22 683XXC MM
 RF LEVEL
CALIBRATION CALIBRATION

4-9 RF LEVEL CALIBRATION RF level calibration requires the use of an automated test system. A
computer-controlled power meter measures the 683XXC power output
at many frequencies throughout the frequency range of the instru-
ment. Correction factors are then calculated and stored in non-volatile
memory (EEPROM) located on the A17 CPU PCB.

This calibration is required following replacement of either the A9 PIN

Control PCB, the A10 ALC PCB, the A13 10 MHz DDS PCB (Option
22), the A14 YIG, SDM, SQM Driver PCB, the Switched Filter Assem-
bly, the 0.01 to 2 GHz Down Converter Assembly, the Switched Dou-
bler Module (SDM), the Source Quadrupler Module (SQM), the For-
ward Coupler, the Directional Coupler, or the Step Attenuator.

The RF level calibration software is available from Anritsu by order-

ing:
q Part number 2300-104, Version 2.6 and above, for all £50 GHz
683XXC models.
q Part number 2300-209, Version 1.4 and above, for 60 GHz and
65 GHz 683XXC models.

This calibration program warrants level accuracy specifications from

maximum power to –70 dBm. For calibration below –70 dBm, the sig-
nal generator must be returned to your Anritsu service center for cali-
bration. The RF level calibration software comes on a 3.5-inch/
1.44 Mbyte, MS-DOS formatted floppy disk.

For information concerning test equipment requirements and ordering

the automated program, contact your Anritsu service center (refer to
Table 1-5 on page 1-18).

683XXC MM 4-23
 ALC SLOPE
CALIBRATION CALIBRATION

4-10 ALC SLOPE This procedure provides the steps necessary to perform ALC Slope
CALIBRATION calibration. The ALC Slope is calibrated to adjust for decreasing out-
put power-vs-output frequency in full band analog sweep.

IB M -C o m p a tib le P C 6 8 3 X X C S ig n a l G e n e r a to r 5 6 1 0 0 A N e tw o r k A n a ly z e r

G P IB S e r ia l A U X A U X D e d ic a te d
C O M 1 I/O I/O I/O G P IB
o r
C O M 2

>
>
R F
O u tp u t
A

1 0 d B R F D e te c to r
A tte n u a to r

Figure 4-5. Equipment Setup for ALC Slope Calibration

Equipment Connect the equipment, shown in Figure 4-5, as fol-

Setup lows:

1. Interface the PC to the 683XXC by performing

the initial setup procedure, pages 4-7 to 4-12.

2. Using the Auxiliary I/O cable, connect the

683XXC rear panel AUX I/O connector to the
56100A AUX I/O connector.

3. Using the GPIB cable, connect the 56100A DEDI-

CATED GPIB connector to the 683XXC IEEE-488
GPIB connector.

4. Connect the RF Detector to the 56100A Network

Analyzer Channel A Input connector.

5. Connect the 683XXC RF OUTPUT connector to

the RF Detector via a 10 dB Attenuator.

NOTE
Before beginning this calibration proce-
dure, always let the 683XXC warm up for a
minimum of one hour.

4-24 683XXC MM
 ALC SLOPE
CALIBRATION CALIBRATION

ALC Slope The following procedure lets you adjust the ALC
DAC Slope over individual frequency ranges to compen-
Adjustment sate for decreasing output power-vs-frequency in
analog sweep.

The procedure begins by letting you adjust the ALC

Slope for band 0 (0.01 to 2.0 GHz), if installed. It
then continues letting you adjust the ALC Slope
from 2 GHz to the top frequency of the instrument
in up to four bands. The band frequency ranges are:
Band 1 2.0 to 8.4 GHz
Band 2 8.4 to 20.0 GHz
Band 3 20.0 to 40.0 GHz
Band 4 40.0 to 65.0 GHz

During band 1 thru 3/4 ALC Slope adjustment, the

56100A Network Analyzer display (Figure 4-6)
shows the response from 2 GHz to the top frequency
of the model, as adjustment is done band by band.

1. Set up the 56100A Network Analyzer as follows:

a. Press the System Menu key.
b. From the System Menu display, select RESET.
c. Press CHANNEL 2 DISPLAY: OFF.
d. Press CHANNEL 1 DISPLAY: ON.
e. Press CHANNEL 1 MENU key.
f. From the Chanel 1 Menu Display, select
TRANSMISSION and SELECT INPUT
(NON-RATIO A).

2. Set up the 683XXC as follows:

a. Reset the instrument by pressing SYSTEM
then Reset . Upon reset the CW Menu is dis-
played.
b. Press Step . The Step Sweep Menu is dis-
played.
c. Press FREQUENCY CONTROL , then Full to
select the full frequency range of the unit being
calibrated.
d. Press CW/SWEEP SELECT to return to the
Step Sweep Menu display.
e. Press Sweep Ramp . At the resulting Step
Sweep Ramp Menu, press Num of Steps and
set the number of steps to 400.

683XXC MM 4-25
 ALC SLOPE
CALIBRATION CALIBRATION

50. 60, or
2 GHz 8.4 GHz 20 GHz 40 GHz
65 (67) GHz

Normalized
Step Sweep

ALC Slope Before Adjustment

Figure 4-6. ALC Slope Adjustment Waveform Display

3. Make the following selections on the 56100A Net-

work Analyzer to normalize the step sweep.
a. Press CALIBRATION and follow the menu on
the display.
b. Press AUTOSCALE.
c. Press OFFSET/RESOLUTION and set the Reso-
lution to 0.5 dB.

4. On the 683XXC, press Analog to select the ana-

log sweep mode.

5. Adjust the ALC Slope as follows:

a. At the $ prompt on the PC display, type:
slpcal and press <ENTER>.
On the computer keyboard, the adjustment
keys are:
Slope E (Up) D (Down)
(all bands)

Offset Q (Up) A (Down)

(band 1-4 only)
b. Adjust the ALC Slope so that the power at the
start and stop frequencies (of the analog sweep
for band 0) match as closely as possible the
normalized straight line in step sweep mode.
When completed, press n for the next band.

4-26 683XXC MM
 ALC SLOPE
CALIBRATION CALIBRATION

c. Using the Slope and Offset adjustment keys,

continue until the ALC Slope for all bands has
been adjusted.
d. Type: X and press <ENTER> to exit the cali-
bration routine. (The $ prompt will appear on
the screen.)
e. Record step completion on the Test Record.

6. Store the new DACs setting values in non-volatile

memory (EEPROMs) on the A17 CPU PCB as fol-
CAUTION
lows:
When saving calibration data, turn- a. Type: calterm 787 and press <ENTER>.
ing off the instrument before the $ (The $ prompt will appear on the screen when
prompt returns to the screen can the data has been stored.)
cause all stored data to be lost.
b. Record step completion on the Test Record.

683XXC MM 4-27
 ALC BANDWIDTH
CALIBRATION CALIBRATION

4-11 ALC BANDWIDTH This procedure provides the steps necessary to perform ALC Band-
CALIBRATION width calibration. The ALC Bandwidth is adjusted to compensate for
gain variations of the modulator. The adjustment is performed for
each frequency band. This provides a more consistent bandwith
throughout the frequency range of the instrument.

IB M -C o m p a tib le P C 6 8 3 X X C S ig n a l G e n e r a to r

C O M 1 S e r ia l
o r I/O
C O M 2

Figure 4-7. Equipment Setup for ALC Bandwidth Calibration

Equipment Connect the equipment, shown in Figure 4-7, as fol-

Setup lows:

1. Interface the PC to the 683XXC by performing

the initial setup procedure, pages 4-7 to 4-12.

NOTE
Before beginning this calibration proce-
dure, always let the 683XXC warm up for a
minimum of one hour.

Bandwidth The following procedure lets you (1) calibrate the

Calibration ALC bandwith and (2) store the calibration data in
non-volatile memory (EEPROMs) on the A17 CPU
PCB.

1. Enter the ALC Bandwidth calibration routine as

follows:
a. At the $ prompt on the PC display, type:
calterm 110 and press <ENTER>.
The $ prompt will appear on the screen when
the ALC Bandwidth calibration is complete.
(This can take up to 15 minutes depending on
the frequency range of the 683XXC.)
b. Record step completion on the Test Record.

4-28 683XXC MM
 ALC BANDWIDTH
CALIBRATION CALIBRATION

2. Store the calibration data as follows:

CAUTION
a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 787 and
When saving calibration data, turn- press <ENTER>. (The $ prompt will appear on
ing off the instrument before the $ the screen when the calibration data has been
prompt returns to the screen can stored.)
cause all stored data to be lost.
b. Record step completion on the Test Record.

683XXC MM 4-29
 AM
CALIBRATION CALIBRATION

4-12 AM CALIBRATION This procedure provides the steps necessary to perform AM calibra-
tion. This consists of calibrating the AM Calibration DAC, the AM Me-
ter circuit, and the AM Function Generator. The AM Calibration DAC
is calibrated for input sensitivities of 100%/V (linear mode) and
25 dB/V (logarithmic mode) for frequencies £2 GHz and >2 GHz.

IB M -C o m p a tib le P C

6 8 3 X X C S ig n a l G e n e r a to r

S e r ia l
C O M 1 I/O
o r
C O M 2

R F
O u tp u t
A M P o w e r P o w e r M e te r
IN S e n s o r

F u n c tio n
G e n e ra to r

D M M
IN P U T
O U T P U T B N C
T e e

Figure 4-8. Equipment Setup for AM Calibration

Equipment Connect the equipment, shown in Figure 4-8, as fol-

Setup lows:

1. Interface the PC to the 683XXC by performing

the initial setup procedure, pages 4-7 to 4-12.

2. Connect the Function Generator Output to the

BNC tee. Connect one leg of the tee to the
683XXC front panel AM IN. Connect the other leg
of the tee to the DMM input.

3. Calibrate the Power Meter with the Power Sen-

sor.

4-30 683XXC MM
 AM
CALIBRATION CALIBRATION

4. Connect the Power Sensor to the RF Output of the

683XXC.

NOTE
Before beginning this calibration proce-
dure, always let the 683XXC warm up for a
minimum of one hour.

AM The following procedure let you (1) adjust the AM

Calibration Calibration DAC to provide the correct amount of
Procedure AM in both linear (100%/V sensitivity) and log
(25 dB/V sensitivity) modes of operation for frequen-
cies of £2 GHz and >2 GHz, (2) calibrate the AM Me-
ter circuit, (3) calibrate the AM Function Generator,
and (4) store the results in non-volatile memory
(EEPROM) on the A17 CPU PCB.

NOTE
For those instruments that contain a Down
Converter, the procedure for Linear AM
and Log AM calibration must be performed
twice—once for frequencies £2 GHz and
once for frequencies >2 GHz. Upon initial
completion of each procedure, the program
will automatically return you to the start to
repeat the procedure.

1. Set up the Function Generator as follows:

a. Mode: EXT
b. Signal: Square Wave

2. Perform Linear AM calibration as follows:

a. At the $ prompt on the PC screen, type:
calterm 112 and press <ENTER>.
b. Set the function generator output to 0.00 volts.
When done, press any key on the keyboard to
continue calibration.
c. Now, set the function generator to output
±0.50 volts. Use the COMPL button on the
function generator to toggle the output be-
tween +0.50 volts and –0.50 volts.
d. On the computer keyboard, use 1, 2 or 3 to in-
crement and 8, 9 and 0 to decrement the value
of the DAC’s setting to obtain a 9.54 dB differ-
ence in the power meter’s reading when the
function generator’s output is toggled.

683XXC MM 4-31
 AM
CALIBRATION CALIBRATION

e. When the DAC has been adjusted, press Q on

the keyboard to exit the program. (If the in-
strument has a Down Converter installed, you
will be returned to the start of the program to
perform this calibration for frequencies of
>2 GHz.)
When the DAC has been completely adjusted,
the program will exit to the $ prompt.
e. Record step completion on the Test Record.

3. Perform Log AM calibration as follows:

a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 113 and
press <ENTER>.
b. Set the function generator’s output ±0.20 volts.
Use the COMPL button to toggle the output
between –0.20 volts and +0.20 volts.
c. On the computer keyboard, use 1, 2, or 3 to in-
crement and 8, 9, and 0 to decrement the value
NOTE
of the DAC’s setting to obtain a 10.00 dB differ-
To save the calibration data after ence in the power meter’s reading when the
completing any calibration step, function generator’s output is toggled.
type: calterm 787 and press
<ENTER>. d. When the DAC has been adjusted, press Q on
the keyboard to exit the program. (If the in-
strument has a Down Converter installed, you
will be returned to the start of the program to
perform this calibration for frequencies of
>2 GHz.)
When the DAC has been completely adjusted,
the program will exit to the $ prompt.
e. Record step completion on the Test Record.

4. Perform AM Meter calibration as follows:

a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 147 and
press <ENTER>.
b. Set up the Function Generator for a 1 kHz
sinewave with an output level of 0.354 volts
RMS (1 volt peak to peak). When done, press
any key on the keyboard to continue calibra-
tion.
The $ prompt will appear on the screen when
the calibration is complete.
c. Record step completion on the Test Record.

4-32 683XXC MM
 AM
CALIBRATION CALIBRATION

5. Perform AM Function Generator calibration as

follows:
a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 146 and
press <ENTER>. (The $ prompt will appear on
the screen when the calibration is complete.)
b. Record step completion on the Test Record.

CAUTION 6. Store the calibration data as follows:

a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 787 and
When saving calibration data, turn-
press <ENTER>. (The $ prompt will appear on
ing off the instrument before the $ the screen when the calibration data has been
prompt returns to the screen can stored.)
cause all stored data to be lost.
b. Record step completion on the Test Record.

683XXC MM 4-33
 FM
CALIBRATION CALIBRATION

4-13 FM CALIBRATION This procedure provides the steps necessary to perform FM calibra-
tion. This consists of calibrating the FM Meter circuit and the FM
Variable Gain Control DAC. The FM Variable Gain Control DAC is
calibrated for input sensitivities in Locked, Locked Low-Noise, Un-
locked Narrow, and Unlocked Wide FM modes.

IB M -C o m p a tib le P C
6 8 3 X X C S ig n a l G e n e r a to r
S p e c tru m
E X T R E F A n a ly z e r
IN P U T
S e r ia l 1 0 M H z
C O M 1 I/O R E F O U T
o r
C O M 2

F M IN R F R F
(. M IN ) O u tp u t IN

F u n c tio n
G e n e ra to r
D M M
IN P U T

O U T P U T B N C
T e e

Figure 4-9. Equipment Setup for FM Calibration

Equipment Connect the equipment, shown in Figure 4-9, as fol-

Setup lows:

1. Interface the PC to the 683XXC by performing

the initial setup procedure, pages 4-7 to 4-12.

2. Connect the 683XXC rear panel 10 MHz REF OUT

to the Spectrum Analyzer External Reference in-
put.

3. Connect the Function Generator Output to the

BNC tee. Connect one leg of the tee to the
683XXC front panel FM IN. Connect the other leg
of the tee to the DMM input.

4. Connect the 683XXC RF Output to the Spectrum

Analyzer RF Input.

4-34 683XXC MM
 FM
CALIBRATION CALIBRATION

NOTE
Before beginning this calibration proce-
dure, always let the 683XXC warm up for a
minimum of one hour.

FM The following steps in the procedure lets you cali-

Calibration brate the (1) FM Meter circuit; (2) FM Variable Gain
Procedure Linearity; (3) Locked, Locked Low-Noise, Unlocked
Narrow, and Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity;
and (4) FM Rear Panel Input Gain, and store the re-
sults in non-volatile memary (EEPROM) on the A17
CPU PCB.

NOTE
To ensure accurate calibration, each step of
this procedure must be performed in se-
quence.

1. Perform FM Meter calibration as follows:

a. At the $ prompt on the PC screen, type:
calterm 123 and press <ENTER>.
b. Set up the Function Generator for a 100.0 kHz
sine wave with an output level of 0.707 volts
±0.01 volts RMS (2 volts peak to peak). Use a
frequency counter to verify the output fre-
quency of your function generator is set to
±1%. When done, press any key on the key-
board to continue calibration.
The $ prompt will appear on the screen when
the calibration is complete.
NOTE c. Record step completion on the Test Record.
To save the calibration data after
completing any calibration step, 2. Perform FM Variable Gain Linearity calibration
type: calterm 787 and press as follows:
<ENTER>. a. At the $ prompt on the PC screen, type:
calterm 148 and press <ENTER>.
b. Set up the Function Generator for a +1.00 Vdc
output. When done, press any key on the key-
board to continue calibration.
The $ prompt will appear on the screen when
the calibration is complete.
c. Record step completion on the Test Record.

683XXC MM 4-35
 FM
CALIBRATION CALIBRATION

3. External Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity

calibration is accomplished by adjusting the FM
Variable Gain Control DAC to obtain a 200 MHz
FM deviation at frequencies of 5 GHz and
15 GHz. The modulating signal input is from the
external Function Generator.

Perform the calibration as follows:

a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 124 and
press <ENTER>.
b. Set up the Function Generator for a 0.1 Hz
square wave with an output level of ±1 volt
±0.002 volts (2 volts peak to peak).
c. On the Spectrum Analyzer, set the Span/Div to
50 MHz per division.
d. On the computer keyboard, use the ‘, 1, 2, and
3 keys to increment and the 7, 8, 9, and 0 keys
to decrement the value of the DAC’s setting.
Start calibration by pressing the ‘ key.
e. While observing the Spectum Analyzer display,
adjust the value of the DAC’s setting to obtain
a 200 MHz peak to peak deviation. This is the
coarse adjustment.
f. On the Spectrum Analyzer, set the Span/Div to
5 MHz per division and adjust the center fre-
quency control to position the low carrier at
the center of the display. Note the frequency
reading.
g. Now, adjust the center frequency control to po-
sition the high carrier at the center of the dis-
play. Note the frequency reading.
h. The difference between these two frequencies
is the actual peak-to-peak frequency deviation.
It should be 200 MHz ±0.5 MHz. If not, fine ad-
just the value of the DAC’s setting to obtain
this deviation.
i. When finished setting the DAC, press Q on the
keyboard to go to the next calibration step (ad-
justing the DAC to obtain a 200 MHz deviation
at 15 GHz).
When the DAC has been completely adjusted,
the program will exit to the $ prompt.
j. Record step completion on the Test Record.

4-36 683XXC MM
 FM
CALIBRATION CALIBRATION

4. Internal Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity

calibration is accomplished by adjusting the FM
Variable Gain Control DAC to obtain a 200 MHz
FM deviation at frequencies of 5 GHz and
15 GHz. The modulating signal input is from the
internal Function Generator.

Perform the calibration as follows:

a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 143 and
press <ENTER>.
The screen will display the following menu:
1) Toggle polarity (this lets you go from a
positive deviation to negative deviation.)
2) Change DAC value.
3) Quit.
b. On the Spectrum Analyzer, set the Span/Div to
50 MHz per division.
c. On the computer keyboard, enter 2 to begin
calibration.
d. On the computer keyboard, use the ‘, 1, 2, and
3 keys to increment and the 7, 8, 9, and 0 keys
to decrement the value of the DAC’s setting.
Start calibration by pressing the ‘ key.
e. While observing the Spectrum Analyzer dis-
play, adjust the value of the DAC’s setting to
obtain a 100 MHz change in frequency.
f. On the keyboard, press Q to return to the
menu, then enter 1 to toggle the polarity.
g. Measure the change in frequency on the Spec-
trum Analyzer. The change in frequency
should be 200 MHz. If not, enter 2 and adjust
the DAC.
h. Repeat steps 4.f and 4.g as necessary to obtain
a 200 MHz frequency change. When finished
adjusting the DAC, press Q to return to the
menu.
i. On the Spectrum Analyzer, set the Span/Div to
5 MHz per division and adjust the center fre-
quency control to position the high (or low)
carrier at the center of the display. Note the
frequency reading.
j. On the keyboard, enter 1 to toggle the polarity.

683XXC MM 4-37
 FM
CALIBRATION CALIBRATION

k. Now adjust the center frequency control to po-

sition the low (or high) carrier at the center of
the display. Note the frequency reading.
l. The difference between these two frequencies
should be 200 MHz ±0.5 MHz. If not, enter 2
and fine adjust the DAC to obtain this devia-
tion.
m. When finished setting the DAC, press Q on the
keyboard to return to the menu, then enter 3
to go to the next calibration step (adjusting the
DAC to obtain a 200 MHz deviation at
15 GHz).
When the DAC has been completely adjusted,
the program will exit to the $ prompt.
n. Record step completion on the Test Record.
C E N T E R F R E Q U E N C Y
5. External Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Un-
locked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity calibration is
accomplished by adjusting the FM Variable Gain
Control DAC to reduce the carrier level as low as
possible at frequencies of 5 GHz and 20 GHz. The
modulating signal is from the external Function
Generator.
B E S S E L
N U L L
Perform the calibration as follows:
a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 125 and
press <ENTER>.
b. Set up the Function Generator for a 99.8 kHz
sine wave with an output level of 0.707 volts
RMS (2 volts peak to peak). Use a frequency
counter to verify the output frequency of your
function generator is set to ±1%.
Figure 4-10. Typical Spectrum Analyzer Display c. On the Spectrum Analyzer, set the Span/Div to
of Bessel Null on FM Waveform 50 kHz per division.
d. On the computer keyboard, use the ‘, 1, 2, and
3 keys to increment and the 7, 8, 9, and 0 keys
to decrement the value of the DAC’s setting.
Start calibration by pressing an increment key.

NOTE e. While observing the first Bessel null (Figure

4-10) on the Spectrum Analyzer display, adjust
You may need to adjust the RBW
the value of the DAC’s setting to reduce the
setting on the Spectrum Analyzer in
carrier level as low as possible.
order to see the >–50 dBc null.
f. When finished setting the DAC, press Q on the
keyboard to go to the next calibration step.

4-38 683XXC MM
 FM
CALIBRATION CALIBRATION

When the DAC has been completely adjusted,

the program will exit to the $ prompt.
g. Record step completion on the Test Record.

6. Internal Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Un-

locked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity calibration is
accomplished by adjusting the FM Variable Gain
Control DAC to reduce the carrier level as low as
possible at frequencies of 5 GHz and 20 GHz. The
modulating signal input is from the internal
Function Generator.

Perform the calibration as follows:

a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 144 and
press <ENTER>.
b. On the Spectrum Analyzer, set the Span/Div to
50 kHz per division.
c. On the computer keyboard, use the ‘, 1, 2, and
3 keys to increment and the 7, 8, 9, and 0 keys
to decrement the value of the DAC’s setting.
Start calibration by pressing an increment key.

NOTE d. While observing the first Bessel null (Figure

4-10) on the Spectrum Analyzer display, adjust
You may need to adjust the RBW
the value of the DAC’s setting to reduce the
setting on the Spectrum Analyzer in
carrier level as low as possible.
order to see the >–50 dBc null.
e. When finished setting the DAC, press Q on the
keyboard to go to the next calibration step.
When the DAC has been completely adjusted,
the program will exit to the $ prompt.
f. Record step completion on the Test Record.

7. The FM Rear Panel Input Gain is calibrated to

balance the Locked and Unlocked Narrow FM
Mode Sensitivity obtained when the same exter-
nal modulating signal is applied to either the
front panel or rear panel FM input.

Perform the calibration as follows:

a. On the 683XXC, disconnect the coaxial cable
from the front panel FM IN connector and con-
nect it to the rear panel FM IN connector.
b. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 154 and
press <ENTER>.
c. Set up the Function Generator for a 99.8 kHz
sine wave with an output level of 0.707 volts

683XXC MM 4-39
 FM
CALIBRATION CALIBRATION

RMS (2 volts peak to peak). Use a frequency

counter to verify the output frequency of your
function generator is set to ±1%.
d. On the Spectrum Analyzer, set the Span/Div to
50 kHz per division.
e. On the computer keyboard, use the ‘, 1, 2. and
3 keys to increment and the 7, 8, 9, and 0 keys
to decrement the value of the DAC’s setting.
Start calibration by pressing an increment key.

NOTE f. While observing the first Bessel null (Figure

4-10) on the Spectum Analyzer display, adjust
You may need to adjust the RBW
the value of the DAC’s setting to reduce the
setting on the Spectrum Analyzer in
carrier level as low as possible.
order to see the >–50 dBc null.
g. When finished setting the DAC, press Q on the
keyboard to exit the calibration routine.
h. Record step completion on the Test Record.

CAUTION 8. Store the calibration data as follows:

a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 787 and
When saving calibration data, turn-
press <ENTER>. (The $ prompt will appear on
ing off the instrument before the $ the screen whe the calibration data has been
prompt returns to the screen can stored.)
cause all stored data to be lost.
b. Record step completion on the Test Record.

4-40 683XXC MM
 PHASE MODULATION
CALIBRATION (FM) CALIBRATION

4-14 PHASE MODULATION This procedure provides the steps necessary to perform phase modula-
(FM) CALIBRATION tion (FM) calibration for 683XXCs with Option 6. This consists of cali-
brating the FM Variable Gain Control DAC and the FM Flatness DAC
for input sensitivities in Narrow and Wide FM modes.

IB M -C o m p a tib le P C
6 8 3 X X C S ig n a l G e n e r a to r
S p e c tru m
E X T R E F A n a ly z e r
IN P U T
S e r ia l 1 0 M H z
C O M 1 I/O R E F O U T
o r
C O M 2

F M IN R F R F
(. M IN ) O u tp u t IN

F u n c tio n
G e n e ra to r
D M M
IN P U T

O U T P U T B N C
T e e

Figure 4-11. Equipment Setup for FM Calibration

Equipment Connect the equipment, shown in Figure 4-11, as

Setup follows:

1. Interface the PC to the 683XXC by performing

the initial setup procedure, pages 4-7 to 4-12.

2. Connect the 683XXC rear panel 10 MHz REF OUT

to the Spectrum Analyzer External Reference In-
put.

3. Connect the Function Generator Output to the

BNC tee. Connect one leg of the tee to the
683XXC front panel FM IN (FM IN). Connect the
other leg of the tee to the DMM input.

683XXC MM 4-41
 PHASE MODULATION
CALIBRATION (FM) CALIBRATION

4. Connect the 683XXC RF Output to the Spectrum

Analyzer RF Input.

NOTE
Before beginning this calibration proce-
dure, always let the 683XXC warm up for a
minimum of one hour.

FM The following steps in the procedure lets you cali-

Calibration brate the FM Variable Gain Control DAC and the
Procedure FM Flatness DAC in both Wide and Narrow FM
modes and store the results in non-volatile memory
(EEPROM) on the A17 CPU PCB.

NOTE
To ensure accurate calibration, each step of
this procedure must be performed in se-
quence.

C E N T E R F R E Q U E N C Y
1. External Wide FM Mode Sensitivity calibration is
accomplished by adjusting the FM Variable Gain
Control DAC to reduce the carrier level as low as
possible at frequencies of 5 GHz and 20 GHz. The
modulating signal input is from the external
Function Generator.

Perform the calibration as follows:

B E S S E L a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 149 and
N U L L press <ENTER>.
b. Set up the Function Generator for a 99.8 kHz
sine wave with an output level of 0.707 volts
RMS (2 volts peak to peak). Use a frequency
counter to verify the output frequency of your
function generator is set to ±1%.
c. On the Spectrum Analyzer, set the Span/Div to
50 kHz per division.
Figure 4-12. Typical Spectrum Analyzer Display
of Bessel Null on FM Waveform d. On the computer keyboard, use the ‘, 1, 2, and
3 keys to increment and the 7, 8, 9, and 0 keys
to decrement the value of the DAC’s setting.
Start calibration by pressing an increment key.

NOTE e. While observing the first Bessel null (Figure

4-12) on the Spectrum Analyzer display, adjust
You may need to adjust the RBW
the value of the DAC’s setting to reduce the
setting on the Spectrum Analyzer in
carrier level as low as possible.
order to see the >–40 dBc null.
f. When finished setting the DAC, press Q on the
keyboard to go to the next calibration step.

4-42 683XXC MM
 PHASE MODULATION
CALIBRATION (FM) CALIBRATION

When the DAC has been completely adjusted,

the program will exit to the $ prompt.
g. Record step completion on the Test Record.
NOTE
2. Internal Wide FM Mode Sensitivity calibration is
To save the calibration data after accomplished by adjusting the FM Variable Gain
completing any calibration step, Control DAC to reduce the carrier level as low as
type: calterm 787 and press possible at frequencies of 5 GHz and 20 GHz. The
<ENTER>. modulating signal input is from the internal
Function Generator.

Perform the calibration as follows:

a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 151 and
press <ENTER>.
b. On the Spectrum Analyzer, set the Span/Div to
50 kHz per division.
c. On the computer keyboard, use the ‘, 1, 2, and
3 keys to increment and the 7, 8, 9, and 0 keys
to decrement the value of the DAC’s setting.
Start calibration by pressing an increment key.

NOTE d. While observing the first Bessel null (Figure

4-12) on the Spectrum Analyzer display, adjust
You may need to adjust the RBW
the value of the DAC’s setting to reduce the
setting on the Spectrum Analyzer in
carrier level as low as possible.
order to see the >–40 dBc null.
e. When finished setting the DAC, press Q on the
keyboard to go to the next calibration step.
When the DAC has been completely adjusted,
the program will exit to the $ prompt.
f. Record step completion on the Test Record.

3. Wide FM Mode Flatness calibration is accom-

plished by adjusting the FM Flatness DAC to re-
duce the carrier level as low as possible for
sensitivity settings of 2.4 Rad/V and 14.9 Rad/V
at 5 GHz. The modulating signal input is from
the external Function Generator.

Perform the calibration as follows:

a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 155 and
press <ENTER>.
b. Set up the Function Generator for a 400 Hz
sine wave with an output level of 0.707 volts
RMS (2 volts peak to peak). Use a frequency
counter to verify the output frequency of your
function generator is set to ±1%.

683XXC MM 4-43
 PHASE MODULATION
CALIBRATION (FM) CALIBRATION

c. On the Spectrum Analyzer, set the Span/Div to

50 kHz per division.
d. On the computer keyboard, use the ‘, 1, 2, and
3 keys to increment and the 7, 8, 9, and 0 keys
to decrement the value of the DAC’s setting.
Start calibration by pressing an increment key.

NOTE e. While observing the first Bessel null (Figure

4-12) on the Spectrum Analyzer display, adjust
You may need to adjust the RBW
the value of the DAC’s setting to reduce the
setting on the Spectrum Analyzer in
carrier level as low as possible.
order to see the >–40 dBc null.
f. When finished setting the DAC, press Q on the
keyboard to go to the next calibration step.
When the DAC has been completely adjusted,
the program will exit to the $ prompt.
g. Record step completion on the Test Record.

4. External Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity calibra-

tion is accomplished by adjusting the FM Vari-
able Gain Control DAC to reduce the carrier level
as low as possible at frequencies of 5 GHz and
20 GHz. The modulating signal input is from the
external Function Generator.

Perform the calibration as follows:

a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 150 and
press <ENTER>.
b. Set up the Function Generator for a 99.8 kHz
sine wave with an output level of 0.707 volts
RMS (2 volts peak to peak). Use a frequency
counter to verify the output frequency of your
function generator is set to ±1%.
c. On the Spectrum Analyzer, set the Span/Div to
50 kHz per division.
d. On the computer keyboard, use the ‘, 1, 2, and
3 keys to increment and the 7, 8, 9, and 0 keys
to decrement the value of the DAC’s setting.
Start calibration by pressing an increment key.

NOTE e. While observing the first Bessel null (Figure

4-12) on the Spectrum Analyzer display, adjust
You may need to adjust the RBW
the value of the DAC’s setting to reduce the
setting on the Spectrum Analyzer in
carrier level as low as possible.
order to see the >–50 dBc null.
f. When finished setting the DAC, press Q on the
keybaord to go to the next calibration step.

4-44 683XXC MM
 PHASE MODULATION
CALIBRATION (FM) CALIBRATION

When the DAC has been completely adjusted,

the program will exit to the $ prompt.
g. Record step completion on the Test Record.

5. Internal Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity calibration

is accomplished by adjusting the FM Variable
Gain Control DAC to reduce the carrier level as
low as possible at frequencies of 5 GHz and
20 GHz. The modulating signal input is from the
internal Function Generator.

Perform the calibration as follows:

a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 152 and
press <ENTER>.
b. On the Spectrum Analyzer, set the Span/Div to
50 kHz per division.
c. On the computer keyboard, use the ‘, 1, 2, and
3 keys to increment and the 7, 8, 9, and 0 keys
to decrement the value of the DAC’s setting.
Start calibration by pressing an increment key.

NOTE d. While observing the first Bessel null (Figure

4-12) on the Spectrum Analyzer display, adjust
You may need to adjust the RBW
the value of the DAC’s setting to reduce the
setting on the Spectrum Analyzer in
carrier level as low as possible.
order to see the >–50 dBc null.
e. When finished setting the DAC, press Q on the
keyboard to go to the next calibration step.
When the DAC has been completely adjusted,
the program will exit to the $ prompt.
f. Record step completion on the Test Record.

6. Narrow FM Mode Flatness calibration is accom-

plished by adjusting the FM Flatness DAC to re-
duce the carrier level as low as possible for a
sensitivity setting of 2.4 Rad/V at 5 Ghz. The
modulating signal input is from the external
Function Generator.

Perform the calibration as follows:

a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 156 and
press <ENTER>.
b. Set up the Function Generator for a 400 Hz
sine wave with an output level of 0.707 volts
RMS (2 volts peak to peak). Use a frequency
counter to verify the output of your function
generator is set to ±1%.

683XXC MM 4-45
 PHASE MODULATION
CALIBRATION (FM) CALIBRATION

c. On the Spectrum Analyzer, set the Span/Div ot

50 kHz per division.
d. On the computer keyboard, use the ‘, 1, 2, and
3 keys to increment and the 7, 8, 9, and 0 keys
to decrement the value of the DAC’s setting.
Start the calibration by pressing an increment
key.

NOTE e. While observing the first Bessel null (Figure

4-12) on the Spectrum Analyzer display, adjust
You may need to adjust the RBW
the value of the DAC’s setting to reduce the
setting on the Spectrum Analyzer in
carrier level as low as possible.
order to see the >–40 dBc null.
f. When finished setting the DAC, press Q on the
keyboard.
The program will exit to the $ prompt.
g. Record step completion on the Test Record.

CAUTION 7. Store the calibration data as follows:

When saving calibration data, turn- a. At the $ prompt, type: calterm 787 and
ing off the instrument before the $ press <ENTER>. (The $ prompt will appear on
prompt returns to the screen can the screen when the calibration data has been
cause all stored data to be lost. stored.)
b. Record step completion on the Test Record.

4-46 683XXC MM
 Chapter 5
Troubleshooting

Table of Contents

5-1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

5-2 RECOMMENDED TEST EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . 5-3
5-3 ERROR AND WARNING/STATUS MESSAGES. . . 5-3
Self-Test Error Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Normal Operation Error and Warning/Status
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
5-4 MALFUNCTIONS NOT DISPLAYING AN ERROR
MESSAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
5-5 TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
The majority of the troubleshooting procedures presented in this chapter require
the removal of the instrument covers to gain access to test points on printed circuit
boards and other subassemblies.

WARNING
Hazardous voltages are present inside the 683XXC whenever
ac line power is connected. Turn off the instrument and re-
move the line cord before removing any covers or panels.
Troubleshooting or repair procedures should only be per-
formed by service personnel who are fully aware of the poten-
tial hazards.

CAUTION
Many subassemblies in the signal generator contain static-
sensitive components. Improper handling of these subassem-
blies may result in damage to the components. Always
observe the static-sensitive component handling precautions
described in Chapter 1, Figure 1-2.
 Chapter 5
Troubleshooting
5-1 INTRODUCTION This chapter provides information for troubleshooting signal generator
malfunctions. The troubleshooting procedures presented in this chap-
ter support fault isolation to a replaceable subassembly or RF compo-
nent. (Remove and replace procedures for the subassemblies and RF
components are found in Chapter 6.)

5-2 RECOMMENDED TEST The recommended test equipment for the troubleshooting procedures
EQUIPMENT presented in this chapter is listed in Chapter 1, Table 1-2 (page 1-12).

5-3 ERROR AND During normal operation, the 683XXC generates error messages to in-
WARNING/STATUS dicate internal malfunctions, abnormal instrument operations, or
MESSAGES invalid signal inputs or data entries. It also displays warning mes-
sages to alert the operator to conditions that could result in inaccurate
signal generator output. In addition, status messages are displayed to
remind the operator of current menu selections or settings.

Self-Test The 683XXC firmware includes internal diagnostics

Error that self-test the instrument. These self-test diag-
Messages nostics perform a brief go/no-go test of most of the
instrument PCBs and other internal assemblies.

You can perform an instrument self-test at any time

during normal operation by pressing SYSTEM and
then the System Menu soft-key Selftest .

If the signal generator fails self-test, an error mes-

sage(s) is displayed on the front panel data display.
These error messages describe the malfunction and,
in most cases, provide an indication of what has
failed. Table 5-1 is a summary listing of the self-test
error messages. Included for each is a reference to
the troubleshooting table that provides a description
of the probable cause(s) and a procedure for identify-
ing the failed component or assembly.

683XXC MM 5-3
 SELF-TEST
TROUBLESHOOTING ERROR MESSAGES

Table 5-1. Self-Test Error Messages (1 of 3)

Troubleshooting Page
Error Message
Table Number
Error 100 5-5 5-16
DVM Ground Offset Failed
Error 101 5-5 5-16
DVM Positive 10V Reference
Error 102 5-5 5-16
DVM Negative 10V Reference
Error 105 5-6 5-17
Power Supply Voltage(s) out
of Regulation
Error 106 5-6 5-25
Power Supply not Locked
Error 107 5-16 5-33
Sweep Time Check Failed
Error 108 5-8 5-26
Crystal Oven Cold
Error 109 5-8 5-26
The 100MHz Reference is not
Locked to the External
Reference
Error 110 5-8 5-27
The 100MHz Reference is not
Locked to the High Stability
10MHz Crystal Oscillator
Error 111 5-9 5-27
Fine Loop Osc Failed
Error 112 5-11 5-29
Coarse Loop Osc Failed
Error 113 5-13 5-30
Yig Loop Osc Failed
Error 114 5-14 5-31
Down Converter LO not Locked
Error 115 5-13 5-30
Not Locked Indicator Failed
Error 116 5-15 5-32
FM Loop Gain Check Failed

Error 117 5-16 5-33

Linearizer Check Failed

Error 118 5-16 5-33

Switchpoint DAC Failed

Error 119 5-16 5-33

Center Frequency Circuits
Failed

5-4 683XXC MM
 SELF-TEST
TROUBLESHOOTING ERROR MESSAGES

Table 5-1. Self-Test Error Messages (2 of 3)

Troubleshooting Page
Error Message
Table Number
Error 120 5-16 5-33
Delta-F Circuits Failed
Error 121 5-17 5-34
Unleveled Indicator Failed
Error 122 5-17 5-34
Level Reference Failed
Error 123 5-17 5-34
Detector Log Amp Failed
Error 124 5-18 5-36
Full Band Unlocked and
Unleveled
Error 125 5-18 5-36
8.4 – 20 GHz Unlocked and
Unleveled
Error 126 5-18 5-36
2 – 8.4 GHz Unlocked and
Unleveled
Error 127 5-17 5-34
Detector Input Circuit
Failed
Error 128 5-20 5-40
.01 – 2 GHz Unleveled
Error 129 5-20 5-43
Switched Filter or Level
Detector Failed
Error 130 5-20 5-46
2 – 3.3 GH Switched Filter
Error 131 5-20 5-46
3.3 – 5.5 GH Switched Filter
Error 132 5-20 5-46
5.5 – 8.4 GH Switched Filter
Error 133 5-20 5-46
8.4 – 13.25 GH Switched Filter
Error 134 5-20 5-46
13.25 – 20 GH Switched Filter
Error 135 5-20 5-47
Modulator or Driver Failed
Error 142 5-17 5-34
Sample and Hold Circuit
Failed
Error 143 5-17 5-35
Slope DAC Failed

683XXC MM 5-5
 SELF-TEST
TROUBLESHOOTING ERROR MESSAGES

Table 5-1. Self-Test Error Messages (3 of 3)

Troubleshooting Page
Error Message
Table Number
Error 144 5-25 5-52
RF was Off when Selftest
started. Some tests were
not performed.
Error 145 5-26 5-52
AM meter or associated
circuitry failed
Error 147 5-27 5-53
Internal FM circuitry failed
Error 148 5-28 5-53
Pulse 40 MHz reference
circuitry failed

683XXC Models with SDM

Error 138 5-22 5-48

SDM Unit or Driver Failed
Error 139 5-22 5-49
32 – 40 GHz SDM Section Failed
Error 140 5-22 5-49
25 – 32 GHz SDM Section Failed
Error 141 5-22 5-49
20 – 25 GHz SDM Section Failed

683XXC Models with SQM

Error 136 5-24 5-50

SQM Unit or Driver Failed

5-6 683XXC MM
 ERROR AND WARNING/
TROUBLESHOOTING STATUS MESSAGES

Normal When an abnormal condition is detected during op-

Operation eration, the 683XXC displays an error message to
Error and indicate that the output is abnormal or that a signal
Warning/ input or data entry is invalid. It also displays warn-
Status ing messages to alert the operator to conditions that
Messages could cause an inaccurate signal generator output.
Status messages to remind the operator of current
menu selections or settings are also generated.

Table 5-2 is a summary list of possible error mes-

sages that can be displayed during normal opera-
tions. Table 5-3 is a summary list of possible
warning/status messages.

Table 5-2. Possible Error Messages during Normal Operations (1 of 2)

Error Message Description

ERROR Displayed (on the frequency mode title bar) when (1) the
output frequency is not phase-locked, (2) an invalid
frequency parameter entry causes a frequency range
error, or (3) an invalid pulse parameter entry causes a
pulse modulation error.

LOCK ERROR Displayed (in the frequency parameters area) when the
output frequency is not phase-locked. The frequency
accuracy and stability of the RF output is greatly reduced.
Normally caused by an internal component failure. Run
self-test to verify malfunction.

RANGE Displayed (in the frequency parameters area) when (1)

the analog sweep start frequency entered is greater than
the stop frequency, (2) the dF value entered results in a
sweep outside the range of the instrument, (3) the step
size value entered is greater than the sweep range, (4)
the number of steps entered results in a step size of less
than 1 kHz (0.1 Hz with Option 11) or 0.1 dB (0.001 mV),
or (5) the step sweep time entered divided by the number
of steps entered results in a dwell time of <10 ms. Enter-
ing valid values usually clears the error.

SLAVE Displayed (in the frequency parameters area of the

Master 68XXXB/C) during master-slave operation in VNA
mode when the slave frequency offset value entered
results in a CW frequency or frequency sweep outside the
range of the slave 68XXXB/C. Entering a valid offset
value clears the error.

ERR Displayed (in the modulation status area) when one or

more of the following error conditions occurrs:
(1) The external AM modulating signal exceeds the input
voltage range. In addition, the message “Reduce AM
Input Level” appears at the bottom of the AM status
display. (Continued on next page)

683XXC MM 5-7
 ERROR AND WARNING/
TROUBLESHOOTING STATUS MESSAGES

Table 5-2. Possible Error Messages during Normal Operations (2 of 2)

Error Message Description

ERR Continued:
(2) The external FM modulating signal exceeds the input
voltage range. In addition, the message “Reduce FM
Input Level” appears at the bottom of the FM status
display.
(3) A pulse parameter setting is invalid for the current
pulse modulation state, as follows:
Single Pulse Mode:
Free Run or Gated Trigger:
Width1 > PRI
Delayed Trigger:
Delay1 + Width1 > PRI
Doublet Pulse Mode:
Free Run Trigger:
Width1 > Delay2 or
Width1 + (Delay2 – Width1) + Width2 > PRI
Delayed Trigger:
Width1 > Delay2 or
Delay1 + Width1 + (Delay2 – Width1) +Width2 > PRI
External Trigger with or without Delay:
Width1 > Delay2
Triplet Pulse Mode:
Free Run Trigger:
Width1 > Delay2 or Width2 > Delay3 or
Width1 + (Delay2 – Width1) + Width2 +
(Delay3 – Width2) + Width 3 > PRI
Delayed Trigger:
Width1 > Delay2 or Width2 > Delay3 or
Delay1 + Width1 + (Delay2 – Width1) + Width2 +
(Delay3 – Width2) + Width 3 > PRI
External Trigger with or without Delay:
Width1 > Delay2 or Width2 > Delay3
Quadruplet Pulse Mode:
Free Run Trigger:
Width1 > Delay2 or Width2 > Delay3 or
Width3 > Delay4 or
Width1 + (Delay2 – Width1) + Width2 + (Delay3 –
Width2) + Width3 + (Delay4 – Width3) + Width4
> PRI
Delayed Trigger:
Width1 > Delay2 or Width2 > Delay3 or
Width3 > Delay4 or
Delay1 + Width1 + (Delay2 – Width1) + Width2 +
(Delay3 – Width2) + Width3 + (Delay4 – Width3) +
Width4 > PRI
External Trigger with or without Delay:
Width1 > Delay2 or Width2 > Delay3 or
Width3 > Delay4

5-8 683XXC MM
 ERROR AND WARNING/
TROUBLESHOOTING STATUS MESSAGES

Table 5-3. Possible Warning/Status Messages during Normal Operation

Warning/Status
Description
Message

OVN COLD This warning message indicates that the 100 MHz
Crystal oven (or the 10 MHz Crystal oven if Option 16 is
installed) has not reached operating temperature.
Normally displayed during a cold start of the signal
generator. If the message is displayed during normal
operation, it could indicate a malfunction. Run self-test
to verify.

UNLEVELED Displayed when the RF output goes unleveled. Normally

caused by exceeding the specified leveled-power rating.
Reducing the power level usually clears the warning
message.
If the warning message is displayed only when AM is
selected ON, the modulating signal may be driving the
RF output unleveled. Reducing the modulating signal or
adjusting the power level usually clears the warning.

UNLOCKED When Unlocked/Narrow FM or Unlocked/Wide FM is

selected ON, this warning message appears indicating
that the instrument is not phase-locked during this FM
mode of operation.

Reduce Rate This warning message is displayed when the AM Rate

or FM Rate is set >100 kHz for a non-sinewave
modulating waveform. Amplitude or frequency
modulation of the output signal will continue but the
modulating waveform may be distorted.

EXT REF This status message indicates that an external 10 MHz

signal is being used as the reference signal for the
683XXC.

OFFSET This status message indicates that a constant (offset)

has been applied to the displayed power level.

SLOPE This status message indicates that a power slope

correction has been applied to the ALC.

USER 1...5 This status message indicates that a user level flatness
correction power-offset table has been applied to the
ALC.

SS MODE This status message indicates that the 683XXC has

been placed in a source lock mode for operation with a
360B Vector Network Analyzer.

683XXC MM 5-9
 MALFUNCTIONS NOT DISPLAYING
TROUBLESHOOTING AN ERROR MESSAGE

5-4 MALFUNCTIONS NOT The 683XXC must be operating to run self-test. Therefore, malfunc-
DISPLAYING AN ERROR tions that cause the instrument to be non-operational do not produce
MESSAGE error messages. These problems generally are a failure of the 683XXC
to power up properly. Table 5-4, beginning on page 5-12, provides trou-
bleshooting procedures for these malfunctions.

Malfunctions related to pulse modulating the RF output do not pro-

duce error messages. In those 683XXC models that produce RF out-
puts of >40 GHz, malfunctions related to quadrupling the source sig-
nal do not generate error messages. Troubleshooting procedures for
these malfunctions are included in Table 5-4.

5-5 TROUBLESHOOTING Tables 5-4 through 5-27, beginning on page 5-12, provide procedures
TABLES for isolating malfunctions to a replaceable subassembly or RF compo-
nent. In those cases where any of several subassemblies or RF compo-
nents could have caused the problem, subassembly/RF component re-
placement is indicated. The recommended replacement order is to
replace first the subassemblies/RF components that are most likely to
have failed.

Figure 5-1, on the following page, shows the location of the 683XXC
connectors and test points that are called out in the troubleshooting
procedures of Tables 5-4 through 5-27.

CAUTION
Never remove or replace a subassembly or RF component
with power applied. Serious damage to the instrument may
occur.

5-10 683XXC MM
 CONNECTOR AND
TROUBLESHOOTING TEST POINT LOCATIONS

A21-3
BNC/AUX I/0 Rear Panel
Connector PCB

A21 Line Filter/

Rectifier PCB

A21P2 Fan Assy.

A19 Power
Conditioner PCB
A19P2

A18 Power
Supply PCB A19

A17 CPU PCB YIG Oscillator

A16 CPU
Interface PCB

A15 A18
Regulator PCB Switched
Filter Assy.
A14 YIG, SDM, SQM A17
Driver PCB
A16
A13 10 MHz
DDS PCB
(Option 22) Test
A15 Points Down Converter
A12 Analog
Instruction PCB
A14
A11 FM PCB
Diplexer
A13
A10 ALC PCB
A12 Directional
A9 PIN Coupler
Control PCB A11

A8 Function A10
Generator PCB
A9
A7 YIG A8
Loop PCB
A7
A6 Pulse 20-40 GHz
Generator PCB SDM

A6
A5 Fine J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7
Loop PCB Step
Attenuator
A5 (Option 2)
A4 Coarse J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7
Loop PCB
10 MHz Hi-Stab
A4 Crystal Oscillator
A3 Reference J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 (Option 16)
Loop PCB

A3 Front Panel Assy.

J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 (Containing
A1 & A2 PCB's)

RF Output
Connector

Figure 5-1. Top View of the 683XXC Showing Connector and Test Point Locations

683XXC MM 5-11
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-4. Malfunctions Not Displaying an Error Message (1 of 4)

Signal Generator Will Not Turn On

(OPERATE light is OFF)

Normal Operation: When the 683XXC is connected to the power

source, the OPERATE light should illuminate and the instrument
should power up.

Step 1. Disconnect the 683XXC from the power source, then check
the line fuse on the rear panel.
q If the line fuse is good, go to step 2.
q If the line fuse is defective, replace but do not apply
power. Go to step 2.

Step 2. Remove the 683XXC top cover and the cover over the A18
and A19 PCBs.

Step 3. After connecting the negative lead of a digital multimeter

(DMM) to A19TP5 and the positive lead to A19TP6, connect
the 683XXC to the power source and check for a 330 volt
reading on the DMM.
q If the voltage is correct, go to step 4.
q If the voltage is incorrect or the line fuse blows, replace
the A21 Line Filter/Rectifier PCB (located on the rear
panel).

Step 4. Connect the negative lead of the DMM to A19TP3 and the
positive lead to A19TP2, then check for a +28 ±2 volt reading
on the DMM.
q If the voltage is correct, go to step 5.
q If the voltage is incorrect or the line fuse blows, replace
the A19 PCB.

Step 5. Connect the negative lead of the DMM to A15TP1 and the
positive lead to A15TP14, check for a +23.58 ±0.5 volts read-
ing on the DMM.
q If the voltage is correct, the Front Panel assembly or the
cable between Motherboard connector A20J22 and the
Front Panel assembly may be defective.
q If the voltage is incorrect, the +24V standby power supply
may be loaded down by (1) a shorted oven heater for the
100 MHz reference oscillator located on the A3 PCB, (2) a
shorted heater for the optional 10 MHz high stability time
base (if installed), or (3) a defective Front Panel assembly.

5-12 683XXC MM
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-4. Malfunctions Not Displaying an Error Message (2 of 4)

Signal Generator Will Not Turn On

(OPERATE light is ON)

Normal Operation: When the 683XXC is connected to the power

source, the OPERATE light should illuminate and the instrument
should power up.

Step 1. Remove the 683XXC top cover and the cover over the A18
and A19 PCBs.

Step 2. Connect the negative lead of the DMM to A18TP1 and the
positive lead to A18TP3.

Step 3. Check for a +23.58 ±0.5 volt reading on the DMM.

q If the voltage is correct, go to step 4.
q If the voltage is incorrect or missing, the Front Panel
assembly or the cable between Motherboard connector
A20J22 and the Front Panel assembly may be defective.

Step 4. Press the front panel RF OUTPUT ON/OFF button. Do the

yellow and red LEDs toggle?
q If yes, the malfunction may be caused by a failed front
panel circuit. Replace the Front Panel assembly.
q If the LEDs do not toggle or if both LEDs are lit, the prob-
lem may be caused by a malfunction on the A17 CPU
PCB.

683XXC MM 5-13
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-4. Malfunctions Not Displaying an Error Message (3 of 4)

No Pulse Modulation of the RF Output

Description: The signal generator does not display any error messages
during self-test; however, there is no pulse modulation of the RF out-
put.

Step 1. Set up the 683XXC as follows:

a. Press SYSTEM , then Reset .
b. Press MODULATION , then Pulse to go to the Internal
Pulse Modulation Status display.
c. Press On/Off to turn on pulse modulation.

Step 2. Using an oscilloscope, verify the presence of a TTL pulse

(with a pulse width of approximately 25 ns) at the rear panel
PULSE SYNC OUT connector.
q If present, go to step 5.
q If not present, go to step 3.

Step 3. Disconnect the cable, W129, from A6J4.

Step 4. Using an oscilloscope, verify the presence of the Pulse Sync

signal at A6J4.
q If present, replace the cable W129.
q If not present, replace the A6 PCB.

Step 5. Using a coaxial cable with BNC connectors, connect the rear
panel PULSE SYNC OUT connector to the External Trigger
Input on an oscilloscope and select External Trigger.

Step 6. Disconnect the cable, W122, from A6J6 and the cable, W123,
from A6J7.

Step 7. Using the oscilloscope, verify the presence of (1) a pulse train
at A6J7 (pulse signal to the Switched Filter) with an output
level of +2 volts to –2 volts, a pulse period of 1 ms, and a
pulse width of 200 ms; and (2) a pulse train at A6J6 (sample
and hold signal to the A10 ALC PCB) with an output level of
0 volts to +1 volt, a pulse period of 1 ms, and a pulse width of
200 ms.
Note that on an expanded timebase, the signal at A6J6 starts
approximately 50 ns before the signal at A6J7.

5-14 683XXC MM
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-4. Malfunctions Not Displaying an Error Message (4 of 4)

q If the signals are present and correct, go to step 8.
q If the signals are not present or are incorrect, replace the
A6 PCB.

Step 8. Disconnect the cable, W123, from J7 of the Pulsed Switched

Filter assembly.

Step 9. Using the oscilloscope, verify the presence of a pulse train

with an output level of +2 volts to –2 volts, a pulse period of
1 ms, and a pulse width of 200 ms at the end of the cable,
W123.
q If present, replace the Pulse Switched Filter assembly.
q If not present, replace the cable W123.

683XXC MM 5-15
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-5. Error Messages 100, 101, and 102

Internal DVM Tests

Error 100 DVM Ground Offset Failed, or

Error 101 DVM Positive 10V Reference, or
Error 102 DVM Negative 10V Reference

Description: The DVM circuitry, located on the A16 CPU Interface

PCB, is calibrated using the ±10 volts from the reference supplies on
the A12 Analog Instruction PCB. The error messages indicate a
calibration-related problem or a defective ±10 volt reference.

Step 1. Perform a manual pre-calibration. (Refer to chapter 4 for the

calibration procedure.)

Step 2. Run self-test.

q If no error message is displayed, the problem is cleared.
q If any of the error messages, 100, 101, and 102, are dis-
played, go to step 3.

Step 3. Connect the negative lead of the DMM to A12TP1.

Step 4. Measure the ±10V reference voltages at A12TP4 and

A12TP8. A12TP4 should be –10V ±0.036V; A12TP8 should
be +10V ±0.036V.
q If the ±10V reference voltages are correct, go to step 5.
q If incorrect, replace the A12 PCB.

NOTE
Even if the ±10V reference voltages are correct, there could
still be a malfunction of the DVM multiplexer on the A12
PCB or the DVM circuitry on the A16 CPU Interface PCB.

Step 5. Replace the A12 PCB and run self-test again.

q If no error message is displayed, the problem is cleared.
q If any of the error messages, 100, 101, and 102, are dis-
played, go to step 6.

Step 6. Replace the A16 PCB, then run self-test.

q If no error message is displayed, the problem is cleared.
q If any of the error messages, 100, 101, and 102, are dis-
played, contact your local Anritsu service center for
assistance.

5-16 683XXC MM
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-6. Error Messages 105 and 106 (1 of 9)

Power Supply Tests

WARNING
Voltages hazardous to life are present throughout the power
supply circuits, even when the front panel LINE switch is in
the STANDBY postion. When performing maintenance, use
utmost care to avoid electrical shock.

Error 105 Power Supply Voltage(s) out of Regulation.

Description: The out of regulation circuit, located on the A15 Regula-

tor PCB, monitors all of the regulated power supply outputs. This error
message indicates that one of more of the voltages from the power sup-
ply, with the exception of the 5 volt supply, is out of regulation. If the
5 volt supply is faulty, the 683XXC will not operate.

Step 1. Measure the regulated voltages at the test points shown in

Table 5-7.
q If incorrect for a supply, go to the referenced step.
q If incorrect for several supplies, go to step 2.
q If all voltages are correct, go to step 3.

Table 5-7. Regulated Power Supply Voltages

Regulated Measurement Reference Refer
Value
Voltage Point Point to Step
+15VG A15 TP3 A15 TP1 +15.06V ±0.3V 4
–15VG A15 TP9 A15 TP1 –15.07V ±0.3V 4
+15VA A15 TP2 A15 TP1 +15.06V ±0.3V 5
–15VA A15 TP7 A15 TP1 –15.07V ±0.3V 5
+15VLP A15 TP12 A15 TP1 +15.06V ±0.3V 6
–15VLP A15 TP13 A15 TP1 –15.07V ±0.3V 6
+15VFM A15 TP8 A15 TP1 +15.06V ±0.3V 7
–15VFM A15 TP11 A15 TP1 –15.07V ±0.3V 7
–28VT A15 TP10 A15 TP1 –28.47V ±0.56V 8
+24VH A15 TP6 A15 TP1 +24.08V ±0.5V 9

683XXC MM 5-17
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-6. Error Messages 105 and 106 (2 of 9)

Step 2. Perform the following procedure to isolate malfunctions

when the voltages from several regulated supplies are
incorrect.
a. Place the LINE switch to STANDBY.
b. Replace the A15 PCB assembly.
c. Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
regulated voltages per Table 5-7.
q If the voltages are correct, the problem is cleared.
q If the voltages are incorrect, go to step d.
d. Place the LINE switch to STANDBY.
e. Replace the A18 PCB.
f. Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
regulated voltages per Table 5-7.
q If the voltages are correct, the problem is cleared.
q If the voltages are still incorrect, contact your local
Anritsu service center for assistance.

Step 3. Run self-test again.

q If no error message is displayed, the problem is cleared.
q If error 105 displays again, contact your local Anritsu
service center for assistance.

5-18 683XXC MM
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-6. Error Messages 105 and 106 (3 of 9)

±15VG Supply Problems

This supply provides ±15 volts to the YIG, SDM, SQM Driver circuits;
the CPU I/O circuits, the YIG-tuned Oscillator, Switched Filter, and
Down Converter assemblies; the Electronic Step Attenuator (if Option
2E or 2F is installed); and the 10 MHz DDS circuits (if Option 22 is in-
stalled).

Step 4. Perform the following procedure to isolate malfunctions to

the ±15VG supply and outlying load circuits.
a. Place the LINE switch to STANDBY.
b. Replace the A15 PCB assembly.
c. Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
±15VG voltages per Table 5-7.
q If the voltages are correct, the problem is cleared.
q If the voltages are incorrect, go to step d.
d. Place the LINE switch to STANDBY.
e. Remove the A13 (if installed), A14, and A16 PCBs.
f. Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
±15VG voltages.
q If the voltages are correct, go to step j.
q If the voltages are still incorrect, go to step g.
g. Place the LINE switch to STANDBY.
h. Remove the electronic step attenuator (if installed) and
the YIG-tuned oscillator, switched filter, and down con-
verter assemblies.
i. Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
±15VG voltages.
q If the voltages are correct, go to step j.
q If the voltages are still incorrect, contact your local
Anritsu service center for assistance.
j. Place the LINE switch to STANDBY, then install one of
the removed PCBs/assemblies.
k. Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
±15VG voltages.
l. Continue steps j and k until the faulty PCB/assembly is
located.

683XXC MM 5-19
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-6. Error Messages 105 and 106 (4 of 9)

±15VA Supply Problems

This supply provides ±15 volts to the Function Generator, PIN Control,
ALC, and Analog Instruction circuits and the Electronic Step Attenua-
tor (if Option 2E or 2F is installed).

Step 5. Perform the following procedure to isolate malfunctions to

the ±15VA supply and outlying load circuits.
a. Place the LINE switch to STANDBY.
b. Replace the A15 PCB assembly.
c. Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
±15VA voltages per Table 5-7.
q If the voltages are correct, the problem is cleared.
q If the voltages are incorrect, go to step d.
d. Place the LINE switch to STANDBY.
e. Remove the A8, A9, A10, and A12 PCBs and the elec-
tronic step attenuator (if installed).
f. Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
±15VA voltages.
q If the voltages are correct, go to step g.
q If the voltages are still incorrect, contact your local
Anritsu service center for assistance.
g. Place the LINE switch to STANDBY, then install one of
the removed PCBs/assemblies.
h. Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
±15VA voltages.
i. Continue steps g and h until the faulty PCB/assembly is
located.

5-20 683XXC MM
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-6. Error Messages 105 and 106 (5 of 9)

±15VLP Supply Problems

This supply provides ±15 volts to the Pulse Generator and the Refer-
ence, Coarse, Fine, and YIG Loop circuits.

Step 6. Perform the following procedure to isolate malfunctions to

the ±15VLP supply and outlying load circuits.
a. Place the LINE switch to STANDBY.
b. Replace the A15 PCB assembly.
c. Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
±15VLP voltages per Table 5-7.
q If the voltages are correct, the problem is cleared.
q If the voltages are incorrect, go to step d.
d. Place the LINE switch to STANDBY.
e. Remove the A3, A4, A5, A6, and A7 PCBs.
f. Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
±15VLP voltages.
q If the voltages are correct, go to step g.
q If the voltages are still incorrect, contact your local
Anritsu service center for assistance.
g. Place the LINE switch to STANDBY, then install one of
the removed PCBs.
h. Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
±15VLP voltages.
i. Continue steps g and h until the faulty PCB is located.

683XXC MM 5-21
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-6. Error Messages 105 and 106 (6 of 10)

±15VFM Supply Problems

This supply provides ±15 volts to the FM circuits.

Step 7. Perform the following procedure to isolate malfunctions to

the ±15VFM supply and its outlying load circuit.
a. Place the LINE switch to STANDBY.
b. Replace the A15 PCB assembly.
c. Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
±15VFM voltages per Table 5-7.
q If the voltages are correct, the problem is cleared.
q If the voltages are incorrect, go to step d.
d. Place the LINE switch to STANDBY.
e. Remove the A11 PCB.
f. Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
15VFM voltages.
q If the voltages are correct, replace the A11 PCB.
q If the voltages are still incorrect, contact your local
Anritsu service center for assistance.

5-22 683XXC MM
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-6. Error Messages 105 and 106 (7 of 9)

–28VT Supply Problems

This supply provides –28 volts to the front panel LCD contrast circuit
and to drive the YIG-tuned oscillator main tuning coil.

Step 8. Perform the following procedure to isolate malfunctions to

the –28VT supply and its outlying load circuit.
a. Place the LINE switch to STANDBY.
b. Replace the A15 PCB assembly.
c. Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
–28VT voltage per Table 5-7.
q If the voltage is correct, the problem is cleared.
q If the voltage is incorrect, go to step d.
d. Place the LINE switch to STANDBY.
e. Remove the A14 PCB and the YIG-tuned oscillator
assembly.
f. Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
–28VT voltage.
q If the voltage is correct, go to step i.
q If the voltage is still incorrect, go to step g.
g. Replace the front panel assembly by following the steps
in paragraph 6-3 of Chapter 6—Removal and Replace-
ment Procedures.
h. Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
–28VT voltage.
q If the voltage is correct, the problem is cleared.
q If the voltage is still incorrect, contact your local
Anritsu service center for assistance.
i. Place the LINE switch to STANDBY.
j. Install the A14 PCB.
k. Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
–28VT voltage.
q If the voltage is correct, replace the YIG-tuned oscilla-
tor assembly.
q If the voltage is incorrect, replace the A14 PCB.

683XXC MM 5-23
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-6. Error Messages 105 and 106 (8 of 9)

+24VH Supply Problems

This supply provides +24 volts for the YIG-tuned oscillator heater,
YIG-tuned oscillator bias, the step attenuator and diplexer driver cir-
cuits on the A9 PCB, the V/GHz circuit on the A12 PCB, and the
coarse, fine, and YIG loop circuits. When the 683XXC is switched to
OPERATE, it also takes over the function of the 24VS supply and sup-
plies +24 volts to the 100 MHz reference oscillator oven heater, the
front panel LINE switch circuitry, and the optional 10 MHz high stabil-
ity time base oven heater.

Step 9. Perform the following procedure to isolate malfunctions to

the +24VH supply and outlying load circuits.
a. Place the LINE switch to STANDBY.
b. Replace the A15 PCB assembly.
c. Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
+24VH voltage per Table 5-7.
q If the voltage is correct, the problem is cleared.
q If the voltage is incorrect, go to step d.
d. Place the LINE switch to STANDBY.
e. Remove the A4, A5, A7, A9, A12, and A14 PCBs and the
YIG-tuned oscillator assembly.
f. Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
+24VH voltage.
q If the voltage is correct, go to step g.
q If the voltage is still incorrect, contact your local
Anritsu service center for assistance.
g. Place the LINE switch to STANDBY, then install one of
the removed PCBs or the YIG-tuned oscillator assembly.
h. Place the LINE switch to OPERATE and measure the
+24VH voltage.
i. Continue steps g and h until the faulty PCB/assembly is
located.

5-24 683XXC MM
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-6. Error Messages 105 and 106 (9 of 19)

Power Supply Not Phase-Locked

Error 106 Power Supply not Locked

Description: The switching power supply is not phase locked to the

400 kHz reference signal from the A6 Pulse Generator PCB. Error 106
may be displayed alone or it may be accompanied by error 148 (Pulse
40 MHz reference circuitry failed).

Power Supply not Locked and Error 148 is not Displayed

Step 1. Using an oscilloscope, verify the presence of a 400 kHz TTL

square wave at TP12 on the A6 PCB.
q If present, replace the A18 Power Supply PCB.
q If not present, replace the A6 PCB.

Power Supply not Locked and Error 148 is Displayed

Step 1. Troubleshoot the cause of error 148 (Table 5-28, page 5-53).
In most cases, this will also be the cause of error 106.

683XXC MM 5-25
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-8. Error Messages 108, 109 and 110 (1 of 2)

A3 Reference Loop

Error 108 Crystal Oven Cold

Description: The oven of the 100 MHz crystal oscillator or the Option
16 high-stability 10 MHz crystal oscillator has not reached operating
temperature.

Step 1. Allow a 30 minute warm up, then run self-test again.

q If error 108 is not displayed, the problem is cleared.
q If error 108 displays and Option 16 is not installed,
replace the A3 PCB.
q If error 108 displays and Option 16 is installed, go to
step 2.

Step 2. Disconnect the cable between Motherboard connector A20J4

and the Option 16 crystal oscillator assembly.

Step 3. Run self-test again.

q If error 108 is not displayed, replace the Option 16 crystal
oscillator assembly.
q If error 108 is still displayed, replace the A3 PCB.

Error 109 The 100MHz Reference is not phase-locked to the

External Reference

Description: The reference loop is not phase-locked to the external

10 MHz reference.

Step 1. Using a coaxial cable with BNC connectors, connect the rear
panel 10 MHz REF IN connector to the rear panel 10 MHz
REF OUT connector.

Step 2. Disconnect the cable, W110, from A3J7.

Step 3. Using an oscilloscope, verify the presence of a 10 MHz signal

at the end of the cable. The signal amplitude should be
>0.5 volts peak-to-peak (into 50W).
q If present, replace the A3 PCB.
q If not present, replace the cable W110.

5-26 683XXC MM
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-8. Error Messages 108, 109 and 110 (2 of 2)

Error 110 The 100MHz Reference is not Locked to the High

Stability 10MHz Crystal Oscillator

Description: The reference loop is not phase-locked to the Option 16

high stability 10 MHz crystal oscillator.

Step 1. Disconnect the cable from A3J6.

Step 2. Using an oscilloscope, verify the presence of a 10 MHz signal

at the end of the cable. The signal amplitude should be
³1 volt (into 50W).
q If present, replace the A3 PCB.
q If not present, replace the Option 16 crystal oscillator
assembly.

Table 5-9. Error Message 111 (1 of 2)

A5 Fine Loop

Error 111 Fine Loop Osc Failed

Description: One or more of the oscillators within the fine loop is not
phase-locked.

Step 1. Disconnect cable W121 at A5J5.

Step 2. Using a spectrum analyzer, verify the presence of a 0 dBm

±3 dB, 10 MHz signal at the end of the cable.
q If present, go to step 9.
q If not present, go to step 3.

Step 3. Disconnect cable W121 at A4J7.

Step 4. Using the spectrum analyzer, verify the presence of the

0 dBm ±3 dB, 10 MHz signal at A4J7.
q If present, replace the cable W121.
q If not present, go to step 5.

Step 5. Disconnect cable W105 at A4J6.

683XXC MM 5-27
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-9. Error Message 111 (2 of 2)

Step 6. Using the spectrum analyzer, verify the presence of the

0 dBm ±3 dB, 10 MHz signal at the end of the cable.
q If present, replace the A4 PCB.
q If not present, go to step 7.

Step 7. Disconnect cable W105 at A3J4.

Step 8. Using the spectrum analyzer, verify the presence of the

0 dBm ±3 dB, 10 MHz signal at A3J4.
q If present, replace the cable W105.
q If not present, replace the A3 PCB.

Step 9. Reconnect cable W121 to A5J5 and disconnect cable W107 at

A5J1.

Step 10. Set up the 683XXC to generate the CW frequencies listed in

Table 5-10.

Step 11. Using a spectrum analyzer, measure the frequency and am-
plitude of the signal at A5J1 for each of the CW frequencies
generated. In each case, the signal amplitude should be
+3 dBm ±3 dB with sidebands at <–65 dBc.
q If the signals are correct in both frequency and amplitude,
go to step 12.
q If the signals are incorrect, replace the A5 PCB.

Step 12. Reconnect cable W107 to A5J1 and run self-test again.
q If error 111 is not displayed, the problem is cleared.
q If error 111 is still displayed, contact your local Anritsu
service center for assistance.

Table 5-10. Fine Loop Frequencies

683XXC Measured Frequency
CW Frequency at A5J1
10.102 GHz 22 MHz
10.110 GHz 30 MHz
10.120 GHz 40 MHz

5-28 683XXC MM
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-11. Error Message 112

A4 Coarse Loop

Error 112 Coarse Loop Osc Failed

Description: The coarse loop oscillator is not phase-locked.

Step 1. Disconnect cable W103 at A4J1 and cable W105 at A4J6.

Step 2. Using a spectrum analyzer, verify the presence of a +7 dBm

±4 dB, 500 MHz signal at the end of cable W103 and a
+0 dBm ±3 dB, 10 MHz signal at the end of cable W105.
q If present, go to step 5.
q If one or both of the signals are not present, go to step 3.

Step 3. Disconnect cable W103 at A3J1 and cable W105 at A3J4.

Step 4. Using the spectrum analyzer, verify the presence of the

+7 dBm ±4 dB, 500 MHz signal at A3J1 and the +0 dBm
±3 dB, 10 MHz signal at A3J4.
q If the 500 MHz signal is present, replace cable W103.
q If the 10 MHz signal is present, replace cable W105.
q If the signals are not present, replace the A3 PCB.

Step 5. Reconnect cable W103 to A4J1 and cable W105 to A4J6,

then disconnect cable W106 at A4J3.

Step 6. Set up the 683XXC to generate the CW frequencies listed in

Table 5-12.
Table 5-12. Coarse Loop Frequencies
Step 7. Using a spectrum analyzer, measure the frequency and am-
683XXC Measured
plitude of the signal at A4J3 for each of the CW frequencies
CW Frequency Frequency at A4J3
generated. In each case, the signal amplitude should be
2.000 GHz 219.5 MHz ±10 kHz +4 dBm ±6 dB with sidebands at <–50 dBc.
2.050 GHz 225.0 MHz ±10 kHz q If the signals are correct in both frequency and ampli-
2.225 GHz 244.5 MHz ±10 kHz tude, go to step 8.
q If the signals are incorrect, replace the A4 PCB.

Step 8. Reconnect cable W106 to A4J3 and run self-test again.

q If error 112 is not displayed, the problem is cleared.
q If error 112 is still displayed, contact your local
Anritsu service center for assistance.

683XXC MM 5-29
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-13. Error Messages 113 and 115 (1 of 2)

A7 YIG Loop

Error 113 YIG Loop Osc Failed

Error 115 Not Locked Indicator Failed

Description: Error 113 indicates that the YIG loop is not phase-
locked. Error 115 indicates a failure of the not phased-lock indicator
circuit.

Step 1. Verify the signal output from the A4 Coarse Loop PCB by
performing steps 5 thru 7 in Table 5-11.
q If the coarse loop signals are correct in both frequency
and amplitude, go to step 2.
q If the coarse loop signals are incorrect, replace the A4
PCB.

Step 2. Verify the signal output from the A5 Fine Loop PCB by per-
forming steps 9 thru 11 in Table 5-9.
q If the fine loop signals are correct in both frequency and
amplitude, go to step 3.
q If the fine loop signals are incorrect, replace the A5 PCB.

Step 3. Disconnect the semi-rigid cable at output port J5 of the

switched filter assembly.

Step 4. Set up the 683XXC to generate a CW frequency of

2.000 GHz.

Step 5. Using a spectrum analyzer, measure the frequency and am-

plitude of the signal at J5 of the switched filter assembly.
The frequency should be 2.000 GHz ±25 MHz and the ampli-
tude should be from –7 to –14 dBm.
q If the signal is correct in both frequency and amplitude,
go to step 6.
q If the signals are incorrect, replace the switched filter as-
sembly.

Step 6. Repeat steps 4 and 5, incrementing the CW frequency in

1 GHz steps up to 20.000 GHz (8.4 GHz for Model 68317C).

Step 7. If the signals from the coarse loop, fine loop, and switched
filter assembly are all correct, replace the A7 YIG Loop PCB.

5-30 683XXC MM
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-13. Error Messages 113 and 115 (2 of 2)

Step 8. Run self-test.

q If error 113 or 115 is not displayed, the problem is cleared.
q If either error 113 or 115 is displayed, contact your local
Anritsu service center for assistance.

Table 5-14. Error Message 114

Down Converter

Error 114 Down Converter LO not Locked

Description: The local oscillator in the down converter assembly is

not phase-locked.

Step 1. Disconnect cable W115 at A3J2.

Step 2. Using a spectrum analyzer, verify the presence of a +7 dBm

±4 dB, 500 MHz signal at A3J2.
q If present, go to step 3.
q If not present, replace the A3 PCB.

Step 3. Reconnect cable W115 to A3J2, then disconnect cable W115

at J2 of the down converter assembly.

Step 4. Using a spectrum analyzer, verify the presence of a +7 dBm

±4 dB, 500 MHz signal at the end of cable W115.
q If present, replace the down converter assembly.
q If not present, replace cable W115.

683XXC MM 5-31
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-15. Error Message 116

A11 FM PCB

Error 116 FM Loop Gain Check Failed

Description: The FM loop has failed or the loop gain is out of toler-
ance.

Step 1. Perform a preliminary calibration. (Refer to chapter 4 for the

calibration procedure.)

Step 2. Run self-test.

q If error 116 is not displayed, the problem is cleared.
q If error 116 is still displayed, go to step 3.

Step 3. Replace the A11 PCB and run self-test again.

q If error 116 is not displayed, the problem is cleared.
q If error 116 is displayed, contact your local Anritsu service
center for assistance.

5-32 683XXC MM
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-16. Error Messages 107, 117, 118, 119, and 120

A12 Analog Instruction

Error 107 Sweep Time Check Failed

Error 117 Linearizer Check Failed
Error 118 Switchpoint DAC Failed
Error 119 Center Frequency Circuits Failed
Error 120 Delta-F Circuits Failed

Description: Each of these error messages indicates a problem in the

circuitry on the A12 Analog Instruction PCB that provides frequency
tuning voltages for the YIG-tuned oscillator.

Step 1. Perform a preliminary calibration. (Refer to chapter 4 for

the calibration procedure.)

Step 2. Run self-test.

q If no error message is displayed, the problem is cleared.
q If any of the error messages, listed above, is displayed, go
to step 3.

Step 3. Replace the A12 PCB and run self-test again.

q If no error message is displayed, the problem is cleared.
q If any of the error messages, listed above, is displayed,
contact your local Anritsu service center for assistance.

683XXC MM 5-33
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-17. Error Messages 121, 122, 123, 127, 142, and 143 (1 of 2)

A10 ALC

Error 121 Unleveled Indicator Failed

Error 122 Level Reference Failed
Error 123 Detector Log Amp Failed
Error 127 Detector Input Circuit Failed

Description: Error 121 indicates a failure of the circuit that alerts

the CPU whenever the RF output power becomes unleveled. Each of
the other error messages indicates a problem in the circuitry on the
A10 ALC PCB that provides control of the RF output power level.

Step 1. Replace the A10 PCB, and run self-test.

q If no error message is displayed, the problem is cleared.
q If any of the error messages, listed above, is displayed,
contact your local Anritsu service center for assistance.

Error 142 Sample and Hold Circuit Failed

Description: Error 142 indicates a failure of the sample and hold cir-
cuitry on the A10 PCB.

Step 1. Set up the 683XXC as follows:

a. Press SYSTEM , then Reset .
b. Press MODULATION , then Pulse to go to the Internal
Pulse Modulation Status display.
c. Press On/Off to turn on pulse modulation.

Step 2. Disconnect the cable, W122, from A6J6.

Step 3. Using an oscilloscope, verify the presence of a pulse train at

A6J6 (sample and hold signal to the A10 ALC PCB) with an
output level of 0 volts to +1 volt, a pulse period of 1 ms, and
a pulse width of 200 ms.
q If the signal is present and correct, reconnect cable W122
to A6J6 and go to step 4.
q If the signal is not present or is incorrect, replace the A6
PCB.

Step 4. Disconnect the cable, W122, from A10J1.

Step 5. Using the oscilloscope, verify the presence of the sample and
hold signal (pulse train described in step 3) at the end of the
cable, W122.

5-34 683XXC MM
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-17. Error Messages 121, 122, 123, 127, 142, and 143 (2 of 2)

q If present, replace the A10 PCB.

q If not present, replace the cable W122.

Error 143 Slope DAC Failed

Description: Error 143 indicates a problem with the level slope DAC
circuitry on the A10 PCB.

Step 1. Recalibrate the ALC slope. (Refer to chapter 4 for the cali-
bration procedure.)

Step 2. Run self-test.

q If error 143 is not displayed, the problem is cleared.
q If error 143 is still displayed, go to step 3.

Step 3. Replace the A10 PCB and run self-test again.

q If error 143 is not displayed, the problem is cleared.
q If error 143 is still displayed, go to step 4.

Step 4. Replace the A12 PCB and run self-test again.

q If error 143 is not displayed, the problem is cleared.
q If error 143 is still displayed, contact your local Anritsu
service center for assistance.

683XXC MM 5-35
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-18. Error Messages 124, 125, and 126 (1 of 4)

YIG-tuned Oscillator

Error 124 Full Band Unlocked and Unleveled

Error 125 8.4-20 GHz Unlocked and Unleveled
Error 126 2-8.4 GHz Unlocked and Unleveled

Description: These error messages indicate a failure of the YIG-

tuned oscillator assembly.

Model 68317C YIG-tuned oscillator failure

Step 1. Connect a 56100A Scalar Network Analyzer to the 68317C

as follows:
a. Connect the 68317C AUX I/O to the 56100A AUX I/O.
b. Connect the 56100A DEDICATED GPIB to the 68317C
IEEE-488 GPIB.
c. Connect the RF Detector to the 56100A Channel A In-
put.

Step 2. Set up the 68317C as follows:

a. CW/SWEEP SELECT: Analog
F1: 2.000 GHz
F2: 8.400 GHz
Sweep Time: 0.100 Sec

Step 3. Set up the 56100A Scalar Network Analyzer as follows:

a. Press SYSTEM MENU key.
b. From System Menu display, select RESET.
c. Press CHANNEL 2 DISPLAY: OFF.
d. Press CHANNEL 1 DISPLAY: ON.
e. Press CHANNEL 1 MENU key.
f. From the Channel 1 Menu display, select POWER.

Step 4. Using the scalar network analyzer, measure the RF output

directly at the YIG-tuned oscillator’s output connector. The
amplitude of the RF signal should be >4 dBm throughout
the full sweep.
q If the RF signal is correct in both frequency and ampli-
tude throughout the full sweep, go to step 8.
q If there is no RF signal for all or part of the sweep or if
the amplitude of the RF signal is low, go to step 5.

5-36 683XXC MM
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-18. Error Messages 124, 125, and 126 (2 of 4)

Step 5. Connect the X input of an oscilloscope to the 68317C rear

panel HORIZ OUT connector.

Step 6. Using the oscilloscope, check for a –0.2 to –3.5 volt YIG
tuning ramp at A14TP10.
q If the ramp signal is correct, go to step 7.

NOTE q If the ramp signal is incorrect or not present, replace the

A14 PCB.
When replacing the A14 PCB,
refer to Table 6-1, page 6-12, for
Step 7. Using the oscilloscope, check for the YIG bias voltages at the
the correct part number and
test points shown in Table 5-19.
switch S1 setting for the re-
placement PCB. q If the YIG bias voltages are correct, replace the YIG-
tuned oscillator assembly.
q If the YIG bias voltages are incorrect, replace the A14
PCB.

Step 8. Run self-test again.

q If no error message is displayed, the problem is cleared.
q If any of the error messages, listed above, are displayed,
contact your local Anritsu service center for assistance.

Table 5-19. YIG-tuned Oscillator Bias Voltages

Test Point Bias Voltages
A14TP2 +15V
A14TP3 0V
A14TP4 –5V
A14TP5 +7V

683XXC MM 5-37
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-18. Error Messages 124, 125, and 126 (3 of 4)

YIG-tuned oscillator failure (All models except 68317C)

Step 1. Connect a 56100A Scalar Network Analyzer to the 683XXC

as follows:
a. Connect the 683XXC AUX I/O to the 56100A AUX I/O.
b. Connect the 56100A DEDICATED GPIB to the 683XXC
IEEE-488 GPIB.
c. Connect the RF Detector to the 56100A Channel A In-
put.

Step 2. Set up the 683XXC as follows:

a. CW/SWEEP SELECT: Analog
F1: 2.000 GHz
F2: 20.000 GHz
Sweep Time: 0.100 Sec

Step 3. Set up the 56100A Scalar Network Analyzer as follows:

a. Press SYSTEM MENU key.
b. From System Menu display, select RESET.
c. Press CHANNEL 2 DISPLAY: OFF.
d. Press CHANNEL 1 DISPLAY: ON.
e. Press CHANNEL 1 MENU key.
f. From the Channel 1 Menu display, select POWER.

Step 4. Using the scalar network analyzer, measure the RF output

directly at the YIG-tuned oscillator’s output connector. The
amplitude of the RF signal should be >4 dBm throughout
the full sweep.
q If the RF signal is correct in both frequency and ampli-
tude throughout the full sweep, go to step 8.
q If there is no RF signal for all or part of the sweep or if
the amplitude of the RF signal is low, go to step 5.

5-38 683XXC MM
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-18. Error Messages 124, 125, and 126 (3 of 4)

Step 5. Connect the X input of an oscilloscope to the 683XXC rear

panel HORIZ OUT connector.

Step 6. Using the oscilloscope, check for a –0.2 to –3.5 volt YIG
tuning ramp at A14TP10.
q If the ramp signal is correct, go to step 7.

NOTE q If the ramp signal is incorrect or not present, replace the

A14 PCB.
When replacing the A14 PCB,
refer to Table 6-1, page 6-12, for Step 7. Using the oscilloscope, check for the YIG bias voltages at the
the correct part number and test points shown in Table 5-19A.
switch S1 setting for the re-
placement PCB. q If the YIG bias voltages are correct, replace the YIG-
tuned oscillator assembly.
q If the YIG bias voltages are incorrect, replace the A14
PCB.

Step 8. Run self-test again.

q If no error message is displayed, the problem is cleared.
q If any of the error messages, listed above, are displayed,
contact your local Anritsu service center for assistance.

Table 5-19A. YIG-tuned Oscillator Bias Voltages

YIG-tuned Oscillator Bias Voltages
Test Point
2 to 8.4 GHz 8.4 to 20 GHz
A14TP5 +7V +7V
A14TP3 0V +8V
A14TP4 –5V –5V
A14TP2 +8V 0V

683XXC MM 5-39
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-20. Error Messages 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, and 135 (1 of 8)

Output Power Level Related Problems

(0.01 to 20 GHz)

Error 128 .01-2 GHz Unleveled

Description: Error 128 indicates a failure of of the down converter

leveling circuitry. The 683XXC may or may not produce an RF output
in the 0.01 to 2 GHz frequency range. Thus, there are two trouble-
shooting paths for this problem—unleveled with output power and un-
leveled with no/low output power.

Unleveled with output power (The warning message UNLEVELED

appears on the front panel display):

Step 1. Set up the 683XXC as follows:

a. CW/SWEEP SELECT: Analog
F1: 0.010 GHz
F2: 2.000 GHz
Sweep Time: 0.100 Sec
L1: +1.00 dBm
b. LEVEL/ALC SELECT: ALC Mode
ALC Mode: Ext ALC Front
Leveling Menu: External Detector

Step 2. Connect a detector to the 683XXC RF OUTPUT connector

and connect the detected DC output of the detector to the
front panel EXTERNAL ALC IN connector.
q If the warning message UNLEVELED no longer appears
on the front panel display, replace the down converter.
q If the warning message UNLEVELED is still displayed,
replace the A10 PCB.

5-40 683XXC MM
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-20. Error Messages 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, and 135 (2 of 8)

Unleveled with no/low output power:

Step 1. Set up the 683XXC as follows:

a. CW/SWEEP SELECT: Analog
F1: 0.010 GHz
F2: 2.000 GHz
Sweep Time: 0.100 Sec
L1: +1.00 dBm
b. LEVEL/ALC SELECT: ALC Mode
Leveling Menu: Internal

Step 2. Connect the X input of an oscilloscope to the 683XXC rear

panel HORIZ OUT connector.

Step 3. Disconnect the cable, W100, from A10J3.

Step 4. Using the oscilloscope, check at the end of cable W100 for a
>2.0 volt down converter detector output throughout the full
sweep.
q If the detector voltage is correct, replace the A10 PCB.
q If the detector voltage is incorrect, go to step 5.

NOTE Step 5. Using the oscilloscope, check for a +15 volt down converter
bias voltage at A14TP12.
When replacing the A14 PCB,
refer to Table 6-1, page 6-12, for q If the bias voltage is correct, go to step 6.
the correct part number and q If the bias voltage is not correct, replace the A14 PCB.
switch S1 setting for the re-
placement PCB. Step 6. Using the oscilloscope, check for a –2 volt PIN switch drive
voltage at A9TP19 and A9TP22. If the 683XXC has a SDM
installed, also check for a +20 volt PIN switch drive voltage
at A9TP9.
q If the PIN switch drive voltage(s) is correct, go to step 7.
q If the PIN switch drive voltage(s) is not correct, replace
the A9 PCB.

683XXC MM 5-41
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-20. Error Messages 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, and 135 (3 of 8)

Step 7. Connect a 56100A Scalar Network Analyzer to the 683XXC

as follows:
a. Connect the 683XXC AUX I/O to the 56100A AUX I/O.
b. Connect the 56100A DEDICATED GPIB to the 683XXC
IEEE-488 GPIB.
c. Connect the RF Detector to the 56100A Channel A In-
put.

Step 8. Set up the 56100A Scalar Network Analyzer as follows:

a. Press SYSTEM MENU key.
b. From System Menu display, select RESET.
c. Press CHANNEL 2 DISPLAY: OFF
d. Press CHANNEL 1 DISPLAY: ON
e. Press CHANNEL 1 MENU key.
f. From the Channel 1 Menu display, select POWER.

Step 9. Using the scalar network analyzer, measure the RF output

at J3 of the switched filter assembly. The amplitude of the
RF signal should be >17 dBm throughout the full sweep.
q If the amplitude of the RF signal is correct, replace the
down converter assembly.
q If there is no RF signal or if the amplitude of the RF sig-
nal is low, replace the switched filter assembly.

5-42 683XXC MM
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-20. Error Messages 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, and 135 (4 of 8)

Error 129 Switched Filter or Level Detector Failed

Description: Error 129 indicates a failure of either the switched filter

or level detector circuitry. The 683XXC may or may not produce an RF
output in the 2 to 20 GHz frequency range (2 to 8.4 GHz for Model
68317C). Thus, there are two troubleshooting paths for this problem
—unleveled with output power and unleveled with no/low output
power.

Unleveled with output power (The warning message UNLEVELED

appears on the front panel display):

Step 1. Set up the 683XXC as follows:

a. CW/SWEEP SELECT: Analog
F1: 2.000 GHz
F2: 20.000 GHz (8.4 GHz for Model 68317C)
Sweep Time: 0.100 Sec
L1: +1.00 dBm
b. LEVEL/ALC SELECT: ALC Mode
ALC Mode: Ext ALC Front
Leveling Menu: External Detector

Step 2. Connect a detector to the 683XXC RF OUTPUT connector

and connect the detected DC output of the detector to the
front panel EXTERNAL ALC IN connector.
q If the warning message UNLEVELED no longer appears
on the front panel display, replace the directional coupler.
q If the warning message UNLEVELED is still displayed,
replace the A10 PCB.

683XXC MM 5-43
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-20. Error Messages 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, and 135 (5 of 8)

Unleveled with no/low output power:

Step 1. Set up the 683XXC as follows:

a. CW/SWEEP SELECT: Analog
F1: 2.000 GHz
F2: 20.000 GHz (8.4 GHz for Model 68317C)
Sweep Time: 0.100 Sec
L1: +1.00 dBm
b. LEVEL/ALC SELECT: ALC Mode
Leveling Menu: Internal

Step 2. Connect the X input of an oscilloscope to the 683XXC rear

panel HORIZ OUT connector.

Step 3. Using the oscilloscope, check the switched filter bias volt-
ages at A14TP5 and A14TP6. The bias voltage at A14TP5
should be +7 volts; the bias voltage at A14TP6 should be +8
volts. If the 683XXC has a SDM installed, also check for a
+20 volt PIN switch drive voltage at A9TP9.
NOTE q If the bias and the PIN switch drive voltages are correct,
When replacing the A14 PCB, go to step 4.
refer to Table 6-1, page 6-12, for q If the bias voltages are not correct, replace the A14 PCB.
the correct part number and
switch S1 setting for the re- q If the PIN switch drive voltage is not correct, replace the
placement PCB. A9 PCB.

Step 4. Connect a 56100A Scalar Network Analyzer to the 683XXC

as follows:
a. Connect the 683XXC AUX I/O to the 56100A AUX I/O.
b. Connect the 56100A DEDICATED GPIB to the 683XXC
IEEE-488 GPIB.
c. Connect the RF Detector to the 56100A Channel A
Input.

5-44 683XXC MM
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-20. Error Messages 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, and 135 (6 of 8)

Step 5. Set up the 56100A Scalar Network Analyzer as follows:

a. Press SYSTEM MENU key.
b. From System Menu display, select RESET.
c. Press CHANNEL 2 DISPLAY: OFF.
d. Press CHANNEL 1 DISPLAY: ON.
e. Press CHANNEL 1 MENU key.
f. From the Channel 1 Menu display, select POWER.

Step 6. Using the scalar network analyzer, measure the RF output

at J2 of the switched filter assembly. The amplitude of the
RF signal should be >+15 dbm (>+20 dBm with Option 15B)
throughout the full sweep.
q If the amplitude of the RF signal is correct, check for bad
cables.
q If there is no RF signal or if the amplitude of the RF sig-
nal is low, replace the switched filter assembly.

683XXC MM 5-45
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-20. Error Messages 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, and 135 (7 of 8)

Error 130 2-3.3 GH Switched Filter

Error 131 3.3-5.5 GH Switched Filter
Error 132 5.5-8.4 GH Switched Filter
Error 133 8.4-13.25 GH Switched Filter
Error 134 13.25-20 GH Switched Filter

Description: Each of these error messages indicates a failure in a

switched filter path within the switched filter assembly. The 683XXC
may or may not produce an RF output in the frequency range of the
failed switched filter path.

Step 1. Set up the 683XXC as follows:

a. CW/SWEEP SELECT: Analog
F1: 2.000 GHz
F2: 20.000 GHz (8.4 GHz for Model 68317C)
Sweep Time: 0.100 Sec

Step 2. Connect the X input of an oscilloscope to the 683XXC rear

panel HORIZ OUT connector.

Step 3. Using the oscilloscope, check for the switched filter PIN
switch drive voltages at the test points shown in Table 5-21.
q If the PIN switch drive voltages are correct, replace the
switched filter assembly.
q If the PIN switch drive voltages are incorrect, replace the
A9 PCB.
Table 5-21. Switched Filter PIN Switch Drive Voltages
Active Frequency Active Inactive
Test Point
Range Voltage Voltage
A9TP18 2 to 3.3 GHz –2.35V +1.0V
A9TP10 3.3 to 5.5 GHz –2.0V +1.0V
A9TP12 5.5 to 8.4 GHz –2.0V +1.0V
A9TP16 8.4 to 13.25 GHz –2.0V +1.0V
A9TP21 13.25 to 20 GHz –2.0V +1.0V
A9TP17 2 to 8.4 GHz –2.3V +2.0V

5-46 683XXC MM
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-20. Error Messages 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, and 135 (8 of 8)

Error 135 Modulator or Driver Failed

Description: Error 135 indicates a failure of the modulator in the

switched filter assembly or the modulator driver circuitry on the A9
PIN Control PCB.

Step 1. Replace the A9 PCB and run self-test.

q If error 135 is not displayed, the problem is cleared.
q If error 135 is still displayed, go to step 2.

Step 2. Replace the switched filter assembly and run self-test again.
q If error 135 is not displayed, the problem is cleared.
q If error 135 is still displayed, contact your local Anritsu
service center for assistance.

683XXC MM 5-47
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-22. Error Messages 138, 139, 140, and 141 (1 of 2)

Output Power Level Related Problems

(20 to 40 GHz)
683XXC Models with SDM

Error 138 SDM Unit or Driver Failed

Description: Error 138 indicates a failure of the SDM, a failure of the

SDM bias regulator or frequency band selection circuitry on the A14
YIG, SDM, SQM Driver PCB. The 683XXC will not produce an RF out-
put in the 20 to 40 GHz frequency range.

Step 1. Set up the 683XXC as follows:

a. CW/SWEEP SELECT: Analog
F1: 20.000 GHz
F2: 40.000 GHz
Sweep Time: 0.100 Sec
L1: +1.00 dBm

Step 2. Connect the X input of an oscilloscope to the 683XXC rear

panel HORIZ OUT connector.

Step 3. Using the oscilloscope, check for a +8 volts SDM bias voltage
at A14TP7 throughout the full sweep.
q If the SDM bias voltage is correct, replace the SDM.
q If the SDM bias voltage is not correct, go to step 4.
NOTE
When replacing the A14 PCB, Step 4. Replace the A14 PCB and run self-test again.
refer to Table 6-1, page 6-12, for q If error 138 is not displayed, the problem is cleared.
the correct part number and
switch S1 setting for the re-
q If error 138 is still displayed, contact your local Anritsu
service center for assistance.
placement PCB.

5-48 683XXC MM
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-22. Error Messages 138, 139, 140, and 141 (2 of 2)

Error 139 32-40 GHz SDM Section Failed

Error 140 25-32 GHz SDM Section Failed
Error 141 20-25 GHz SDM Section Failed

Description: Each of these error messages indicates a failure in a

switched doubler filter path within the SDM. The 683XXC will not pro-
duce an RF output in the frequency range of the failed switched dou-
bler filter path.

Step 1. Set up the 683XXC as follows:

a. CW/SWEEP SELECT: Analog
F1: 2.000 GHz
F2: 40.000 GHz
Sweep Time: 0.100 Sec
L1: +1.00 dBm

Step 2. Connect the X input of an oscilloscope to the 683XXC rear

panel HORIZ OUT connector.

Step 3. Using the oscilloscope, check the PIN switch drive voltages
at A9TP11, A9TP15, and A9TP24 (shown in Table 5-23).
q If the PIN switch drive voltages are correct, replace the
SDM.
q If the PIN switch drive voltages are not correct, replace
the A9 PCB.
Table 5-23. SDM PIN Switch Drive Voltages
Active Frequency Active Inactive
Test Point
Range Voltage Voltage
A9TP9 0.01 to 20 GHz +20V –15V
A9TP11 20 to 25 GHz +20V –15V
A9TP15 25 to 32 GHz +20V –15V
A9TP24 32 to 40 GHz +20V –15V

683XXC MM 5-49
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 24. Error Message 136 (1 of 2)

Output Power Related Problems

(>40 GHz)
683XXC Models with SQM

Error 136 SQM Unit or Driver Failed

Description: Error 136 indicates a failure of the SQM or a failure of

the SQM bias regulator or frequency band selection circuitry on the
A14 YIG, SDM, SQM Driver PCB. The 683XXC will not produce and
RF output above 40 GHz.

Step 1. Set up the 683XXC as follows:

a. CW/SWEEP SELECT: Analog
F1: 40.0 GHz
F2: 50.0, 60.0, or 65.0 GHz (Model dependent)
Sweep Time: 0.100 Sec
L1: –2.0 dBm

Step 2. Connect the X input of an oscilloscope to the 683XXC rear

panel HORIZ OUT connector.

Step 3. Using the oscilloscope, check the following voltages:

a. For models having a high end frequency of 50 GHz,
check the SQM bias voltages at A14TP8 and A14TP9.
The bias voltage at A14TP8 should be +10 volts; the bias
voltage at A14TP9 should be –5 volts.
For models having a high end frequency of 60 or 65 GHz,
check for a +11 volts SQM bias voltage at A14TP8.
b. For all models, check for a –2 volt PIN switch drive volt-
age at A9TP22.
q If the SQM bias and PIN switch drive voltages are
NOTE correct, go to step 4.
When replacing the A14 PCB,
refer to Table 6-1, page 6-12, for
q If the SQM bias voltage(s) is not correct, replace the
A14 PCB.
the correct part number and
switch S1 setting for the re- q If the PIN switch drive voltage is not correct, replace
placement PCB. the A9 PCB.

5-50 683XXC MM
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-24. Error Message 136 (2 of 2)

Step 4. Connect a 56100A Scalar Network Analyzer to the 683XXC

as follows:
a. Connect the 683XXC AUX I/O to the 56100A AUX I/O.
b. Connect the 56100A DEDICATED GPIB to the 683XXC
IEEE-488 GPIB.
c. Connect the RF Detector to the 56100A Channel A Input.

Step 5. Set up the 56100A Scalar Network Analyzer as follows:

a. Press SYSTEM MENU display.
b. From System Menu display, select RESET.
c. Press CHANNEL 2 DISPLAY: OFF.
d. Press CHANNEL 1 DISPLAY: ON.
e. Press CHANNEL 1 Menu key.
f. From the Channel 1 Menu display, select POWER.

Step 6. Using the scalar network analyzer, measure the RF output at

J4 of the switched filter assembly. The amplitude of the RF
signal should be >+18 dBm throughout the full sweep.
q If the amplitude of the RF signal is correct, replace the
SQM.
q If there is no RF signal or if the amplitude of the RF signal
is low, replace the switched filter assembly.

683XXC MM 5-51
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-25. Error Message 144

Error 144 RF was Off when Selftest started. Some tests where
not performed

Description: Indicates that some self-tests where not performed be-

cause the RF Output was selected OFF on the front panel.

Step 1. Press the OUTPUT key on the front panel to turn the RF
Output ON.

Step 2. Run self-test again.

Table 5-26. Error Message 145

Error 145 AM Meter or associated circuitry failed

Description: Indicates a failure of the internal amplitude modulation

function. The 683XXC may or may not provide amplitude modulation of
the RF output signal using modulating signals from an external source.

Step 1. Set up the 683XXC as follows:

a. Press SYSTEM , then Reset .
b. Press MODULATION , then AM to go to the Internal AM
Status display.
c. Press On/Off to turn internal amplitude modulation on.

Step 2. Using an oscilloscope, verify the presence of a 10 volt peak to

peak sine wave signal with a period of 100 ms at the rear
panel AM OUT connector.
q If present, replace the A10 PCB.
q If not present, replace the A8 PCB.

5-52 683XXC MM
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-27. Error Message 147

Error 147 Internal FM circuitry failed

Description: Indicates a failure of the internal frequency modulation

function. The 683XXC may or may not provide frequency modulation of
the RF output signal using modulating signals from an external source.

Step 1. Set up the 683XXC as follows:

a. Press SYSTEM , then Reset .
b. Press MODULATION , then FM to go to the Internal FM
Status display.
c. Press On/Off to turn internal frequency modulation on.

Step 2. Using an oscilloscope, verify the presence of a 10 volt peak to

peak sine wave signal with a period of 100 ms at the rear
panel FM OUT connector.
q If present, replace the A11 PCB.
q If not present, replace the A8 PCB.

Table 5-28. Error Message 148 (1 of 2)

Error 148 Pulse 40 MHz reference circuitry failed.

Description: Indicates a failure of the pulse generator 40 MHz oscilla-

tor circuitry. The pulse generator may still function; however, the
40 MHz oscillator is not phase locked to the 10 MHz reference time-
base. The pulse modulation function may or may not operate. Error 106
(Power Supply not Phase-locked) may also be displayed.

Step 1. Disconnect cable W108 at A6J1.

Step 2. Using an oscilloscope, verify the presence of a 10 MHz at the

end of cable W108.
q If present, replace the A6 PCB.
q If not present, go to step 3.

Step 3. Reconnect cable W108 to A6J1 and disconnect it at A5J4.

Step 4. Using the oscilloscope, verify the presence of a 10 MHz TTL

signal at A5J4.
q If present, replace the cable W108.
q If not present, go to step 5.

683XXC MM 5-53
 TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLES

Table 5-28. Error Message 148 (2 of 2)

Step 5. Reconnect cable W108 to A5J4 and disconnect cable W121 at

A5J5.

Step 6. Using the oscilloscope, verify the presence of a 10 MHz TTL

signal at the end of cable W121.
q If present, replace the A5 PCB.
q If not present, go to step 7.

Step 7. Reconnect cable W121 to A5J5 and disconnect it at A4J7.

Step 8. Using the oscilloscope, verify the presence of a 10 MHz TTL

signal at A4J7.
q If present, replace the cable W121.
q If not present, go to step 9.

Step 9. Reconnect cable W121 to A4J7 and disconnect cable W105 at

A4J6.

Step 10. Using the oscilloscope, verify the presence of a 10 MHz TTL
signal at the end of cable W105.
q If present, replace the A4 PCB.
q If not present, go to step11.

Step 11. Reconnect cable W105 to A4J6 and disconnect it at A3J4.

Step 12. Using the oscilloscope, verify the presence of a 10 MHz TTL
signal at A3J4.
q If present, replace the cable W105.
q If not present, replace the A3 PCB.

5-54 683XXC MM
 Chapter 6
Removal and Replacement
Procedures

Table of Contents

6-1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

6-2 REMOVING AND REPLACING THE CHASSIS
COVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
6-3 REMOVING AND REPLACING THE FRONT
PANEL ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
6-4 REMOVING AND REPLACING THE A3, A4, A5,
OR A6 PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
6-5 REMOVING AND REPLACING THE A7 PCB. . . 6-10
Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
6-6 REMOVING AND REPLACING THE A8, A9, A10,
A11, OR A12 PCB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
6-7 REMOVING AND REPLACING THE A13
OR A15 PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Preliminary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Table of Contents (Continued)

6-8 REMOVING AND REPLACING THE A14 PCB . . 6-11

Preliminary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
6-9 REMOVING AND REPLACING THE A16 OR
A17 PCB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
6-10 REMOVING AND REPLACING THE A18 OR
A19 PCB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
6-11 REMOVING AND REPLACING THE REAR
PANEL ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
6-12 REMOVING AND REPLACING THE A21 PCB . . 6-17
Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
6-13 REMOVING AND REPLACING THE A21-1 PCB . 6-18
Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
6-14 REMOVING AND REPLACING THE FAN
ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
 Chapter 6
Removal and Replacement
Procedures
6-1 INTRODUCTION This chapter provides procedures for gaining access to the major
683XXC assemblies, subassemblies, and components for
troubleshooting or replacement.

WARNING
Hazardous voltages are present inside the 683XXC when-
ever ac line power is connected. Turn off the unit and re-
move the line cord before removing any covers or panels.
Troubleshooting and repair procedures should only be per-
formed by service personnel who are fully aware of the po-
tential hazards.

CAUTION
Many subassemblies in the signal generator contain static-
sensitive components. Improper handling of these subas-
semblies may result in damage to the components. Always
observe the static-sensitive component handling procedures
described in Chapter 1, Figure 1-2.

NOTE
Many assemblies, subassemblies, and components within
the 68XXXC family of instruments are type and model de-
pendent. Before replacing an assembly, subassembly, or
component, always verify the part number of the replace-
ment item. Part numbers can be found in Chapter 1, Tables
1-3 and 1-4.

683XXC MM 6-3
REMOVAL AND CHASSIS
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES COVERS

6-2 REMOVING AND Troubleshooting procedures require removal of the top cover. Replace-
REPLACING THE ment of some 683XXC assemblies and parts require removal of all cov-
CHASSIS COVERS ers. The following procedure describes this process.

Preliminary Disconnect the power cord from the unit.

Procedure Remove and replace the chassis covers as follows:

Step 1 Using a Phillips screwdriver, remove the

screws and the two feet from the top cor-
ners at the rear of the instrument (Figure
6-1).
NOTE
The screws with green heads have Step 2 Remove the screw that fastens the top
metric threads. When it becomes cover to the chassis. (The screw is located
necessary to replace any of these at the rear of the instrument.)
screws, always use the exact re- Step 3 Slide the top cover out along the grooves
placement green-headed screws in the chassis and set it aside.
(Anritsu P/N 2000-560) to avoid
damage to the instrument. Step 4 Turn the instrument over so that the bot-
tom cover is on top.

Step 5 Remove the screws and the two feet from

the bottom corners at the rear of the in-
strument.

Step 6 Remove the screw that fastens the bottom

cover to the chassis. (The screw is located
at the rear of the instrument.)

Step 7 Slide the bottom cover out along the

grooves in the chassis and set it aside.

Step 8 Turn the instrument over to return it to

the upright position.

Step 9 Remove the screws and the carrying han-

dle from the side handle cover. (The two
screws fastening the carrying handle
through the side handle cover to the chas-
sis are accessable by lifting up the rubber
covering at the each end of the handle.)

Step 10 Remove the screw that fastens the side

handle cover to the chassis. (The screw is
located at the rear of the instrument.)

Step 11 Remove the side handle cover and set it

aside.

6-4 683XXC MM
REMOVAL AND CHASSIS
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES COVERS

Step 12 Remove the screw that fastens the other

side cover to the chassis. (The screw is lo-
cated at the rear of the instrument.)

Step 13 Remove the side cover and set it aside.

Step 14 To replace the chassis covers, reverse the

procedure used to remove them.

Rear Feet
(4)

(2)
Top Cover

(2)

Carrying
Handle

(2)
Side Handle
Cover

683MM29.CDR

Figure 6-1. Chassis Covers Removal

683XXC MM 6-5
REMOVAL AND FRONT PANEL
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES ASSEMBLY

6-3 REMOVING AND This paragraph provides instructions for removing and replacing the
REPLACING THE FRONT front panel assembly of the 683XXC. The front panel assembly con-
PANEL ASSEMBLY tains the A1 and A2 Front Panel PCBs. Refer to Figure 6-2 during this
procedure.

Preliminary Disconnect the power cord from the unit and remove
the chassis covers as described in paragraph 6-2.

Procedure Remove and replace the front panel assembly as fol-

lows:

Step 1 Using a Phillips screwdriver, remove the

screws and the front handle assemblies
from the instrument. (For instruments
not having front handles, remove the
screws and the front top and bottom feet
NOTE
from the instrument.)
The screws with green heads have
metric threads. When it becomes Step 2 Remove the rotary knob from the front
necessary to replace any of these panel by pulling straight out on it.
screws, always use the exact re-
placement green-headed screws Step 3 Carefully pull the front panel away from
(Anritsu P/N 2000-560) to avoid the chassis until the screws attaching the
damage to the instrument. front panel assembly to the chassis are
accessable.

Step 4 Remove the screws attaching the front

panel assembly to the chassis sides.

Step 5 Disconnect the front panel ribbon cables

from connectors J1 and J22 of the Moth-
erboard.

Step 6 Turn the instrument upside down.

Step 7 Remove the screw attaching the front

panel assembly to the chassis pan.

Step 8 Carefully pull the front panel assembly

forward until it is clear of the RF OUT-
PUT connector.

Step 9 Disconnect the coaxial cables, W119 and

W120, from the front panel assembly con-
nectors A2J14 and A2J13 by pulling
straight out on the cable connectors.

Step 10 To replace the front panel assembly, re-

verse the removal process.

6-6 683XXC MM
REMOVAL AND FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES REMOVAL DIAGRAM

Figure 6-2. Front Panel Assembly Removal

683XXC MM 6-7
REMOVAL AND A3, A4, A5,
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES OR A6 PCB

6-4 REMOVING AND This paragraph provides instructions for removing and replacing the
REPLACING THE A3, A4, A3 Reference Loop PCB, the A4 Coarse Loop PCB, the A5 Fine Loop
A5, OR A6 PCB PCB, or the A6 Pulse Generator PCB, all of which are located in the
RF housing (see Figure 6-3).

Preliminary Disconnect the power cord from the unit and remove
the top cover as described in paragraph 6-2.

Procedure Remove and replace the A3, A4, A5, or A6 PCB as

follows:

Step 1 Disconnect the coaxial cables from the

PCB to be removed by lifting up on the
cable connectors.

Step 2 Using a Phillips screwdriver, remove the

nine screws that retain the RF housing
cover and set aside.

Step 3 Remove the RF housing cover and set

aside.

Step 4 Lift up on the edge tabs of the PCB and

lift it out of the RF housing.

Step 5 Remove the “O” rings installed on each

MCX connector and retain them for use
on the replacement PCB.

Step 6 To replace the PCB, reverse the removal

process.

6-8 683XXC MM
REMOVAL AND PCB AND COMPONENT
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES LOCATOR DIAGRAM

A21-3
BNC/AUX I/0 Rear Panel
Connector PCB

A21 Line Filter/

Rectifier PCB

A21P2 Fan Assy.

A19 Power
Conditioner PCB
A19P2

A18 Power
Supply PCB A19

A17 CPU PCB YIG Oscillator

A16 CPU
Interface PCB

A15 A18
Regulator PCB Switched
Filter Assy.
A14 YIG, SDM, SQM A17
Driver PCB
A16
A13 10 MHz
DDS PCB
(Option 22) Test
A15 Points Down Converter
A12 Analog
Instruction PCB
A14
A11 FM PCB
Diplexer
A13
A10 ALC PCB
A12 Directional
A9 PIN Coupler
Control PCB A11

A8 Function A10
Generator PCB
A9
A7 YIG A8
Loop PCB
A7
A6 Pulse 20-40 GHz
Generator PCB SDM

A6
A5 Fine J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7
Loop PCB Step
Attenuator
A5 (Option 2)
A4 Coarse J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7
Loop PCB
10 MHz Hi-Stab
A4 Crystal Oscillator
A3 Reference J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 (Option 16)
Loop PCB

A3 Front Panel Assy.

J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 (Containing
A1 & A2 PCB's)

RF Output
Connector

Figure 6-3. Assembly and Component Locator Diagram

683XXC MM 6-9
REMOVAL AND
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES A7 PCB

6-5 REMOVING AND This paragraph provides instructions for removing and replacing the
REPLACING THE A7 PCB A7 YIG Loop PCB, which is located in the main card cage (see Figure
6-3).

Preliminary Disconnect the power cord from the unit and remove
the top cover as described in paragraph 6-2.

Procedure Remove and replace the A7 PCB as follows:

Step 1 Remove the main card cage cover and set

aside.

Step 2 Using a 516-inch wrench, disconnect coax-

ial cable W31 from the Sampler/SRD
module on the PCB.

Step 3 Disconnect the coaxial cables at A7J1 and

A7J5 by lifting up on the cable connec-
tors.

Step 4 Lift up on the edge tabs of the PCB and

lift it out of the card cage.

Step 5 To replace the A7 PCB, reverse the re-

moval process.

6-6 REMOVING AND This paragraph provides instructions for removing and replacing the
REPLACING THE A8, A9, A8 Function Generator PCB, the A9 PIN Control PCB, the A10 ALC
A10, A11, OR A12 PCB PCB, the A11 FM PCB, or the A12 Analog Instruction PCB, all of
which are located in the main card cage (see Figure 6-3).

Preliminary Disconnect the power cord from the unit and remove
the top cover as described in paragraph 6-2.

Procedure Remove and replace the A8, A9, A10, A11, or A12
PCB as follows:

Step 1 Remove the main card cage cover and set

aside.

Step 2 Disconnect any coaxial cables from the

PCB to be removed by lifting up on the
cable connectors.

Step 3 Lift up on the edge tabs of the PCB and

lift it out of the card cage.

Step 4 To replace the PCB, reverse the removal

process.

6-10 683XXC MM
REMOVAL AND A13 OR
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES A15 PCB

6-7 REMOVING AND This paragraph provides instructions for removing and replacing the
REPLACING THE A13 OR A13 10 MHz DDS PCB (added by Option 22) or the A15 Regulator
A15 PCB PCB, both of which are located in the main card cage (see Figure 6-3).
Each of these PCB assemblies consists of a PCB and a PCB Heat Sink
subassembly.

Preliminary Disconnect the power cord from the unit and remove
the top cover as described in paragraph 6-2.

Procedure Remove and replace the A13 or A15 PCB as follows:

Step 1 Remove the main card cage cover and set

aside.

NOTE
If the A13 PCB is being removed,
first disconnect the coaxial cables
from the PCB by lifting up on the
cable connectors.
Step 2 Lift up on the edge tabs of the PCB and
lift it out of the card cage.

Step 3 Using a Phillips screwdriver, remove the

two screws that fasten the PCB Heat
Sink subassembly to the chassis pan.

Step 4 Lift the PCB Heat Sink subassembly out

of the card cage.

Step 5 To replace the PCB, reverse the removal

process.

6-8 REMOVING AND This paragraph provides instructions for removing and replacing the
REPLACING THE A14 A14 YIG, SDM, SQM Driver PCB, which is located in the main card
PCB cage (see Figure 6-3). The PCB assembly consists of a PCB and PCB
Heat Sink subassembly.

Preliminary Disconnect the power cord from the unit and remove
the top cover as described in paragraph 6-2.

Procedure Remove and replace the A14 PCB as follows:

Step 1 Remove the main card cage cover and set

aside.

Step 2 Lift up on the edge tabs of the PCB and

lift it out of the card cage.

683XXC MM 6-11
REMOVAL AND
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES A14 PCB

Step 3 Using a Phillips screwdriver, remove the

two screws that fasten the PCB Heat
Table 6-1. A14 PCB SW1 Settings Sink subassembly to the chassis pan.
A14 PCB Assy SW1 Step 4 Lift the PCB Heat Sink subassembly out
Model
Part Number Setting of the card cage.
68317C 40654-3 9
Step 5 Inspect the replacement A14 PCB assem-
68337C 40654-3 3 bly to ensure that it is the correct part
68347C 40654-3 3 number for the 683XXC model in which it
68367C 40654-3 2 is being installed (see Table 6-1).
68377C 40654-4 2 Step 6 Set switch S1 (Figure 6-4) to the correct
68387C 40654-4 2 setting for the 683XXC model in which
68397C 40654-4 2 the A14 PCB is being installed (see Table
6-1).

Step 7 To replace the PCB, reverse the removal

process.

5
4 6

7
NOTE
When setting S1, be sure that

8
2
the switch is seated in the detent 1

9
for the number selected. 0

S1

Figure 6-4. Switch S1 Location on the A14 PCB

6-12 683XXC MM
REMOVAL AND A16 OR
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES A17 PCB

6-9 REMOVING AND This paragraph provides instructions for removing and replacing the
REPLACING THE A16 OR A16 CPU Interface PCB or the A17 CPU PCB, both of which are lo-
A17 PCB cated in the CPU housing assembly (see Figure 6-3).

Preliminary Disconnect the power cord from the unit and remove
the top cover as described in paragraph 6-2.

Procedure Remove and replace the A16 or A17 PCB as follows:

Step 1 Remove the CPU cover and set aside.

Step 2 Lift up on the edge tabs of the PCB and

lift it out of the CPU housing.

Step 3 To replace the PCB, reverse the removal

process.

6-10 REMOVING AND This paragraph provides instructions for removing and replacing the
REPLACING THE A18 A18 Power Supply PCB or the A19 AC Line Conditioner PCB, both of
OR A19 PCB which are located in the power supply housing assembly (see Figure
6-3).

Preliminary Disconnect the power cord from the unit and remove
the top cover as described in paragraph 6-2.

WARNING
When power is removed from the instrument, always allow
five minutes for the capacitors on the A21 Line Filter/Recti-
fier PCB to discharge before removing either the A18 or A19
PCB.

Procedure Remove and replace the A18 or A19 PCB as follows:

Step 1 Remove the power supply cover and set it

aside.

Step 2 If the A19 PCB is being removed, (1) dis-

connect the cable assembly from the A21
Line Filter/Rectifier PCB at A19P2 and
(2) remove the Nylatch fastener used to
secure the PCB to the housing assembly.

Step 3 Lift up the edge tabs on the PCB and lift

it out of the power supply housing.

Step 4 To replace the PCB, reverse the removal

process.

683XXC MM 6-13
REMOVAL AND REAR PANEL
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES ASSEMBLY

6-11 REMOVING AND This paragraph provides instructions for removing and replacing the
REPLACING THE REAR rear panel assembly of the 683XXC. The rear panel assembly contains
PANEL ASSEMBLY the A21 Line Filter/Rectifier PCB, the A21-1 BNC/AUX I/O Connector
PCB, the line module assembly, and the fan assembly. Refer to Figure
6-5 during this procedure.

Preliminary Disconnect the power cord from the unit and remove
the chassis covers as described in paragraph 6-2.

WARNING
When power is removed from the instrument, always allow
five minutes for the capacitors on the A21 Line Filter/Recti-
fier PCB to discharge before removing the rear panel assem-
bly.

Procedure Remove and replace the rear panel assembly as fol-

lows:

Step 1 Using a Phillips screwdriver, remove the

screw on the top of the rear panel assem-
bly that fastens the rear panel assembly
to the bracket attached to the power sup-
ply housing.

Step 2 Turn the instrument upside down.

Step 3 Remove the three screws from the rear

panel assembly. (One screw fastens the
rear panel assembly to the bracket at-
tached to the power supply housing; the
other two screws attach the rear panel as-
sembly to the Motherboard.)

Step 4 Return the instrument to the upright po-

sition.

Step 5 Remove the screws attaching the rear

panel assembly to the chassis sides.

Step 6 Using a 7 16-inch wrench, disconnect the

coaxial cables (W110, W109, and W130)
going to the rear panel 10 MHz REF IN,
10 MHz REF OUT, and FM IN BNC con-
nectors.

Step 7 Disconnect the coaxial cables W127,

W128, and W129 from the A21-3 PCB by
lifting up on the cable connectors.

Step 8 Remove the power supply cover and set it

aside.

6-14 683XXC MM
REMOVAL AND REAR PANEL
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES ASSEMBLY

Step 9 Disconnect the cable assembly from the

A21 Line Filter/Rectifier PCB at connec-
tor P2 on the A19 PCB.

Step 10 Carefully pull the rear panel assembly

away from the signal generator chassis
until the cable connections to the Mother-
board are accessable.

Step 11 Disconnect the fan cable connector from

J13 on the Motherboard.

Step 12 Disconnect the A21-3 PCB ribbon cable

connector from J14 on the Motherboard.

Step 13 Disconnect the GPIB cable connector from

J16 on the Motherboard.

Step 14 Carefully pull the rear panel assembly

completely free from the 683XXC chassis.

Step 15 To replace the rear panel assembly, re-

verse the removal process.

683XXC MM 6-15
REMOVAL AND REAR PANEL ASSEMBLY
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES REMOVAL DIAGRAM

A19A2

A21-3
PCB Ribbon Cable A21
Shield

A21P2
GPIB A21
Cable PCB

J16
J14 A21-3
PCB

W130

J13

W109

W110

Fan
Assy.
W127, W128, W129

Rear
Panel
Assy.

Figure 6-5. Rear Panel Assembly Removal

6-16 683XXC MM
REMOVAL AND
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES A21 PCB

6-12 REMOVING AND This paragraph provides instructions for removing and replacing the
REPLACING THE A21 Line Filter/Rectifier PCB, which is located on the rear panel as-
A21 PCB sembly (see Figure 6-5).

Preliminary Disconnect the power cord from the unit. Remove

the chassis covers as described in paragraph 6-2.
Remove the rear panel assembly as described in
paragraph 6-11.

WARNING
When power is removed from the instrument, always allow
five minutes for the capacitors on the A21 Line Filter/Recti-
fier PCB to discharge before removing the rear panel assem-
bly.

Procedure Remove and replace the A21 PCB as follows:

Step 1 Using a Phillips screwdriver, remove the

four screws that fasten the A21 shield to
the A21 PCB.

Step 2 Remove the shield and set it aside.

Step 3 Disconnect the cables connected to P1,

P2, and P6 on the PCB.

Step 4 Using a Phillips screwdriver, remove the

four screws that fasten the PCB to the
rear panel assembly and set aside.

Step 5 Remove the PCB from the rear panel as-

sembly.

Step 6 To replace the PCB, reverse the removal

process.

683XXC MM 6-17
REMOVAL AND
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES A21-3 PCB

6-13 REMOVING AND This paragraph provides instructions for removing and replacing the
REPLACING THE A21-3 BNC/AUX I/O Connector PCB, which is located on the rear
A21-3 PCB panel assembly (see Figure 6-5).

Preliminary Disconnect the power cord from the unit. Remove

the chassis covers as described in paragraph 6-2.
Remove the rear panel assembly as described in
paragraph 6-11.

WARNING
When power is removed from the instrument, always allow
five minutes for the capacitors on the A21 Line Filter/Recti-
fier PCB to discharge before removing the A21-3 PCB.

Procedure Remove and replace the A21-3 PCB as follows:

Step 1 Using a Phillips screwdriver, remove the

four screws that fasten the A21 shield to
the A21 PCB.

Step 2 Remove the shield and set it aside.

Step 3 Disconnect the ribbon cable connector

from the A21-3 PCB.

Step 4 Using a Anritsu P/N T1451 tool, remove

the dress nuts from the 8 rear panel BNC
connectors.

Step 5 Carefully remove the A21-3 PCB from the

rear panel assembly.

Step 6 To replace the PCB, reverse the removal

process.

6-18 683XXC MM
REMOVAL AND FAN
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES ASSEMBLY

6-14 REMOVING AND This paragraph provides instructions for removing and replacing the
REPLACING THE FAN fan assembly, which is located on the rear panel assembly (see Figure
ASSEMBLY 6-5).

Preliminary Disconnect the power cord from the unit. Remove

the chassis covers as described in paragraph 6-2.
Remove the rear panel assembly as described in
paragraph 6-11.

WARNING
When power is removed from the instrument, always allow
five minutes for the capacitors on the A21 Line Filter/Recti-
fier PCB to discharge before removing the rear panel assem-
bly.

Procedure Remove and replace the fan assembly as follows:

Step 1 With the rear panel laying flat, use a

Phillips screwdriver to remove the four
screws and flat washers that fasten the
fan mount to the rear panel.

Step 2 Lift the fan mount, containing the fan as-

sembly, from the rear panel assembly.

Step 3 Remove the fan assembly from the fan

mount.

Step 4 Clean the honeycomb fan filter as re-

quired before replacing the fan assembly.

Step 5 To replace the fan assembly, reverse the

removal process.

NOTE
To ensure proper cooling of the unit,
always mount the fan assembly
with the airflow direction indicator
arrow on the fan body pointing to-
ward the interior of the instrument.

683XXC MM 6-19/6-20
 Appendix A
Test Records
A-1 INTRODUCTION This appendix provides test records for recording the results of the
Performance Verification tests (Chapter 3) and the Calibration proce-
dures (Chapter 4). They jointly provide the means for maintaining an
accurate and complete record of instrument performance. Test records
are provided for all models of the Series 683XXC Synthesized High
Performance Signal Generators. Table A-1provides the location of each
test record in this appendix.

Each test record has been customized to cover a particular 683XXC

model. It contains specific references to frequency parameters and
power levels that are applicable only to that instrument model and its
available options.

We recommend that you make a copy of these pages each time the test
procedures are performed. By dating each Test Record copy, a detailed
history of instrument performance can be accumulated.

Table A-1. Test Record Index

Model Number Performance Verification Calibration

68317C A-3 thru A-17 A-19 thru A-21

68337C A-23 thru A-36 A-37 thru A-39
68347C A-41 thru A-56 A-57 thru A-59
68367C A-61 thru A-74 A-75 thru A-77
68377C A-79 thru A-89 A-91 thru A-93
68387C A-95 thru A-105 A-107 thru A-109
68397C A-111 thru A-120 A-121 thru A-123

683XXC MM A-1/A-2
 Anritsu Model 68317C Date: __________________________

Serial Number __________________ Tested By: __________________________

3-6 Internal Time Base Aging Rate Test

Test Procedure Measured Value Upper Limit

Record frequency error value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________

Record frequency error value (after 24 hours) . . . . . . . . . . . _______________

–8
Record the computed aging rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________per day 2x10 per day
–10
(5x10 per day
with Option 16)

683XXC MM A-3
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68317C

3-7 Frequency Synthesis Tests

Coarse Loop/YIG Loop Test Procedure Fine Loop Test Procedure (Standard 68317C)

Test Frequency (in GHz) Measured Value * Test Frequency (in GHz) Measured Value **

2.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 001 000 _____________________

3.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 002 000 _____________________

4.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 003 000 _____________________

5.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 004 000 _____________________

6.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 005 000 _____________________

7.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 006 000 _____________________

8.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 007 000 _____________________

2.000 008 000 _____________________

2.000 009 000 _____________________

2.000 010 000 _____________________

* Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz ** Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz

Fine Loop Test Procedure (68317C with Option 11)

Test Frequency (in GHz) Measured Value ***

2.000 000 100 _____________________

2.000 000 200 _____________________

2.000 000 300 _____________________

2.000 000 400 _____________________

2.000 000 500 _____________________

2.000 000 600 _____________________

2.000 000 700 _____________________

2.000 000 800 _____________________

2.000 000 900 _____________________

2.000 001 000 _____________________

*** Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±10 Hz

A-4 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68317C

3-8 Spurious Signals Test: RF Output Signals <2 GHz

Test Procedure Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 10 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –30 dBc

Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Set F1 to 20 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –30 dBc

Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Set F1 to 30 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –30 dBc

Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Set F1 to 40 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –30 dBc

Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Set F1 to 350 MHz

Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Set F1 to 1.6 GHz

Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Set F1 to 1.6 GHz

Record the level of the harmonics of the 1.6 GHz carrier:
3.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

4.8 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

683XXC MM A-5
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68317C

3-9 Harmonic Test: RF Output Signals From 2 to 20 GHz

Test Procedure (2 to 10 GHz) Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 2.1 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 2.1 GHz carrier:
4.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

6.3 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

8.4 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

10.5 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

12.6 GHz (6th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

14.7 GHz (7th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

16.8 GHz (8th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

18.9 GHz (9th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

Set F1 to 3.6 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 3.6 GHz carrier:
7.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

10.8 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

14.4 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

18.0 Ghz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

Set F1 to 8.4 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 7 GHz carrier:
16.8 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

25.2 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

* –50 dBc if Option 15B (High Power) installed.

A-6 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68317C

3-10 Single Sideband Phase Noise Test

Test Procedure Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 2.0 GHz

Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –77 dBc

1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –85 dBc

10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –83 dBc

100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –99 dBc

Set F1 to 6.0 GHz

Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –75 dBc

1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –85 dBc

10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –83 dBc

100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –99 dBc

683XXC MM A-7
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68317C

3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests

(Model 68317C w/o Option 2 Step Attenuator)

Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure

Set F1 to 1.0 GHz Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Set L1 to: Measured Power * Set L1 to: Measured Power *

+ 13 dBm _________dBm + 13 dBm _________dBm

+ 12 dBm _________dBm + 12 dBm _________dBm

+ 11 dBm _________dBm + 11 dBm _________dBm

+ 10 dBm _________dBm + 10 dBm _________dBm

+ 9 dBm _________dBm + 9 dBm _________dBm

+ 8 dBm _________dBm + 8 dBm _________dBm

+ 7 dBm _________dBm + 7 dBm _________dBm

+ 6 dBm _________dBm + 6 dBm _________dBm

+ 5 dBm _________dBm + 5 dBm _________dBm

+ 4 dBm _________dBm + 4 dBm _________dBm

+ 3 dBm _________dBm + 3 dBm _________dBm

+ 2 dBm _________dBm + 2 dBm _________dBm

+ 1 dBm _________dBm + 1 dBm _________dBm

* Specification is ±1.0 dB. * Specification is ±1.0 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Manual Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation **

+ 13 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation ***

+ 13 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

*** Maximum variation is 4.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 2.0 dB (0.05 to 8.4 GHz)(typical, not a specification).

A-8 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68317C

3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)

(Model 68317C w/Option 2A Step Attenuator)

Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure

Set F1 to 1.0 GHz Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Set L1 to: Measured Power * Set L1 to: Measured Power *

+ 11 dBm _________dBm + 11 dBm _________dBm

+ 10 dBm _________dBm + 10 dBm _________dBm

+ 9 dBm _________dBm + 9 dBm _________dBm

+ 8 dBm _________dBm + 8 dBm _________dBm

+ 7 dBm _________dBm + 7 dBm _________dBm

+ 6 dBm _________dBm + 6 dBm _________dBm

+ 5 dBm _________dBm + 5 dBm _________dBm

+ 4 dBm _________dBm + 4 dBm _________dBm

+ 3 dBm _________dBm + 3 dBm _________dBm

+ 2 dBm _________dBm + 2 dBm _________dBm

+ 1 dBm _________dBm + 1 dBm _________dBm

+ 0 dBm _________dBm + 0 dBm _________dBm

– 1 dBm _________dBm – 1 dBm _________dBm

* Specification is ±1.0 dB. * Specification is ±1.0 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Manual Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation **

+ 11 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation ***

+ 11 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

*** Maximum variation is 7.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 6.0 dB (0.05 to 8.4 GHz)(typical, not a specification).

683XXC MM A-9
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68317C

3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)

(Model 68317C w/Option 2E Step Attenuator)

Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure

Set F1 to 1.0 GHz Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Set L1 to: Measured Power * Set L1 to: Measured Power *

+ 9 dBm _________dBm + 9 dBm _________dBm

+ 8 dBm _________dBm + 8 dBm _________dBm

+ 7 dBm _________dBm + 7 dBm _________dBm

+ 6 dBm _________dBm + 6 dBm _________dBm

+ 5 dBm _________dBm + 5 dBm _________dBm

+ 4 dBm _________dBm + 4 dBm _________dBm

+ 3 dBm _________dBm + 3 dBm _________dBm

+ 2 dBm _________dBm + 2 dBm _________dBm

+ 1 dBm _________dBm + 1 dBm _________dBm

+ 0 dBm _________dBm + 0 dBm _________dBm

– 1 dBm _________dBm – 1 dBm _________dBm

– 2 dBm _________dBm – 2 dBm _________dBm

– 3 dBm _________dBm – 3 dBm _________dBm

* Specification is ±1.0 dB. * Specification is ±1.0 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Manual Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation **

+ 9 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation ***

+ 9 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

*** Maximum variation is 7.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 6.0 dB (0.05 to 8.4 GHz)(typical, not a specification).

A-10 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68317C

3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)

(Model 68317C w/Option 15B High Power & w/o Option 2 Step Attenuator)

Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure

Set F1 to 1.0 GHz Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Set L1 to: Measured Power * Set L1 to: Measured Power *

+13 dBm _________dBm +17 dBm _________dBm

+12 dBm _________dBm +16 dBm _________dBm

+11 dBm _________dBm +15 dBm _________dBm

+10 dBm _________dBm +14 dBm _________dBm

+ 9 dBm _________dBm +13 dBm _________dBm

+ 8 dBm _________dBm +12 dBm _________dBm

+ 7 dBm _________dBm +11 dBm _________dBm

+ 6 dBm _________dBm +10 dBm _________dBm

+ 5 dBm _________dBm + 9 dBm _________dBm

+ 4 dBm _________dBm + 8 dBm _________dBm

+ 3 dBm _________dBm + 7 dBm _________dBm

+ 2 dBm _________dBm + 6 dBm _________dBm

+ 1 dBm _________dBm + 5 dBm _________dBm

* Specification is ±1.0 dB. * Specification is ±1.0 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Manual Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation **

+ 13 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation ***

+ 13 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

*** Maximum variation is 4.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 2.0 dB (0.05 to 8.4 GHz)(typical, not a specification).

683XXC MM A-11
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68317C

3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests

(Model 68317C w/Option 15B & w/Option 2A Step Attenuator)

Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure

Set F1 to 1.0 GHz Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Set L1 to: Measured Power * Set L1 to: Measured Power *

+11 dBm _________dBm +15 dBm _________dBm

+10 dBm _________dBm +14 dBm _________dBm

+ 9 dBm _________dBm +13 dBm _________dBm

+ 8 dBm _________dBm +12 dBm _________dBm

+ 7 dBm _________dBm +11 dBm _________dBm

+ 6 dBm _________dBm +10 dBm _________dBm

+ 5 dBm _________dBm + 9 dBm _________dBm

+ 4 dBm _________dBm + 8 dBm _________dBm

+ 3 dBm _________dBm + 7 dBm _________dBm

+ 2 dBm _________dBm + 6 dBm _________dBm

+ 1 dBm _________dBm + 5 dBm _________dBm

+ 0 dBm _________dBm + 4 dBm _________dBm

– 1 dBm _________dBm + 3 dBm _________dBm

* Specification is ±1.0 dB. * Specification is ±1.0 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Manual Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation **

+ 11 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation ***

+ 11 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

*** Maximum variation is 7.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 6.0 dB (0.05 to 8.4 GHz)(typical, not a specification).

A-12 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68317C

3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)

(Model 68317C w/Option 15B & w/Option 2E Step Attenuator)

Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure

Set F1 to 1.0 GHz Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Set L1 to: Measured Power * Set L1 to: Measured Power *

+11 dBm _________dBm +11 dBm _________dBm

+10 dBm _________dBm +10 dBm _________dBm

+ 9 dBm _________dBm + 9 dBm _________dBm

+ 8 dBm _________dBm + 8 dBm _________dBm

+ 7 dBm _________dBm + 7 dBm _________dBm

+ 6 dBm _________dBm + 6 dBm _________dBm

+ 5 dBm _________dBm + 5 dBm _________dBm

+ 4 dBm _________dBm + 4 dBm _________dBm

+ 3 dBm _________dBm + 3 dBm _________dBm

+ 2 dBm _________dBm + 2 dBm _________dBm

+ 1 dBm _________dBm + 1 dBm _________dBm

+ 0 dBm _________dBm + 0 dBm _________dBm

– 1 dBm _________dBm – 1 dBm _________dBm

* Specification is ±1.0 dB. * Specification is ±1.0 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Manual Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation **

+ 11 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation ***

+ 11 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

*** Maximum variation is 7.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 6.0 dB (0.05 to 8.4 GHz)(typical, not a specification).

683XXC MM A-13
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68317C

3-12 Amplitude Modulation Test

AM Imput Sensitivity Procedure Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(+) reading . . . . . . . . . . . __________

Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(–) reading . . . . . . . . . . . __________

Calculate and record the actual AM input sensitivity . . . . . . . . 45% _________ % 55%

3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit
(Unlocked Wide FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Measure and record the low carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ MHz

Measure and record the high carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ MHz

Calculate and record the actual peak-to-peak frequency deviation . 190 MHz _______ MHz 210 MHz

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

(Unlocked Narrow FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68317C . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ MHz

Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.7% _________ % 106.3%

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

(Locked FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68317C . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ MHz

Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.7% _________ % 106.3%

A-14 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68317C

3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests (Continued)

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit
(Locked Low-Noise FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68317C . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ MHz

Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.7% _________ % 106.3%

3-14 Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level

Rise Time, Fall Time, and Overshoot Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Measure and record the following:

Rise Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A _______ ns 10 ns

Pulse Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . –10 ns _______ ms +10 ns

PRI (period) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . –10 ns _______ ms +10 ns

Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A _______ % 10%

Pulse Level Accuracy (1 GHz, Pulse Width = 1.0 ms)

Set F1 to 1.0 GHz

Set pulse width W1 to 1.0 ms

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . –1.0 dB _______ dB +1.0 dB

Pulse Level Accuracy (1 GHz, Pulse Width = 5.0 ms)

Set F1 to 1.0 GHz

Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . –0.5 dB _______ dB +0.5 dB

683XXC MM A-15
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68317C

3-14 Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level (Continued)

Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 0.5 ms) Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . –1.0 dB _______ dB +1.0 dB

Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 5.0 ms)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . –0.5 dB _______ dB +0.5 dB

3-15 Pulse Modulation Test: Video Feedthrough

Test Procedure Measured

Lower Limit Upper Limit
Value

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Set PRI (period) to 0.01 ms

Measure and record the Video Feedthrough voltage spikes . . . . –10 mV _______ mV +10 mV

A-16 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68317C

3-16 Pulse Modulation Test: RF On/Off Ratio

Test Procedure (1 GHz) Measured

Lower Limit Upper Limit
Value

Set F1 to 1.0 GHz

Measure and record the peak of the signal on the Spectrum

Analyzer. (Measured signal must be >60 dB below top graticule
to meet specification; this represents an On/Off Ratio of >80 dB.) . 60 dB _______ dB N/A

Test Procedure (5 GHz)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Measure and record the peak of the signal on the Spectrum

Analyzer. (Measured signal must be >60 dB below top graticule
to meet specification; this represents an On/Off Ratio of >80 dB.) . 60 dB _______ dB N/A

3-17 Phase Modulation Tests

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit
(Wide FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68317C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______rad

Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.7% _________ % 106.3%

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

(Narrow FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68317C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______rad

Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.7% _________ % 106.3%

683XXC MM A-17/A-18
 Anritsu Model 68317C Date: __________________________

Serial Number __________________ Calibrated By: __________________________

4-7 Preliminary Calibration

Procedure Step Step Completion

1. Internal DVM Calibration (calterm119) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

2. Coarse Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 137) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

3. Fine Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 136). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4. Sweep Time DAC Calibration (calterm 132) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

5. YIG Frequency Offset DAC Calibration (calterm 134) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

6. YIG Frequency Linearizer DACs Calibration (calterm 127) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

7. 100 MHz Reference Oscillator Calibration (calterm 130) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

8. Ramp Center DAC Calibration (calterm 129) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

9. Sweep Width DAC Calibration (calterm 133) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

10. Center Frequency DAC Calibration (calterm 114) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

11. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4-8 Switched Filter Shaper Calibration

Log Amplifier Zero Calibration Step Completion

1. Log Amplifier Zero Calibration (calterm 115) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

Limiter DAC Adjustment (68317C's with Option 15B)

2. Limiter DAC Adjustment (calterm 145). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

Shaper DAC Adjustment

2. Shaper DAC Adjustment (calterm 138) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

3. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

683XXC MM A-19
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68317C

4-9 RF Level Calibration

This calibration is performed using an automatic test system. Contact Anritsu Customer Service for further information.

4-10 ALC Slope Calibration

Procedure Step Step Completion

5. ALC Slope DAC adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

6. Store the DAC setting value(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4-11 ALC Bandwidth Calibration

Procedure Step Step Completion

1. ALC Bandwidth Calibration (Calterm 110) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

2. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4-12 AM Calibration

Procedure Step Step Completion

2. Linear AM Calibration (calterm 112) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

3. Log AM Calibration (calterm 113) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4. AM Meter Calibration (calterm 147) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

5. AM Function Generator Calibration (calterm 146) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

6. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

A-20 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68317C

4-13 FM Calibration

Procedure Step Step Completion

1. FM Meter Calibration (calterm 123) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

2. FM Variable Gain LInearity Calibration (calterm 148) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

3. External Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 124) . . . . . . . . . ______________

4. Internal Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 143) . . . . . . . . . . ______________

5. External Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity

Calibration (calterm 125). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

6. Internal Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity

Calibration (calterm 144). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

5. FM Rear Panel Input Gain Calibration (calterm 154) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

6. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4-14 Phase Modulation (FM) Calibration (Option 6)

Procedure Step Step Completion

1. External Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 149) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

2. Internal Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 151) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

3. Wide FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 155) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4. External Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 150) . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

5. Internal Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 152) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

6. Narrow FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 156) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

7. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

683XXC MM A-21/A-22
 Anritsu Model 68337C Date: __________________________

Serial Number __________________ Tested By: __________________________

3-6 Internal Time Base Aging Rate Test

Test Procedure Measured Value Upper Limit

Record frequency error value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________

Record frequency error value (after 24 hours) . . . . . . . . . . . _______________

–8
Record the computed aging rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________per day 2x10 per day
–10
(5x10 per day
with Option 16)

683XXC MM A-23
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68337C

3-7 Frequency Synthesis Tests

Coarse Loop/YIG Loop Test Procedure Fine Loop Test Procedure (Standard 68337C)

Test Frequency (in GHz) Measured Value * Test Frequency (in GHz) Measured Value **

2.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 001 000 _____________________

3.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 002 000 _____________________

4.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 003 000 _____________________

5.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 004 000 _____________________

6.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 005 000 _____________________

7.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 006 000 _____________________

8.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 007 000 _____________________

9.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 008 000 _____________________

10.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 009 000 _____________________

11.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 010 000 _____________________

12.000 000 000 _____________________

** Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz
13.000 000 000 _____________________
Fine Loop Test Procedure (68337C with Option 11)
14.000 000 000 _____________________
Test Frequency (in GHz) Measured Value ***
15.000 000 000 _____________________
2.000 000 100 _____________________
16.000 000 000 _____________________
2.000 000 200 _____________________
17.000 000 000 _____________________
2.000 000 300 _____________________
18.000 000 000 _____________________
2.000 000 400 _____________________
19.000 000 000 _____________________
2.000 000 500 _____________________
20.000 000 000 _____________________
2.000 000 600 _____________________
* Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz
2.000 000 700 _____________________

2.000 000 800 _____________________

2.000 000 900 _____________________

2.000 001 000 _____________________

*** Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±10 Hz

A-24 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68337C

3-8 Spurious Signals Test: RF Output Signals <2 GHz

This test is not applicable to the 68337C model.

3-9 Harmonic Test: RF Output Signals From 2 to 20 GHz

Test Procedure (2 to 10 GHz) Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 2.1 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 2.1 GHz carrier:
4.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

6.3 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

8.4 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

10.5 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

12.6 GHz (6th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

14.7 GHz (7th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

16.8 GHz (8th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

18.9 GHz (9th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

Set F1 to 3.6 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 3.6 GHz carrier:
7.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

10.8 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

14.4 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

18.0 Ghz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

Set F1 to 7.0 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 7 GHz carrier:
14.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

Set F1 to 10.0 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 10 GHz carrier:
20.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

* –50 dBc if Option 15B (High Power) installed.

683XXC MM A-25
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68337C

3-9 Harmonic Test: RF Output Signals From 2 to 20 GHz (Continued)

Test Procedure (11 to 20 GHz) Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 12.4 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 12.4 GHz carrier:
24.8 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

37.2 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

Set F1 to 16.0 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 16.0 GHz carrier:
32.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

Set F1 to 20.0 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 20.0 GHz carrier:
40.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

* –50 dBc if Option 15B (High Power) installed.

A-26 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68337C

3-10 Single Sideband Phase Noise Test

Test Procedure Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 2.0 GHz

Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –77 dBc

1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –85 dBc

10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –83 dBc

100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –99 dBc

Set F1 to 6.0 GHz

Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –75 dBc

1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –85 dBc

10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –83 dBc

100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –99 dBc

Set F1 to 10.0 GHz

Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –70 dBc

1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –83 dBc

10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –80 dBc

100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –99 dBc

Set F1 to 20.0 GHz

Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –63 dBc

1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –75 dBc

10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –75 dBc

100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –97 dBc

683XXC MM A-27
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68337C

3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests

(Model 68337C w/o Option 2 Step Attenuator)

Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Set L1 to: Measured Power *

+13 dBm _________dBm

+12 dBm _________dBm

+11 dBm _________dBm

+10 dBm _________dBm

+ 9 dBm _________dBm

+ 8 dBm _________dBm

+ 7 dBm _________dBm

+ 6 dBm _________dBm

+ 5 dBm _________dBm

+ 4 dBm _________dBm

+ 3 dBm _________dBm

+ 2 dBm _________dBm

+ 1 dBm _________dBm

* Specification is ±1.0 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Manual Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation **

+13.0 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation ***

+13 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

*** Maximum variation is 2.0 dB (typical, not a specification).

A-28 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68337C

3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)

(Model 68337C w/Option 2A Step Attenuator)

Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Set L1 to: Measured Power *

+11 dBm _________dBm

+10 dBm _________dBm

+ 9 dBm _________dBm

+ 8 dBm _________dBm

+ 7 dBm _________dBm

+ 6 dBm _________dBm

+ 5 dBm _________dBm

+ 4 dBm _________dBm

+ 3 dBm _________dBm

+ 2 dBm _________dBm

+ 1 dBm _________dBm

+ 0 dBm _________dBm

– 1 dBm _________dBm

* Specification is ±1.0 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Manual Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation **

+11 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation ***

+11 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

*** Maximum variation is 6.0 dB (typical, not a specification).

683XXC MM A-29
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68337C

3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)

(Model 68337C w/Option 2F Step Attenuator)

Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Set L1 to: Measured Power *

+ 3 dBm _________dBm

+ 2 dBm _________dBm

+ 1 dBm _________dBm

+ 0 dBm _________dBm

– 1 dBm _________dBm

– 2 dBm _________dBm

– 3 dBm _________dBm

– 4 dBm _________dBm

– 5 dBm _________dBm

– 6 dBm _________dBm

– 7 dBm _________dBm

– 8 dBm _________dBm

– 9 dBm _________dBm

* Specification is ±1.0 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Manual Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation **

+ 3 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation ***

+ 3 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

*** Maximum variation is 6.0 dB (typical, not a specification).

A-30 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68337C

3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)

(Model 68337C w/Option 15B High Power & w/o Option 2 Step Attenuator)

Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Set L1 to: Measured Power *

+17 dBm _________dBm

+16 dBm _________dBm

+15 dBm _________dBm

+14 dBm _________dBm

+13 dBm _________dBm

+12 dBm _________dBm

+11 dBm _________dBm

+10 dBm _________dBm

+ 9 dBm _________dBm

+ 8 dBm _________dBm

+ 7 dBm _________dBm

+ 6 dBm _________dBm

+ 5 dBm _________dBm

* Specification is ±1.0 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Manual Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation **

+17 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation ***

+17 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

*** Maximum variation is 2.0 dB (typical, not a specification).

683XXC MM A-31
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68337C

3-11 Power Level Accuracy And Flatness Tests (Continued)

(Model 68337C w/Option 15B High Power & w/Option 2A Step Attenuator)

Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Set L1 to: Measured Power *

+15 dBm _________dBm

+14 dBm _________dBm

+13 dBm _________dBm

+12 dBm _________dBm

+11 dBm _________dBm

+10 dBm _________dBm

+ 9 dBm _________dBm

+ 8 dBm _________dBm

+ 7 dBm _________dBm

+ 6 dBm _________dBm

+ 5 dBm _________dBm

+ 4 dBm _________dBm

+ 3 dBm _________dBm

* Specification is ±1.0 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Manual Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation **

+15 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation ***

+15 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

*** Maximum variation is 6.0 dB (typical, not a specification).

A-32 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68337C

3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)

(Model 68337C w/Option 15B High Power & w/Option 2F Step Attenuator)

Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Set L1 to: Measured Power *

+ 7 dBm _________dBm

+ 6 dBm _________dBm

+ 5 dBm _________dBm

+ 4 dBm _________dBm

+ 3 dBm _________dBm

+ 2 dBm _________dBm

+ 1 dBm _________dBm

+ 0 dBm _________dBm

– 1 dBm _________dBm

– 2 dBm _________dBm

– 3 dBm _________dBm

– 4 dBm _________dBm

– 5 dBm _________dBm

* Specification is ±1.0 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Manual Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation **

+ 7.5 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation ***

+ 7.5 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

*** Maximum variation is 6.0 dB (typical, not a specification).

683XXC MM A-33
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68337C

3-12 Amplitude Modulation Test

AM Imput Sensitivity Procedure Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(+) reading . . . . . . . . . . . __________

Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(–) reading . . . . . . . . . . . __________

Calculate and record the actual AM input sensitivity . . . . . . . . 45% _________ % 55%

3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit
(Unlocked Wide FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Measure and record the low carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ MHz

Measure and record the high carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ MHz

Calculate and record the actual peak-to-peak frequency deviation . 190 MHz _______ MHz 210 MHz

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

(Unlocked Narrow FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68337C . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ MHz

Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.7% _________ % 106.3%

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

(Locked FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68337C . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ MHz

Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.7% _________ % 106.3%

A-34 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68337C

3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests (Continued)

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit
(Locked Low-Noise FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68337C . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ MHz

Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.7% _________ % 106.3%

3-14 Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level

Rise Time, Fall Time, and Overshoot Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Measure and record the following:

Rise Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A _______ ns 10 ns

Pulse Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . –10 ns _______ ms +10 ns

PRI (period) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . –10 ns _______ ms +10 ns

Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A _______ % 10%

Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 0.5 ms)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Set pulse width W1 to 0.5 ms

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . –1.0 dB _______ dB +1.0 dB

Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 5.0 ms)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . –0.5 dB _______ dB +0.5 dB

683XXC MM A-35
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68337C

3-15 Pulse Modulation Test: Video Feedthrough

Test Procedure Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Set PRI (period) to 0.01 ms

Measure and record the Video Feedthrough voltage spikes . . . . –10 mV _______ mV +10 mV

3-16 Pulse Modulation Test: RF On/Off Ratio

Test Procedure Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Measure and record the peak of the signal on the Spectrum

Analyzer. (Measured signal must be >60 dB below top graticule
to meet specification; this represents an On/Off Ratio of >80 dB.) . 60 dB _______dB N/A

3-17 Phase Modulation Tests

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit
(Wide FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68337C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______rad

Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.7% _________ % 106.3%

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

(Narrow FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68337C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______rad

Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.7% _________ % 106.3%

A-36 683XXC MM
 Anritsu Model 68337C Date: __________________________

Serial Number __________________ Calibrated By: __________________________

4-7 Preliminary Calibration

Procedure Step Step Completion

1. Internal DVM Calibration (calterm119) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

2. Coarse Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 137) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

3. Fine Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 136). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4. Sweep Time DAC Calibration (calterm 132) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

5. YIG Frequency Offset DAC Calibration (calterm 134) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

6. YIG Frequency Linearizer DACs Calibration (calterm 127) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

7. 100 MHz Reference Oscillator Calibration (calterm 130) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

8. Ramp Center DAC Calibration (calterm 129) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

9. Sweep Width DAC Calibration (calterm 133) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

10. Center Frequency DAC Calibration (calterm 114) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

11. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4-8 Switched Filter Shaper Calibration

Log Amplifier Zero Calibration Step Completion

1. Log Amplifier Zero Calibration (calterm 115) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

Limiter DAC Adjustment (Model 68337C’s with Option 15B)

2. Limiter DAC Adjustment (calterm 145). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

Shaper DAC Adjustment

2. Shaper DAC Adjustment (calterm 138) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

3. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

683XXC MM A-37
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68337C

4-9 RF Level Calibration

This calibration is performed using an automatic test system. Contact Anritsu Customer Service for further information.

4-10 ALC Slope Calibration

Procedure Step Step Completion

5. ALC Slope DAC adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

6. Store the DAC setting value(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4-11 ALC Bandwidth Calibration

Procedure Step Step Completion

1. ALC Bandwidth Calibration (Calterm 110) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

2. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4-12 AM Calibration

Procedure Step Step Completion

2. Linear AM Calibration (calterm 112) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

3. Log AM Calibration (calterm 113) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4. AM Meter Calibration (calterm 147) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

5. AM Function Generator Calibration (calterm 146) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

6. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

A-38 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68337C

4-13 FM Calibration

Procedure Step Step Completion

1. FM Meter Calibration (calterm 123) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

2. FM Variable Gain Linearity Calibration (calterm 148) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

3. External Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 124) . . . . . . . . . ______________

4. Internal Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 143) . . . . . . . . . . ______________

5. External Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity

Calibration (calterm 125). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

6. Internal Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity

Calibration (calterm 144). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

7. FM Rear Panel Input Gain Calibration (calterm 154) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

8. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4-14 Phase Modulation (FM) Calibration (Option 6)

Procedure Step Step Completion

1. External Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 149) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

2. Internal Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 151) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

3. Wide FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 155) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4. External Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 150) . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

5. Internal Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 152) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

6. Narrow FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 156) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

7. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

683XXC MM A-39/A-40
 Anritsu Model 68347C Date: __________________________

Serial Number __________________ Tested By: __________________________

3-6 Internal Time Base Aging Rate Test

Test Procedure Measured Value Upper Limit

Record frequency error value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

Record frequency error value (after 24 hours) . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

–8
Record the computed aging rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________per day 2x10 per day
–10
(5x10 per day
with Option 16)

683XXC MM A-41
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68347C

3-7 Frequency Synthesis Tests

Coarse Loop/YIG Loop Test Procedure Fine Loop Test Procedure (Standard 68347C)

Test Frequency (in GHz) Measured Value * Test Frequency (in GHz) Measured Value **

2.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 001 000 _____________________

3.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 002 000 _____________________

4.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 003 000 _____________________

5.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 004 000 _____________________

6.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 005 000 _____________________

7.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 006 000 _____________________

8.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 007 000 _____________________

9.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 008 000 _____________________

10.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 009 000 _____________________

11.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 010 000 _____________________

12.000 000 000 _____________________

** Specifications for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz
13.000 000 000 _____________________
Fine Loop Test Procedure (68347C with Option 11)
14.000 000 000 _____________________
Test Frequency (in GHz) Measured Value ***
15.000 000 000 _____________________
2.000 000 100 _____________________
16.000 000 000 _____________________
2.000 000 200 _____________________
17.000 000 000 _____________________
2.000 000 300 _____________________
18.000 000 000 _____________________
2.000 000 400 _____________________
19.000 000 000 _____________________
2.000 000 500 _____________________
20.000 000 000 _____________________
2.000 000 600 _____________________
* Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz.
2.000 000 700 _____________________

2.000 000 800 _____________________

2.000 000 900 _____________________

2.000 001 000 _____________________

*** Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±10 Hz.

A-42 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68347C

3-8 Spurious Signals Test: RF Output Signals <2 GHz

Test Procedure Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 10 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –30 dBc

Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Set F1 to 20 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –30 dBc

Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Set F1 to 30 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –30 dBc

Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Set F1 to 40 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –30 dBc

Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Set F1 to 350 MHz

Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Set F1 to 1.6 GHz

Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Set F1 to 1.6 GHz

Record the level of the harmonics of the 1.6 GHz carrier:
3.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

4.8 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

683XXC MM A-43
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68347C

3-9 Harmonic Test: RF Output Signals From 2 to 20 GHz

Test Procedure (2 to 10 GHz) Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 2.1 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 2.1 GHz carrier:
4.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

6.3 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

8.4 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

10.5 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

12.6 GHz (6th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

14.7 GHz (7th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

16.8 GHz (8th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

18.9 GHz (9th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

Set F1 to 3.6 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 3.6 GHz carrier:
7.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

10.8 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

14.4 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

18.0 Ghz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

Set F1 to 7.0 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 7 GHz carrier:
14.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

Set F1 to 10.0 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 10 GHz carrier:
20.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

* –50 dBc if Option 15B (High Power) installed.

A-44 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68347C

3-9 Harmonic Test: RF Output Signals From 2 to 20 GHz (Continued)

Test Procedure (11 to 20 GHz) Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 12.4 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 12.4 GHz carrier:
24.8 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

37.2 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

Set F1 to 16.0 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 16.0 GHz carrier:
32.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

Set F1 to 20.0 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 20.0 GHz carrier:
40.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

* –50 dBc if Option 15B (High Power) installed.

683XXC MM A-45
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68347C

3-10 Single Sideband Phase Noise Test

Test Procedure Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 2.0 GHz

Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –77 dBc

1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –85 dBc

10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –83 dBc

100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –99 dBc

Set F1 to 6.0 GHz

Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –75 dBc

1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –85 dBc

10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –83 dBc

100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –99 dBc

Set F1 to 10.0 GHz

Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –70 dBc

1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –83 dBc

10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –80 dBc

100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –99 dBc

Set F1 to 20.0 GHz

Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –63 dBc

1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –75 dBc

10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –75 dBc

100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –97 dBc

A-46 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68347C

3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests

(Model 68347C w/o Option 2 Step Attenuator)

Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure

Set F1 to 1.0 GHz Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Set L1 to: Measured Power * Set L1 to: Measured Power *

+13 dBm _________dBm +13 dBm _________dBm

+12 dBm _________dBm +12 dBm _________dBm

+11 dBm _________dBm +11 dBm _________dBm

+10 dBm _________dBm +10 dBm _________dBm

+ 9 dBm _________dBm + 9 dBm _________dBm

+ 8 dBm _________dBm + 8 dBm _________dBm

+ 7 dBm _________dBm + 7 dBm _________dBm

+ 6 dBm _________dBm + 6 dBm _________dBm

+ 5 dBm _________dBm + 5 dBm _________dBm

+ 4 dBm _________dBm + 4 dBm _________dBm

+ 3 dBm _________dBm + 3 dBm _________dBm

+ 2 dBm _________dBm + 2 dBm _________dBm

+ 1 dBm _________dBm + 1 dBm _________dBm

* Specification is ±1.0 dB. * Specification is ±1.0 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Manual Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation **

+13 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation ***

+13 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

*** Maximum variation is 4.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 2.0 dB (0.05 to 20 GHz)(typical, not a specification).

683XXC MM A-47
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68347C

3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)

(Model 68347C w/Option 2A Step Attenuator)

Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure

Set F1 to 1.0 GHz Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Set L1 to: Measured Power * Set L1 to: Measured Power *

+11 dBm _________dBm +11 dBm _________dBm

+10 dBm _________dBm +10 dBm _________dBm

+ 9 dBm _________dBm + 9 dBm _________dBm

+ 8 dBm _________dBm + 8 dBm _________dBm

+ 7 dBm _________dBm + 7 dBm _________dBm

+ 6 dBm _________dBm + 6 dBm _________dBm

+ 5 dBm _________dBm + 5 dBm _________dBm

+ 4 dBm _________dBm + 4 dBm _________dBm

+ 3 dBm _________dBm + 3 dBm _________dBm

+ 2 dBm _________dBm + 2 dBm _________dBm

+ 1 dBm _________dBm + 1 dBm _________dBm

+ 0 dBm _________dBm + 0 dBm _________dBm

– 1 dBm _________dBm – 1 dBm _________dBm

* Specification is ±1.0 dB. * Specification is ±1.0 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Manual Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation **

+11 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation ***

+11 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

*** Maximum variation is 7.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 6.0 dB (0.05 to 20 GHz)(typical, not a specification).

A-48 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68347C

3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)

(Model 68347C w/Option 2F Step Attenuator)

Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure

Set F1 to 1.0 GHz Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Set L1 to: Measured Power * Set L1 to: Measured Power *

+ 3 dBm _________dBm + 3 dBm _________dBm

+ 2 dBm _________dBm + 2 dBm _________dBm

+ 1 dBm _________dBm + 1 dBm _________dBm

+ 0 dBm _________dBm + 0 dBm _________dBm

– 1 dBm _________dBm – 1 dBm _________dBm

– 2 dBm _________dBm – 2 dBm _________dBm

– 3 dBm _________dBm – 3 dBm _________dBm

– 4 dBm _________dBm – 4 dBm _________dBm

– 5 dBm _________dBm – 5 dBm _________dBm

– 6 dBm _________dBm – 6 dBm _________dBm

– 7 dBm _________dBm – 7 dBm _________dBm

– 8 dBm _________dBm – 8 dBm _________dBm

– 9 dBm _________dBm – 9 dBm _________dBm

* Specification is ±1.0 dB. * Specification is ±1.0 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Manual Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation **

+ 3 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation ***

+ 3 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

*** Maximum variation is 7.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 6.0 dB (0.05 to 20 GHz)(typical, not a specification).

683XXC MM A-49
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68347C

3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)

(Model 68347C w/Option 15B High Power & w/o Option 2 Step Attenuator)

Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure

Set F1 to 1.0 GHz Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Set L1 to: Measured Power * Set L1 to: Measured Power *

+13 dBm _________dBm +17 dBm _________dBm

+12 dBm _________dBm +16 dBm _________dBm

+11 dBm _________dBm +15 dBm _________dBm

+10 dBm _________dBm +14 dBm _________dBm

+ 9 dBm _________dBm +13 dBm _________dBm

+ 8 dBm _________dBm + 12dBm _________dBm

+ 7 dBm _________dBm +11 dBm _________dBm

+ 6 dBm _________dBm +10 dBm _________dBm

+ 5 dBm _________dBm + 9 dBm _________dBm

+ 4 dBm _________dBm + 8 dBm _________dBm

+ 3 dBm _________dBm + 7dBm _________dBm

+ 2 dBm _________dBm + 6 dBm _________dBm

+ 1 dBm _________dBm + 5 dBm _________dBm

* Specification is ±1.0 dB. * Specification is ±1.0 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Manual Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation **

+13 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation ***

+13 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

*** Maximum variation is 4.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 2.0 dB (0.05 to 20 GHz)(typical, not a specification).

A-50 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68347C

3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)

(Model 68347C w/Option 15B High Power & w/Option 2A Step Attenuator)

Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure

Set F1 to 1.0 GHz Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Set L1 to: Measured Power * Set L1 to: Measured Power *

+11 dBm _________dBm +15 dBm _________dBm

+10 dBm _________dBm +14 dBm _________dBm

+ 9 dBm _________dBm +13 dBm _________dBm

+ 8 dBm _________dBm +12 dBm _________dBm

+ 7 dBm _________dBm +11 dBm _________dBm

+ 6 dBm _________dBm +10 dBm _________dBm

+ 5 dBm _________dBm + 9 dBm _________dBm

+ 4 dBm _________dBm + 8 dBm _________dBm

+ 3 dBm _________dBm + 7 dBm _________dBm

+ 2 dBm _________dBm + 6 dBm _________dBm

+ 1 dBm _________dBm + 5 dBm _________dBm

+ 0 dBm _________dBm + 4 dBm _________dBm

– 1 dBm _________dBm + 3 dBm _________dBm

* Specification is ±1.0 dB. * Specification is ±1.0 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Manual Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation **

+11 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation ***

+11 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

*** Maximum variation is 7.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 6.0 dB (0.05 to 20 GHz)(typical, not a specification).

683XXC MM A-51
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68347C

3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)

(Model 68347C w/Option 15B High Power & w/Option 2F Step Attenuator)

Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure

Set F1 to 1.0 GHz Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Set L1 to: Measured Power * Set L1 to: Measured Power *

+11 dBm _________dBm + 7 dBm _________dBm

+10 dBm _________dBm + 6 dBm _________dBm

+ 9 dBm _________dBm + 5 dBm _________dBm

+ 8 dBm _________dBm + 4 dBm _________dBm

+ 7 dBm _________dBm + 3 dBm _________dBm

+ 6 dBm _________dBm + 2 dBm _________dBm

+ 5 dBm _________dBm + 1 dBm _________dBm

+ 4 dBm _________dBm + 0 dBm _________dBm

+ 3 dBm _________dBm – 1 dBm _________dBm

+ 2 dBm _________dBm – 2 dBm _________dBm

+ 1 dBm _________dBm – 3 dBm _________dBm

+ 0 dBm _________dBm – 4 dBm _________dBm

– 1 dBm _________dBm – 5 dBm _________dBm

* Specification is ±1.0 dB. * Specification is ±1.0 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Manual Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation **

+ 7 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation ***

+ 7 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

*** Maximum variation is 7.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 6.0 dB (0.05 to 20 GHz)(typical, not a specification).

A-52 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68347C

3-12 Amplitude Modulation Test

AM Imput Sensitivity Procedure Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(+) reading . . . . . . . . . . . __________

Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(–) reading . . . . . . . . . . . __________

Calculate and record the actual AM input sensitivity . . . . . . . . 45% _________ % 55%

3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit
(Unlocked Wide FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Measure and record the low carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ MHz

Measure and record the high carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ MHz

Calculate and record the actual peak-to-peak frequency deviation . 190 MHz _______ MHz 210 MHz

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

(Unlocked Narrow FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68347C . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ MHz

Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.7% _________ % 106.3%

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

(Locked FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68347C . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ MHz

Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.7% _________ % 106.3%

683XXC MM A-53
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68347C

3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests (Continued)

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit
(Locked Low-Noise FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68347C . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ MHz

Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.7% _________ % 106.3%

3-14 Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level

Rise Time, Fall Time, and Overshoot Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Measure and record the following:

Rise Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A _______ ns 10 ns

Pulse Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . –10 ns _______ ms +10 ns

PRI (period) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . –10 ns _______ ms +10 ns

Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A _______ % 10%

Pulse Level Accuracy (1 GHz, Pulse Width = 1.0 ms)

Set F1 to 1.0 GHz

Set pulse width W1 to 1.0 ms

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . –1.0 dB _______ dB +1.0 dB

Pulse Level Accuracy (1 GHz, Pulse Width = 5.0 ms)

Set F1 to 1.0 GHz

Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . –0.5 dB _______ dB +0.5 dB

A-54 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68347C

3-14 Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level (Continued)

Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 0.5 ms) Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . –1.0 dB _______ dB +1.0 dB

Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 5.0 ms)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . –0.5 dB _______ dB +0.5 dB

3-15 Pulse Modulation Test: Video Feedthrough

Test Procedure Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Set PRI (period) to 0.01 ms

Measure and record the Video Feedthrough voltage spikes . . . . –10 mV _______ mV +10 mV

683XXC MM A-55
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68347C

3-16 Pulse Modulation Test: RF On/Off Ratio

Test Procedure (1 GHz) Measured

Lower Limit Upper Limit
Value

Set F1 to 1.10 GHz

Measure and record the peak of the signal on the Spectrum

Analyzer. (Measured signal must be >60 dB below top graticule
to meet specification; this represents an On/Off Ratio of >80 dB.) . 60 dB _______dB N/A

Test Procedure (5 GHz)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Measure and record the peak of the signal on the Spectrum

Analyzer. (Measured signal must be >60 dB below top graticule
to meet specification; this represents an On/Off Ratio of >80 dB.) . 60 dB _______dB N/A

3-17 Phase Modulation Tests

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit
(Wide FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68347C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______rad

Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.7% _________ % 106.3%

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

(Narrow FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68347C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______rad

Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.7% _________ % 106.3%

A-56 683XXC MM
 Anritsu Model 68347C Date: __________________________

Serial Number __________________ Calibrated By: __________________________

4-7 Preliminary Calibration

Procedure Step Step Completion

1. Internal DVM Calibration (calterm119) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

2. Coarse Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 137) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

3. Fine Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 136). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4. Sweep Time DAC Calibration (calterm 132) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

5. YIG Frequency Offset DAC Calibration (calterm 134) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

6. YIG Frequency Linearizer DACs Calibration (calterm 127) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

7. 100 MHz Reference Oscillator Calibration (calterm 130) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

8. Ramp Center DAC Calibration (calterm 129) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

9. Sweep Width DAC Calibration (calterm 133) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

10. Center Frequency DAC Calibration (calterm 114) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

11. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4-8 Switched Filter Shaper Calibration

Log Amplifier Zero Calibration Step Completion

1. Log Amplifier Zero Calibration (calterm 115) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

Limiter DAC Adjustment (Model 68347C’s with Option 15B)

2. Limiter DAC Adjustment (calterm 145). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

Shaper DAC Adjustment

2. Shaper DAC Adjustment (calterm 138) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

3. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

683XXC MM A-57
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68347C

4-9 RF Level Calibration

This calibration is performed using an automatic test system. Contact Anritsu Customer Service for further information.

4-10 ALC Slope Calibration

Procedure Step Step Completion

5. ALC Slope DAC adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

6. Store the DAC setting value(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4-11 ALC Bandwidth Calibration

Procedure Step Step Completion

1. ALC Bandwidth Calibration (Calterm 110) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

2. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4-12 AM Calibration

Procedure Step Step Completion

2. Linear AM Calibration (calterm 112) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

3. Log AM Calibration (calterm 113) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4. AM Meter Calibration (calterm 147) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

5. AM Function Generator Calibration (calterm 146) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

6. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

A-58 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68347C

4-13 FM Calibration

Procedure Step Step Completion

1. FM Meter Calibration (calterm 123) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

2. FM Variable Gain Linearity Calibration (calterm 148) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

3. External Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 124) . . . . . . . . . ______________

4. Internal Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 143) . . . . . . . . . . ______________

5. External Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity

Calibration (calterm 125). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

6. Internal Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity

Calibration (calterm 144). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

7. FM Rear Panel Input Gain Calibration (calterm 154) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

8. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4-14 Phase Modulation (FM) Calibration (Option 6)

Procedure Step Step Completion

1. External Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 149) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

2. Internal Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 151) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

3. Wide FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 155) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4. External Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 150) . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

5. Internal Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 152) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

6. Narrow FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 156) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

7. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

683XXC MM A-59/A-60
 Anritsu Model 68367C Date: __________________________

Serial Number __________________ Tested By: __________________________

3-6 Internal Time Base Aging Rate Test

Test Procedure Measured Value Upper Limit

Record frequency error value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________

Record frequency error value (after 24 hours) . . . . . . . . . . . _______________

–8
Record the computed aging rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________per day 2x10 per day
–10
(5x10 per day
with Option 16)

683XXC MM A-61
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68367C

3-7 Frequency Synthesis Tests

Coarse Loop/YIG Loop Test Procedure Fine Loop Test Procedure (Standard 68367C)

Test Frequency (in GHz) Measured Value * Test Frequency (in GHz) Measured Value **

2.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 001 000 _____________________

3.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 002 000 _____________________

4.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 003 000 _____________________

5.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 004 000 _____________________

6.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 005 000 _____________________

7.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 006 000 _____________________

8.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 007 000 _____________________

9.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 008 000 _____________________

10.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 009 000 _____________________

11.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 010 000 _____________________

12.000 000 000 _____________________

** Specifications for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz
13.000 000 000 _____________________
Fine Loop Test Procedure (68367C with Option 11)
14.000 000 000 _____________________
Test Frequency (in GHz) Measured Value ***
15.000 000 000 _____________________
2.000 000 100 _____________________
16.000 000 000 _____________________
2.000 000 200 _____________________
17.000 000 000 _____________________
2.000 000 300 _____________________
18.000 000 000 _____________________
2.000 000 400 _____________________
19.000 000 000 _____________________
2.000 000 500 _____________________
20.000 000 000 _____________________
2.000 000 600 _____________________
* Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz.
2.000 000 700 _____________________

2.000 000 800 _____________________

2.000 000 900 _____________________

2.000 001 000 _____________________

*** Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±10 Hz.

A-62 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68367C

3-8 Spurious Signals Test: RF Output Signals <2 GHz

Test Procedure Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 10 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –30 dBc

Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Set F1 to 20 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –30 dBc

Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Set F1 to 30 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –30 dBc

Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Set F1 to 40 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –30 dBc

Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Set F1 to 350 MHz

Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Set F1 to 1.6 GHz

Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Set F1 to 1.6 GHz

Record the level of the harmonics of the 1.6 GHz carrier:
3.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

4.8 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

683XXC MM A-63
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68367C

3-9 Harmonic Test: RF Output Signals From 2 to 20 GHz

Test Procedure (2 to 10 GHz) Measure Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 2.1 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 2.1 GHz carrier:
4.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

6.3 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

8.4 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

10.5 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

12.6 GHz (6th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

14.7 GHz (7th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

16.8 GHz (8th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

18.9 GHz (9th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

Set F1 to 3.6 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 3.6 GHz carrier:
7.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

10.8 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

14.4 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

18.0 Ghz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

Set F1 to 7.0 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 7 GHz carrier:
14.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

Set F1 to 10.0 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 10 GHz carrier:
20.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

* –50 dBc if Option 15B (High Power) installed.

A-64 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68367C

3-9 Harmonic Test: RF Output Signals From 2 to 20 GHz (Continued)

Test Procedure (11 to 20 GHz) Measure Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 12.4 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 12.4 GHz carrier:
24.8 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

37.2 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

Set F1 to 16.0 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 16.0 GHz carrier:
32.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

Set F1 to 20.0 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 20.0 GHz carrier:
40.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –60 dBc*

* –50 dBc if Option 15B (High Power) installed.

683XXC MM A-65
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68367C

3-10 Single Sideband Phase Noise Test

Test Procedure Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 2.0 GHz

Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –77 dBc

1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –85 dBc

10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –83 dBc

100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –99 dBc

Set F1 to 6.0 GHz

Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –75 dBc

1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –85 dBc

10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –83 dBc

100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –99 dBc

Set F1 to 10.0 GHz

Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –70 dBc

1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –83 dBc

10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –80 dBc

100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –99 dBc

Set F1 to 20.0 GHz

Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –63 dBc

1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –75 dBc

10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –75 dBc

100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –97 dBc

A-66 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68367C

3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests

(Model 68367C w/o Option 2B Step Attenuator)

Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure

Set F1 to 1.0 GHz Set F1 to 5.0 GHz Set F1 to 25.0 GHz

Set L1 to: Measured Power * Set L1 to: Measured Power * Set L1 to: Measured Power *

+13 dBm _________dBm + 9 dBm _________dBm + 6dBm _________dBm

+12 dBm _________dBm + 8 dBm _________dBm + 5 dBm _________dBm

+11 dBm _________dBm + 7 dBm _________dBm + 4 dBm _________dBm

+10 dBm _________dBm + 6 dBm _________dBm + 3 dBm _________dBm

+ 9 dBm _________dBm + 5 dBm _________dBm + 2dBm _________dBm

+ 8 dBm _________dBm + 4 dBm _________dBm + 1 dBm _________dBm

+ 7 dBm _________dBm + 3 dBm _________dBm + 0 dBm _________dBm

+ 6 dBm _________dBm + 2 dBm _________dBm – 1 dBm _________dBm

+ 5 dBm _________dBm + 1 dBm _________dBm – 2 dBm _________dBm

+ 4 dBm _________dBm + 0 dBm _________dBm – 3 dBm _________dBm

+ 3 dBm _________dBm – 1 dBm _________dBm – 4 dBm _________dBm

+ 2 dBm _________dBm – 2 dBm _________dBm – 5 dBm _________dBm

+ 1 dBm _________dBm – 3 dBm _________dBm – 6 dBm _________dBm

* Specification is ±1.0 dB. * Specification is ±1.0 dB. * Specification is ±1.0 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Manual Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation **

+ 6 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation ***

+ 6 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

*** Maximum variation is 4.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 2.0 dB (0.05 to 20 GHz); 4.0 dB (20 to 40 GHz)(typical, not a
specification).

683XXC MM A-67
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68367C

3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)

(Model 68367C w/Option 2B Step Attenuator)

Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure

Set F1 to 1.0 GHz Set F1 to 5.0 GHz Set F1 to 25.0 GHz

Set L1 to: Measured Power * Set L1 to: Measured Power * Set L1 to: Measured Power *

+11 dBm _________dBm + 7 dBm _________dBm + 3 dBm _________dBm

+10 dBm _________dBm + 6 dBm _________dBm + 2 dBm _________dBm

+ 9 dBm _________dBm + 5 dBm _________dBm + 1 dBm _________dBm

+ 8 dBm _________dBm + 4 dBm _________dBm + 0 dBm _________dBm

+ 7 dBm _________dBm + 3 dBm _________dBm – 1 dBm _________dBm

+ 6 dBm _________dBm + 2 dBm _________dBm – 2 dBm _________dBm

+ 5 dBm _________dBm + 1 dBm _________dBm – 3 dBm _________dBm

+ 4 dBm _________dBm + 0 dBm _________dBm – 4 dBm _________dBm

+ 3 dBm _________dBm – 1 dBm _________dBm – 5 dBm _________dBm

+ 2 dBm _________dBm – 2 dBm _________dBm – 6 dBm _________dBm

+ 1 dBm _________dBm – 3 dBm _________dBm – 7 dBm _________dBm

+ 0 dBm _________dBm – 4 dBm _________dBm – 8 dBm _________dBm

– 1 dBm _________dBm – 5 dBm _________dBm – 9 dBm _________dBm

* Specification is ±1.0 dB. * Specification is ±1.0 dB. * Specification is ±1.0 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Manual Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation **

+ 3 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation ***

+ 3 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

*** Maximum variation is 7.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 6.0 dB (0.05 to 20 GHz); 8.2 dB (20 to 40 GHz)(typical, not a
specification).

A-68 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68367C

3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)

(Model 68367C w/Option 15B High Power & w/o Option 2B Step Attenuator)

Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure

Set F1 to 1.0 GHz Set F1 to 5.0 GHz Set F1 to 25.0 GHz

Set L1 to: Measured Power * Set L1 to: Measured Power * Set L1 to: Measured Power *

+13 dBm _________dBm +13 dBm _________dBm + 6 dBm _________dBm

+12 dBm _________dBm +12 dBm _________dBm + 5 dBm _________dBm

+11 dBm _________dBm +11 dBm _________dBm + 4 dBm _________dBm

+10 dBm _________dBm +10 dBm _________dBm + 3 dBm _________dBm

+ 9 dBm _________dBm + 9 dBm _________dBm + 2 dBm _________dBm

+ 8 dBm _________dBm + 8 dBm _________dBm + 1 dBm _________dBm

+ 7 dBm _________dBm + 7 dBm _________dBm + 0 dBm _________dBm

+ 6 dBm _________dBm + 6 dBm _________dBm – 1 dBm _________dBm

+ 5 dBm _________dBm + 5 dBm _________dBm – 2 dBm _________dBm

+ 4 dBm _________dBm + 4 dBm _________dBm – 3 dBm _________dBm

+ 3 dBm _________dBm + 3 dBm _________dBm – 4 dBm _________dBm

+ 2 dBm _________dBm + 2 dBm _________dBm – 5 dBm _________dBm

+ 1 dBm _________dBm + 1 dBm _________dBm – 6 dBm _________dBm

* Specification is ±1.0 dB. * Specification is ±1.0 dB. * Specification is ±1.0 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Manual Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation **

+ 6 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation ***

+ 6 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

*** Maximum variation is 4.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 2.0 dB (0.05 to 20 GHz); 4.0 dB (20 to 40 GHz)(typical, not a
specification).

683XXC MM A-69
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68367C

3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)

(Model 68367C w/Option 15B High Power & w/Option 2B Step Attenuator)

Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure

Set F1 to 1.0 GHz Set F1 to 5.0 GHz Set F1 to 25.0 GHz

Set L1 to: Measured Power * Set L1 to: Measured Power * Set L1 to: Measured Power *

+11 dBm _________dBm +11 dBm _________dBm + 3 dBm _________dBm

+10 dBm _________dBm +10 dBm _________dBm + 2 dBm _________dBm

+ 9 dBm _________dBm + 9 dBm _________dBm + 1 dBm _________dBm

+ 8 dBm _________dBm + 8 dBm _________dBm + 0 dBm _________dBm

+ 7 dBm _________dBm + 7 dBm _________dBm – 1 dBm _________dBm

+ 6 dBm _________dBm + 6 dBm _________dBm – 2 dBm _________dBm

+ 5 dBm _________dBm + 5 dBm _________dBm – 3 dBm _________dBm

+ 4 dBm _________dBm + 4 dBm _________dBm – 4 dBm _________dBm

+ 3 dBm _________dBm + 3 dBm _________dBm – 5 dBm _________dBm

+ 2 dBm _________dBm + 2 dBm _________dBm – 6 dBm _________dBm

+ 1 dBm _________dBm + 1 dBm _________dBm – 7 dBm _________dBm

+ 0 dBm _________dBm + 0 dBm _________dBm – 8 dBm _________dBm

– 1 dBm _________dBm – 1 dBm _________dBm – 9 dBm _________dBm

* Specification is ±1.0 dB. * Specification is ±1.0 dB. * Specification is ±1.0 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Manual Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation **

+ 3 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation ***

+ 3 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

*** Maximum variation is 7.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 6.0 dB (0.05 to 20 GHz); 8.2 dB (20 to 40 GHz)(typical, not a
specification).

A-70 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68367C

3-12 Amplitude Modulation Test

AM Imput Sensitivity Procedure Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(+) reading . . . . . . . . . . . __________

Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(–) reading . . . . . . . . . . . __________

Calculate and record the actual AM input sensitivity . . . . . . . . 45% _________ % 55%

3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit
(Unlocked Wide FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Measure and record the low carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ MHz

Measure and record the high carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ MHz

Calculate and record the actual peak-to-peak frequency deviation . 190 MHz _______ MHz 210 MHz

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

(Unlocked Narrow FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68367C . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ MHz

Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.7% _________ % 106.3%

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

(Locked FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68367C . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ MHz

Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.7% _________ % 106.3%

683XXC MM A-71
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68367C

3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests (Continued)

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit
(Locked Low-Noise FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68367C . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ MHz

Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.7% _________ % 106.3%

3-14 Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level

Rise Time, Fall Time, and Overshoot Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Measure and record the following:

Rise Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A _______ ns 10 ns

Pulse Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . –10 ns _______ ms +10 ns

PRI (period) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . –10 ns _______ ms +10 ns

Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A _______ % 10%

Pulse Level Accuracy (1 GHz, Pulse Width = 1.0 ms)

Set F1 to 1.0 GHz

Set pulse width W1 to 1.0 ms

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . –1.0 dB _______ dB +1.0 dB

Pulse Level Accuracy (1 GHz, Pulse Width = 5.0 ms)

Set F1 to 1.0 GHz

Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . –0.5 dB _______ dB +0.5 dB

A-72 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68367C

3-14 Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level (Continued)

Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 0.5 ms) Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . –1.0 dB _______ dB +1.0 dB

Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 5.0 ms)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . –0.5 dB _______ dB +0.5 dB

3-15 Pulse Modulation Test: Video Feedthrough

Test Procedure Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Set PRI (period) to 0.01 ms

Measure and record the Video Feedthrough voltage spikes . . . . –10 mV _______ mV +10 mV

683XXC MM A-73
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68367C

3-16 Pulse Modulation Test: RF On/Off Ratio

Test Procedure (1 GHz) Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 1.10 GHz

Measure and record the peak of the signal on the Spectrum

Analyzer. (Measured signal must be >60 dB below top graticule
to meet specification; this represents an On/Off Ratio of >80 dB.) . 60 dB _______ dB N/A

Test Procedure (5 GHz)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Measure and record the peak of the signal on the Spectrum

Analyzer. (Measured signal must be >60 dB below top graticule
to meet specification; this represents an On/Off Ratio of >80 dB.) . 60 dB _______ dB N/A

3-17 Phase Modulation Tests

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit
(Wide FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68367C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______rad

Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.7% _________ % 106.3%

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

(Narrow FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68367C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______rad

Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.7% _________ % 106.3%

A-74 683XXC MM
 Anritsu Model 68367C Date: __________________________

Serial Number __________________ Calibrated By: __________________________

4-7 Preliminary Calibration

Procedure Step Step Completion

1. Internal DVM Calibration (calterm119) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

2. Coarse Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 137) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

3. Fine Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 136). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4. Sweep Time DAC Calibration (calterm 132) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

5. YIG Frequency Offset DAC Calibration (calterm 134) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

6. YIG Frequency Linearizer DACs Calibration (calterm 127) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

7. 100 MHz Reference Oscillator Calibration (calterm 130) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

8. Ramp Center DAC Calibration (calterm 129) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

9. Sweep Width DAC Calibration (calterm 133) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

10. Center Frequency DAC Calibration (calterm 114) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

11. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4-8 Switched Filter Shaper Calibration

Log Amplifier Zero Calibration Step Completion

1. Log Amplifier Zero Calibration (calterm 115) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

Limiter DAC Adjustment (Model 68367C’s with Option 15B)

2. Limiter DAC Adjustment (calterm 145). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

Shaper DAC Adjustment

2. Shaper DAC Adjustment (calterm 138) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

3. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

683XXC MM A-75
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68367C

4-9 RF Level Calibration

This calibration is performed using an automatic test system. Contact Anritsu Customer Service for further information.

4-10 ALC Slope Calibration

Procedure Step Step Completion

5. ALC Slope DAC adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

6. Store the DAC setting value(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4-11 ALC Bandwidth Calibration

Procedure Step Step Completion

1. ALC Bandwidth Calibration (Calterm 110) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

2. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4-12 AM Calibration

Procedure Step Step Completion

2. Linear AM Calibration (calterm 112) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

3. Log AM Calibration (calterm 113) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4. AM Meter Calibration (calterm 147) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

5. AM Function Generator Calibration (calterm 146) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

6. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

A-76 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68367C

4-13 FM Calibration

Procedure Step Step Completion

1. FM Meter Calibration (calterm 123) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

2. FM Variable Gain Linearity Calibration (calterm 148) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

3. External Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 124) . . . . . . . . . ______________

4. Internal Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 143) . . . . . . . . . . ______________

5. External Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity

Calibration (calterm 125). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

6. Internal Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity

Calibration (calterm 144). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

7. FM Rear Panel Input Gain Calibration (calterm 154) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

8. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4-14 Phase Modulation (FM) Calibration (Option 6)

Procedure Step Step Completion

1. External Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 149) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

2. Internal Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 151) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

3. Wide FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 155) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4. External Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 150) . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

5. Internal Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 152) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

6. Narrow FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 156) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

7. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

683XXC MM A-77/A-78
 Anritsu Model 68377C Date: __________________________

Serial Number __________________ Tested By: __________________________

3-6 Internal Time Base Aging Rate Test

Test Procedure Measured Value Upper Limit

Record frequency error value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________

Record frequency error value (after 24 hours) . . . . . . . . . . . _______________

–8
Record the computed aging rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________per day 2x10 per day
–10
(5x10 per day
with Option 16)

683XXC MM A-79
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68377C

3-7 Frequency Synthesis Tests

Coarse Loop/YIG Loop Test Procedure Fine Loop Test Procedure (Standard 68377C)

Test Frequency (in GHz) Measured Value * Test Frequency (in GHz) Measured Value **

2.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 001 000 _____________________

3.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 002 000 _____________________

4.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 003 000 _____________________

5.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 004 000 _____________________

6.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 005 000 _____________________

7.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 006 000 _____________________

8.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 007 000 _____________________

9.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 008 000 _____________________

10.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 009 000 _____________________

11.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 010 000 _____________________

12.000 000 000 _____________________

** Specifications for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz
13.000 000 000 _____________________
Fine Loop Test Procedure (68377C with Option 11)
14.000 000 000 _____________________
Test Frequency (in GHz) Measured Value ***
15.000 000 000 _____________________
2.000 000 100 _____________________
16.000 000 000 _____________________
2.000 000 200 _____________________
17.000 000 000 _____________________
2.000 000 300 _____________________
18.000 000 000 _____________________
2.000 000 400 _____________________
19.000 000 000 _____________________
2.000 000 500 _____________________
20.000 000 000 _____________________
2.000 000 600 _____________________
* Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz.
2.000 000 700 _____________________

2.000 000 800 _____________________

2.000 000 900 _____________________

2.000 001 000 _____________________

*** Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±10 Hz.

A-80 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68377C

3-8 Spurious Signals Test: RF Output Signals <2 GHz

Test Procedure Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 10 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –30 dBc

Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Set F1 to 20 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –30 dBc

Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Set F1 to 30 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –30 dBc

Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Set F1 to 40 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –30 dBc

Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Set F1 to 350 MHz

Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Set F1 to 1.6 GHz

Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Set F1 to 1.6 GHz

Record the level of the harmonics of the 1.6 GHz carrier:
3.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

4.8 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

683XXC MM A-81
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68377C

3-9 Harmonic Test: RF Output Signals From 2 to 20 GHz

Test Procedure (2 to 10 GHz) Measure Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 2.1 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 2.1 GHz carrier:
4.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

6.3 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

8.4 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

10.5 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

12.6 GHz (6th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

14.7 GHz (7th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

16.8 GHz (8th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

18.9 GHz (9th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

Set F1 to 3.6 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 3.6 GHz carrier:
7.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

10.8 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

14.4 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

18.0 Ghz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

Set F1 to 7.0 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 7 GHz carrier:
14.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

Set F1 to 10.0 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 10 GHz carrier:
20.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

Test Procedure (11 to 20 GHz)

Set F1 to 12.4 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 12.4 GHz carrier:
24.8 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

37.2 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

Set F1 to 16.0 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 16.0 GHz carrier:
32.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

Set F1 to 20.0 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 20.0 GHz carrier:
40.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

A-82 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68377C

3-10 Single Sideband Phase Noise Test

Test Procedure Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 2.0 GHz

Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –77 dBc

1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –85 dBc

10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –83 dBc

100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –99 dBc

Set F1 to 6.0 GHz

Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –75 dBc

1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –85 dBc

10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –83 dBc

100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –99 dBc

Set F1 to 10.0 GHz

Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –70 dBc

1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –83 dBc

10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –80 dBc

100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –99 dBc

Set F1 to 20.0 GHz

Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –63 dBc

1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –75 dBc

10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –75 dBc

100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –97 dBc

683XXC MM A-83
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68377C

3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests

(Model 68377C w/o Option 2C Step Attenuator)

Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz Set F1 to 25.0 GHz Set F1 to 45.0 GHz

Set L1 to: Measured Power * Set L1 to: Measured Power * Set L1 to: Measured Power *

+10 dBm _________dBm + 2.5 dBm _________dBm + 2.5 dBm _________dBm

+ 9 dBm _________dBm + 1.5 dBm _________dBm + 1.5 dBm _________dBm

+ 8 dBm _________dBm + 0.5 dBm _________dBm + 0.5 dBm _________dBm

+ 7 dBm _________dBm – 0.5 dBm _________dBm – 0.5 dBm _________dBm

+ 6 dBm _________dBm – 1.5 dBm _________dBm – 1.5 dBm _________dBm

+ 5 dBm _________dBm – 2.5 dBm _________dBm – 2.5 dBm _________dBm

+ 4 dBm _________dBm – 3.5 dBm _________dBm – 3.5 dBm _________dBm

+ 3 dBm _________dBm – 4.5 dBm _________dBm – 4.5 dBm _________dBm

+ 2 dBm _________dBm – 5.5 dBm _________dBm – 5.5 dBm _________dBm

+ 1 dBm _________dBm – 6.5 dBm _________dBm – 6.5 dBm _________dBm

+ 0 dBm _________dBm – 7.5 dBm _________dBm – 7.5 dBm _________dBm

– 1 dBm _________dBm – 8.5 dBm _________dBm – 8.5 dBm _________dBm

– 2 dBm _________dBm – 9.5 dBm _________dBm – 9.5 dBm _________dBm

* Specification is ±1.0 dB. * Specification is ±1.0 dB. * Specification is ±1.5 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Manual Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation **

+ 2.5 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB (0.01 to 40 GHz); 2.2 dB (40 to 50 GHz).

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation ***

+ 2.5 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

*** Maximum variation is 4.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 2.0 dB (0.05 to 20 GHz); 4.0 dB (20 to 40 GHz); 5.0 dB (40 to
50 GHz)(typical, not a specification).

A-84 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68377C

3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)

(Model 68377C w/Option 2C Step Attenuator)

Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz Set F1 to 25.0 GHz Set F1 to 45.0 GHz

Set L1 to: Measured Power * Set L1 to: Measured Power * Set L1 to: Measured Power *

+ 8.5 dBm _________dBm + 0 dBm _________dBm – 1 dBm _________dBm

+ 7.5 dBm _________dBm – 1 dBm _________dBm – 2 dBm _________dBm

+ 6.5 dBm _________dBm – 2 dBm _________dBm – 3 dBm _________dBm

+ 5.5 dBm _________dBm – 3 dBm _________dBm – 4 dBm _________dBm

+ 4.5 dBm _________dBm – 4 dBm _________dBm – 5 dBm _________dBm

+ 3.5 dBm _________dBm – 5 dBm _________dBm – 6 dBm _________dBm

+ 2.5 dBm _________dBm – 6 dBm _________dBm – 7 dBm _________dBm

+ 1.5 dBm _________dBm – 7 dBm _________dBm – 8 dBm _________dBm

+ 0.5 dBm _________dBm – 8 dBm _________dBm – 9 dBm _________dBm

– 0.5 dBm _________dBm – 9 dBm _________dBm –10 dBm _________dBm

– 1.5 dBm _________dBm –10 dBm _________dBm –11 dBm _________dBm

– 2.5 dBm _________dBm –11 dBm _________dBm –12 dBm _________dBm

– 3.5 dBm _________dBm –12 dBm _________dBm –13 dBm _________dBm

* Specification is ±1.0 dB. * Specification is ±1.0 dB. * Specification is ±1.5 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Manual Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation **

– 1 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB (0.01 to 40 GHz); 2.2 dB (40 to 50 GHz).

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation ***

– 1 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

*** Maximum variation is 7.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 6.0 dB (0.05 to 20 GHz); 8.2 dB (20 to 40 GHz); 10.2 dB (40 to
50 GHz)(typical, not a specification).

683XXC MM A-85
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68377C

3-12 Amplitude Modulation Test

AM Imput Sensitivity Procedure Measured

Lower Limit Upper Limit
Value

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(+) reading . . . . . . . . . . . __________

Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(–) reading . . . . . . . . . . . __________

Calculate and record the actual AM input sensitivity . . . . . . . . 45% _________ % 55%

3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit
(Unlocked Wide FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Measure and record the low carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ MHz

Measure and record the high carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ MHz

Calculate and record the actual peak-to-peak frequency deviation . 190 MHz _______ MHz 210 MHz

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

(Unlocked Narrow FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68377C . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ MHz

Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.7% _________ % 106.3%

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

(Locked FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68377C . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ MHz

Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.7% _________ % 106.3%

A-86 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68377C

3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests (Continued)

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit
(Locked Low-Noise FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68377C . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ MHz

Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.7% _________ % 106.3%

3-14 Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level

Rise Time, Fall Time, and Overshoot Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Measure and record the following:

Rise Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A _______ ns 10 ns

Pulse Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . –10 ns _______ ms +10 ns

PRI (period) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . –10 ns _______ ms +10 ns

Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A _______ % 10%

Pulse Level Accuracy (1 GHz, Pulse Width = 1.0 ms)

Set F1 to 1.0 GHz

Set pulse width W1 to 1.0 ms

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . –1.0 dB _______ dB +1.0 dB

Pulse Level Accuracy (1 GHz, Pulse Width = 5.0 ms)

Set F1 to 1.0 GHz

Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . –0.5 dB _______ dB +0.5 dB

683XXC MM A-87
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68377C

3-14 Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level (Continued)

Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 0.5 ms) Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 µs

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . –1.0 dB _______ dB +1.0 dB

Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 5.0 ms)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 µs

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . –0.5 dB _______ dB +0.5 dB

3-15 Pulse Modulation Test: Video Feedthrough

Test Procedure Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Set PRI (period) to 0.01 ms

Measure and record the Video Feedthrough voltage spikes . . . . –10 mV _______ mV +10 mV

A-88 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68377C

3-16 Pulse Modulation Test: RF On/Off Ratio

Test Procedure (1 GHz) Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 1.10 GHz

Measure and record the peak of the signal on the Spectrum

Analyzer. (Measured signal must be >60 dB below top graticule
to meet specification; this represents an On/Off Ratio of >80 dB.) . 60 dB _______ dB N/A

Test Procedure (5 GHz)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Measure and record the peak of the signal on the Spectrum

Analyzer. (Measured signal must be >60 dB below top graticule
to meet specification; this represents an On/Off Ratio of >80 dB.) . 60 dB _______ dB N/A

3-17 Phase Modulation Tests

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit
(Wide FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68377C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______rad

Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.7% _________ % 106.3%

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

(Narrow FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68377C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______rad

Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.7% _________ % 106.3%

683XXC MM A-89/A-90
 Anritsu Model 68377C Date: __________________________

Serial Number __________________ Calibrated By: __________________________

4-7 Preliminary Calibration

Procedure Step Step Completion

1. Internal DVM Calibration (calterm119) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

2. Coarse Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 137) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

3. Fine Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 136). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4. Sweep Time DAC Calibration (calterm 132) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

5. YIG Frequency Offset DAC Calibration (calterm 134) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

6. YIG Frequency Linearizer DACs Calibration (calterm 127) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

7. 100 MHz Reference Oscillator Calibration (calterm 130) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

8. Ramp Center DAC Calibration (calterm 129) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

9. Sweep Width DAC Calibration (calterm 133) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

10. Center Frequency DAC Calibration (calterm 114) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

11. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4-8 Switched Filter Shaper Calibration

Log Amplifier Zero Calibration Step Completion

1. Log Amplifier Zero Calibration (calterm 115) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

Limiter DAC Adjustment

2. Limiter DAC Adjustment (calterm 145). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

Shaper DAC Adjustment

2. Shaper DAC Adjustment (calterm 138) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

3. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

683XXC MM A-91
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68377C

4-9 RF Level Calibration

This calibration is performed using an automatic test system. Contact Anritsu Customer Service for further information.

4-10 ALC Slope Calibration

Procedure Step Step Completion

5. ALC Slope DAC adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

6. Store the DAC setting value(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4-11 ALC Bandwidth Calibration

Procedure Step Step Completion

1. ALC Bandwidth Calibration (Calterm 110) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

2. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4-12 AM Calibration

Procedure Step Step Completion

2. Linear AM Calibration (calterm 112) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

3. Log AM Calibration (calterm 113) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4. AM Meter Calibration (calterm 147) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

5. AM Function Generator Calibration (calterm 146) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

A-92 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68377C

4-13 FM Calibration

Procedure Step Step Completion

1. FM Meter Calibration (calterm 123) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

2. FM Variable Gain Linearity Calibration (calterm 148) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

3. External Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 124) . . . . . . . . . ______________

4. Internal Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 143) . . . . . . . . . . ______________

5. Internal Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity

Calibration (calterm 125). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

6. Internal Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity

Calibration (calterm 144). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

7. FM Rear Panel Input Gain Calibration (calterm 154) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

8. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4-14 Phase Modulation (FM) Calibration (Option 6)

Procedure Step Step Completion

1. External Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 149) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

2. Internal Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 151) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

3. Wide FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 155) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4. External Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 150) . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

5. Internal Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 152) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

6. Narrow FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 156) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

7. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

683XXC MM A-93/A-94
 Anritsu Model 68387C Date: __________________________

Serial Number __________________ Tested By: __________________________

3-6 Internal Time Base Aging Rate Test

Test Procedure Measured Value Upper Limit

Record frequency error value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________

Record frequency error value (after 24 hours) . . . . . . . . . . . _______________

–8
Record the computed aging rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________per day 2x10 per day
–10
(5x10 per day
with Option 16)

683XXC MM A-95
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68387C

3-7 Frequency Synthesis Tests

Coarse Loop/YIG Loop Test Procedure Fine Loop Test Procedure (Standard 68387C)

Test Frequency (in GHz) Measured Value * Test Frequency (in GHz) Measured Value **

2.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 001 000 _____________________

3.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 002 000 _____________________

4.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 003 000 _____________________

5.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 004 000 _____________________

6.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 005 000 _____________________

7.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 006 000 _____________________

8.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 007 000 _____________________

9.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 008 000 _____________________

10.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 009 000 _____________________

11.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 010 000 _____________________

12.000 000 000 _____________________

** Specifications for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz
13.000 000 000 _____________________
Fine Loop Test Procedure (68387C with Option 11)
14.000 000 000 _____________________
Test Frequency (in GHz) Measured Value ***
15.000 000 000 _____________________
2.000 000 100 _____________________
16.000 000 000 _____________________
2.000 000 200 _____________________
17.000 000 000 _____________________
2.000 000 300 _____________________
18.000 000 000 _____________________
2.000 000 400 _____________________
19.000 000 000 _____________________
2.000 000 500 _____________________
20.000 000 000 _____________________
2.000 000 600 _____________________
* Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz.
2.000 000 700 _____________________

2.000 000 800 _____________________

2.000 000 900 _____________________

2.000 001 000 _____________________

*** Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±10 Hz.

A-96 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68387C

3-8 Spurious Signals Test: RF Output Signals <2 GHz

Test Procedure Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 10 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –30 dBc

Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Set F1 to 20 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –30 dBc

Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Set F1 to 30 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –30 dBc

Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Set F1 to 40 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –30 dBc

Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Set F1 to 350 MHz

Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Set F1 to 1.6 GHz

Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Set F1 to 1.6 GHz

Record the level of the harmonics of the 1.6 GHz carrier:
3.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

4.8 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

683XXC MM A-97
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68387C

3-9 Harmonic Test: RF Output Signals From 2 to 20 GHz

Test Procedure (2 to 10 GHz) Measure Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 2.1 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 2.1 GHz carrier:
4.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

6.3 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

8.4 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

10.5 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

12.6 GHz (6th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

14.7 GHz (7th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

16.8 GHz (8th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

18.9 GHz (9th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

Set F1 to 3.6 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 3.6 GHz carrier:
7.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

10.8 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

14.4 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

18.0 Ghz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

Set F1 to 7.0 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 7 GHz carrier:
14.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

Set F1 to 10.0 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 10 GHz carrier:
20.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

Test Procedure (11 to 20 GHz)

Set F1 to 12.4 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 12.4 GHz carrier:
24.8 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

37.2 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

Set F1 to 16.0 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 16.0 GHz carrier:
32.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

Set F1 to 20.0 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 20.0 GHz carrier:
40.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

A-98 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68387C

3-10 Single Sideband Phase Noise Test

Test Procedure Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 2.0 GHz

Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –77 dBc

1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –85 dBc

10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –83 dBc

100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –99 dBc

Set F1 to 6.0 GHz

Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –75 dBc

1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –85 dBc

10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –83 dBc

100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –99 dBc

Set F1 to 10.0 GHz

Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –70 dBc

1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –83 dBc

10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –80 dBc

100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –99 dBc

Set F1 to 20.0 GHz

Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –63 dBc

1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –75 dBc

10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –75 dBc

100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –97 dBc

683XXC MM A-99
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68387C

3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests

(Model 68387C w/o Option 2D Step Attenuator)

Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz Set F1 to 25.0 GHz Set F1 to 50.0 GHz

Set L1 to: Measured Power * Set L1 to: Measured Power * Set L1 to: Measured Power *

+10 dBm _________dBm + 2.5 dBm _________dBm + 2 dBm _________dBm

+ 9 dBm _________dBm + 1.5 dBm _________dBm + 1 dBm _________dBm

+ 8 dBm _________dBm + 0.5 dBm _________dBm + 0 dBm _________dBm

+ 7 dBm _________dBm – 0.5 dBm _________dBm – 1 dBm _________dBm

+ 6 dBm _________dBm – 1.5 dBm _________dBm – 2 dBm _________dBm

+ 5 dBm _________dBm – 2.5 dBm _________dBm – 3 dBm _________dBm

+ 4 dBm _________dBm – 3.5 dBm _________dBm – 4 dBm _________dBm

+ 3 dBm _________dBm – 4.5 dBm _________dBm – 5 dBm _________dBm

+ 2 dBm _________dBm – 5.5 dBm _________dBm – 6 dBm _________dBm

+ 1 dBm _________dBm – 6.5 dBm _________dBm – 7 dBm _________dBm

0 dBm _________dBm – 7.5 dBm _________dBm – 8 dBm _________dBm

– 1 dBm _________dBm – 8.5 dBm _________dBm – 9 dBm _________dBm

– 2 dBm _________dBm – 9.5 dBm _________dBm – 10 dBm _________dBm

* Specification is ±1.0 dB. * Specification is ±1.0 dB. * Specification is ±1.5 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Manual Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation **

+ 2 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB (0.01 to 40 GHz); 2.2 dB (40 to 60 GHz).

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation ***

+ 2 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

*** Maximum variation is 4.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 2.0 dB (0.05 to 20 GHz); 4.0 dB (20 to 40 GHz); 5.0 dB (40 to
60 GHz)(typical, not a specification).

A-100 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68387C

3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests (Continued)

(Model 68387C w/Option 2D Step Attenuator)

Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz Set F1 to 25.0 GHz Set F1 to 50.0 GHz

Set L1 to: Measured Power * Set L1 to: Measured Power * Set L1 to: Measured Power *

+ 8.5 dBm _________dBm + 0 dBm _________dBm – 1.5 dBm _________dBm

+ 7.5 dBm _________dBm – 1 dBm _________dBm – 2.5 dBm _________dBm

+ 6.5 dBm _________dBm – 2 dBm _________dBm – 3.5 dBm _________dBm

+ 5.5 dBm _________dBm – 3 dBm _________dBm – 4.5 dBm _________dBm

+ 4.5 dBm _________dBm – 4 dBm _________dBm – 5.5 dBm _________dBm

+ 3.5 dBm _________dBm – 5 dBm _________dBm – 6.5 dBm _________dBm

+ 2.5 dBm _________dBm – 6 dBm _________dBm – 7.5 dBm _________dBm

+ 1.5 dBm _________dBm – 7 dBm _________dBm – 8.5 dBm _________dBm

+ 0.5 dBm _________dBm – 8 dBm _________dBm – 9.5 dBm _________dBm

– 0.5 dBm _________dBm – 9 dBm _________dBm –10.5 dBm _________dBm

– 1.5 dBm _________dBm –10 dBm _________dBm –11.5 dBm _________dBm

– 2.5 dBm _________dBm –11 dBm _________dBm –12.5 dBm _________dBm

– 3.5 dBm _________dBm –12 dBm _________dBm –13.5 dBm _________dBm

* Specification is ±1.0 dB. * Specification is ±1.0 dB. * Specification is ±1.5 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Manual Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation **

– 1.5 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB (0.01 to 40 GHz); 2.2 dB (40 to 60 GHz).

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation ***

– 1.5 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

*** Maximum variation is 7.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 6.0 dB (0.05 to 20 GHz); 8.2 dB (20 to 40 GHz); 10.2 dB (40 to
60 GHz)(typical, not a specification).

683XXC MM A-101
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68387C

3-12 Amplitude Modulation Test

AM Imput Sensitivity Procedure Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(+) reading . . . . . . . . . . . __________

Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(–) reading . . . . . . . . . . . __________

Calculate and record the actual AM input sensitivity . . . . . . . . 45% _________ % 55%

3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit
(Unlocked Wide FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Measure and record the low carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ MHz

Measure and record the high carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ MHz

Calculate and record the actual peak-to-peak frequency deviation . 190 MHz _______ MHz 210 MHz

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

(Unlocked Narrow FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68387C . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ MHz

Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.7% _________ % 106.3%

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

(Locked FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68387C . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ MHz

Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.7% _________ % 106.3%

A-102 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68387C

3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests (Continued)

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit
(Locked Low-Noise FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68387C . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ MHz

Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.7% _________ % 106.3%

3-14 Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level

Rise Time, Fall Time, and Overshoot Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Measure and record the following:

Rise Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A _______ ns 10 ns

Pulse Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . –10 ns _______ ms +10 ns

PRI (period) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . –10 ns _______ ms +10 ns

Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A _______ % 10%

Pulse Level Accuracy (1 GHz, Pulse Width = 1.0 ms)

Set F1 to 1.0 GHz

Set pulse width W1 to 1.0 ms

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . –1.0 dB _______ dB +1.0 dB

Pulse Level Accuracy (1 GHz, Pulse Width = 5.0 ms)

Set F1 to 1.0 GHz

Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . –0.5 dB _______ dB +0.5 dB

683XXC MM A-103
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68387C

3-14 Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level (Continued)

Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 0.5 ms) Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . –1.0 dB _______ dB +1.0 dB

Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 5.0 ms)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . –0.5 dB _______ dB +0.5 dB

3-15 Pulse Modulation Test: Video Feedthrough

Test Procedure Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Set PRI (period) to 0.01 ms

Measure and record the Video Feedthrough voltage spikes . . . . –10 mV _______ mV +10 mV

A-104 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68387C

3-16 Pulse Modulation Test: RF On/Off Ratio

Test Procedure (1 GHz) Measured

Lower Limit Upper Limit
Value

Set F1 to 1.10 GHz

Measure and record the peak of the signal on the Spectrum

Analyzer. (Measured signal must be >60 dB below top graticule
to meet specification; this represents an On/Off Ratio of >80 dB.) . 60 dB _______ dB N/A

Test Procedure (5 GHz)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Measure and record the peak of the signal on the Spectrum

Analyzer. (Measured signal must be >60 dB below top graticule
to meet specification; this represents an On/Off Ratio of >80 dB.) . 60 dB _______ dB N/A

3-17 Phase Modulation Tests

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit
(Wide FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68387C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______rad

Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.7% _________ % 106.3%

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

(Narrow FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68387C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______rad

Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.7% _________ % 106.3%

683XXC MM A-105/A-106
 Anritsu Model 68387C Date: __________________________

Serial Number __________________ Calibrated By: __________________________

4-7 Preliminary Calibration

Procedure Step Step Completion

1. Internal DVM Calibration (calterm119) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

2. Coarse Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 137) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

3. Fine Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 136). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4. Sweep Time DAC Calibration (calterm 132) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

5. YIG Frequency Offset DAC Calibration (calterm 134) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

6. YIG Frequency Linearizer DACs Calibration (calterm 127) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

7. 100 MHz Reference Oscillator Calibration (calterm 130) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

8. Ramp Center DAC Calibration (calterm 129) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

9. Sweep Width DAC Calibration (calterm 133) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

10. Center Frequency DAC Calibration (calterm 114) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

11. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4-8 Switched Filter Shaper Calibration

Log Amplifier Zero Calibration Step Completion

1. Log Amplifier Zero Calibration (calterm 115) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

Limiter DAC Adjustment

2. Limiter DAC Adjustment (calterm 145). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

Shaper DAC Adjustment

2. Shaper DAC Adjustment (calterm 138) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

3. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

683XXC MM A-107
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68387C

4-9 RF Level Calibration

This calibration is performed using an automatic test system. Contact Anritsu Customer Service for further information.

4-10 ALC Slope Calibration

Procedure Step Step Completion

5. ALC Slope DAC adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

6. Store the DAC setting value(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4-11 ALC Bandwidth Calibration

Procedure Step Step Completion

1. ALC Bandwidth Calibration (Calterm 110) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

2. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4-12 AM Calibration

Procedure Step Step Completion

2. Linear AM Calibration (calterm 112) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

3. Log AM Calibration (calterm 113) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4. AM Meter Calibration (calterm 147) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

5. AM Function Generator Calibration (calterm 146) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

6. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

A-108 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68387C

4-13 FM Calibration

Procedure Step Step Completion

1. FM Meter Calibration (calterm 123) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

2. FM Variable Gain Linearity Calibration (calterm 148) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

3. External Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 124) . . . . . . . . . ______________

4. Internal Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 143) . . . . . . . . . . ______________

5. External Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity

Calibration (calterm 125). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

6. Internal Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity

Calibration (calterm 144). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

7. FM Rear Panel Input Gain Calibration (calterm 154) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

8. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4-14 Phase Modulation (FM) Calibration (Option 6)

Procedure Step Step Completion

1. External Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 149) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

2. Internal Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 151) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

3. Wide FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 155) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4. External Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 150) . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

5. Internal Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 152) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

6. Narrow FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 156) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

7. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

683XXC MM A-109/A-110
 Anritsu Model 68397C Date: __________________________

Serial Number __________________ Tested By: __________________________

3-6 Internal Time Base Aging Rate Test

Test Procedure Measured Value Upper Limit

Record frequency error value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________

Record frequency error value (after 24 hours) . . . . . . . . . . . _______________

–8
Record the computed aging rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________per day 2x10 per day
–10
(5x10 per day
with Option 16)

683XXC MM A-111
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68397C

3-7 Frequency Synthesis Tests

Coarse Loop/YIG Loop Test Procedure Fine Loop Test Procedure (Standard 68397C)

Test Frequency (in GHz) Measured Value * Test Frequency (in GHz) Measured Value **

2.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 001 000 _____________________

3.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 002 000 _____________________

4.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 003 000 _____________________

5.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 004 000 _____________________

6.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 005 000 _____________________

7.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 006 000 _____________________

8.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 007 000 _____________________

9.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 008 000 _____________________

10.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 009 000 _____________________

11.000 000 000 _____________________ 2.000 010 000 _____________________

12.000 000 000 _____________________

** Specifications for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz
13.000 000 000 _____________________
Fine Loop Test Procedure (68397C with Option 11)
14.000 000 000 _____________________
Test Frequency (in GHz) Measured Value ***
15.000 000 000 _____________________
2.000 000 100 _____________________
16.000 000 000 _____________________
2.000 000 200 _____________________
17.000 000 000 _____________________
2.000 000 300 _____________________
18.000 000 000 _____________________
2.000 000 400 _____________________
19.000 000 000 _____________________
2.000 000 500 _____________________
20.000 000 000 _____________________
2.000 000 600 _____________________
* Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±100 Hz.
2.000 000 700 _____________________

2.000 000 800 _____________________

2.000 000 900 _____________________

2.000 001 000 _____________________

*** Specification for all frequencies listed above is ±10 Hz.

A-112 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68397C

3-8 Spurious Signals Test: RF Output Signals <2 GHz

Test Procedure Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 10 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –30 dBc

Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Set F1 to 20 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –30 dBc

Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Set F1 to 30 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –30 dBc

Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Set F1 to 40 MHz
Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –30 dBc

Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Set F1 to 350 MHz

Record the presence of the worst case harmonic . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Set F1 to 1.6 GHz

Record the presence of the worst case non-harmonic . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

Set F1 to 1.6 GHz

Record the level of the harmonics of the 1.6 GHz carrier:
3.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

4.8 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –40 dBc

683XXC MM A-113
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68397C

3-9 Harmonic Test: RF Output Signals From 2 to 20 GHz

Test Procedure (2 to 10 GHz) Measure Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 2.1 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 2.1 GHz carrier:
4.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

6.3 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

8.4 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

10.5 GHz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

12.6 GHz (6th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

14.7 GHz (7th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

16.8 GHz (8th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

18.9 GHz (9th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

Set F1 to 3.6 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 3.6 GHz carrier:
7.2 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

10.8 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

14.4 GHz (4th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

18.0 Ghz (5th harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

Set F1 to 7.0 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 7 GHz carrier:
14.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

Set F1 to 10.0 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 10 GHz carrier:
20.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

Test Procedure (11 to 20 GHz)

Set F1 to 12.4 GHz
Record the level of all harmonics of the 12.4 GHz carrier:
24.8 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

37.2 GHz (3rd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

Set F1 to 16.0 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 16.0 GHz carrier:
32.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

Set F1 to 20.0 GHz

Record the level of all harmonics of the 20.0 GHz carrier:
40.0 GHz (2nd harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –50 dBc

A-114 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68397C

3-10 Single Sideband Phase Noise Test

Test Procedure Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 2.0 GHz

Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –77 dBc

1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –85 dBc

10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –83 dBc

100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –99 dBc

Set F1 to 6.0 GHz

Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –75 dBc

1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –85 dBc

10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –83 dBc

100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –99 dBc

Set F1 to 10.0 GHz

Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –70 dBc

1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –83 dBc

10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –80 dBc

100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –99 dBc

Set F1 to 20.0 GHz

Record the phase noise levels at these offsets:
100 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –63 dBc

1 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –75 dBc

10 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –75 dBc

100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________dBc –97 dBc

683XXC MM A-115
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68397C

3-11 Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests

(Model 68397C)

Power Level Accuracy Test Procedure

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz Set F1 to 25.0 GHz Set F1 to 50.0 GHz

Set L1 to: Measured Power * Set L1 to: Measured Power * Set L1 to: Measured Power *

+10 dBm _________dBm + 2.5 dBm _________dBm 0 dBm _________dBm

+ 9 dBm _________dBm + 1.5 dBm _________dBm – 1 dBm _________dBm

+ 8 dBm _________dBm + 0.5 dBm _________dBm – 2 dBm _________dBm

+ 7 dBm _________dBm – 0.5 dBm _________dBm – 3 dBm _________dBm

+ 6 dBm _________dBm – 1.5 dBm _________dBm – 4 dBm _________dBm

+ 5 dBm _________dBm – 2.5 dBm _________dBm – 5 dBm _________dBm

+ 4 dBm _________dBm – 3.5 dBm _________dBm – 6 dBm _________dBm

+ 3 dBm _________dBm – 4.5 dBm _________dBm – 7 dBm _________dBm

+ 2 dBm _________dBm – 5.5 dBm _________dBm – 8 dBm _________dBm

+ 1 dBm _________dBm – 6.5 dBm _________dBm – 9 dBm _________dBm

0 dBm _________dBm – 7.5 dBm _________dBm – 10 dBm _________dBm

– 1 dBm _________dBm – 8.5 dBm _________dBm – 11 dBm _________dBm

– 2 dBm _________dBm – 9.5 dBm _________dBm – 12 dBm _________dBm

* Specification is ±1.0 dB. * Specification is ±1.0 dB. * Specification is ±1.5 dB.

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Manual Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation **

0 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

** Maximum variation is 1.6 dB (0.01 to 40 GHz); 2.2 dB (40 to 65 GHz).

Power Level Flatness Test Procedure (Analog Sweep)

Set L1 to: Max Power Min Power Variation ***

0 dBm _________dBm __________dBm _________dB

*** Maximum variation is 4.0 dB (0.01 to 0.05 GHz); 2.0 dB (0.05 to 20 GHz); 4.0 dB (20 to 40 GHz); 5.0 dB (40 to
65 GHz)(typical, not a specification).

A-116 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68397C

3-12 Amplitude Modulation Test

AM Imput Sensitivity Procedure Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(+) reading . . . . . . . . . . . __________

Measure and record the Modulation Analyzer AM PK(–) reading . . . . . . . . . . . __________

Calculate and record the actual AM input sensitivity . . . . . . . . 45% _________ % 55%

3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit
(Unlocked Wide FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Measure and record the low carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ MHz

Measure and record the high carrier frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ MHz

Calculate and record the actual peak-to-peak frequency deviation . 190 MHz _______ MHz 210 MHz

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

(Unlocked Narrow FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68397C . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ MHz

Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.7% _________ % 106.3%

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

(Locked FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68397C . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ MHz

Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.7% _________ % 106.3%

683XXC MM A-117
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68397C

3-13 Frequency Modulation Tests (Continued)

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit
(Locked Low-Noise FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Record the FM deviation frequency displayed on the 68397C . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ MHz

Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.7% _________ % 106.3%

3-14 Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level

Rise Time, Fall Time, and Overshoot Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Measure and record the following:

Rise Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A _______ ns 10 ns

Pulse Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . –10 ns _______ ms +10 ns

PRI (period) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . –10 ns _______ ms +10 ns

Overshoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N/A _______ % 10%

Pulse Level Accuracy (1 GHz, Pulse Width = 1.0 ms)

Set F1 to 1.0 GHz

Set pulse width W1 to 1.0 ms

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . –1.0 dB _______ dB +1.0 dB

Pulse Level Accuracy (1 GHz, Pulse Width = 5.0 ms)

Set F1 to 1.0 GHz

Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . –0.5 dB _______ dB +0.5 dB

A-118 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68397C

3-14 Pulse Modulation Tests: Rise Time, Fall Time, Overshoot, and Level (Continued)

Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 0.5 ms) Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . –1.0 dB _______ dB +1.0 dB

Pulse Level Accuracy (5 GHz, Pulse Width = 5.0 ms)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Record the displayed output level L1 (step 5.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ dBm

Calculate and record the pulse level error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . –0.5 dB _______ dB +0.5 dB

3-15 Pulse Modulation Test: Video Feedthrough

Test Procedure Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Set pulse width W1 to 5.0 ms
Set PRI (period) to 0.01 ms

Measure and record the Video Feedthrough voltage spikes . . . . –10 mV _______ mV +10 mV

683XXC MM A-119
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68397C

3-16 Pulse Modulation Test: RF On/Off Ratio

Test Procedure (1 GHz) Measured

Lower Limit Upper Limit
Value

Set F1 to 1.0 GHz

Measure and record the peak of the signal on the Spectrum

Analyzer. (Measured signal must be >60 dB below top graticule
to meet specification; this represents an On/Off Ratio of >80 dB.) . 60 dB _______ dB N/A

Test Procedure (5 GHz)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Measure and record the peak of the signal on the Spectrum

Analyzer. (Measured signal must be >60 dB below top graticule
to meet specification; this represents an On/Off Ratio of >80 dB.) . 60 dB _______ dB N/A

3-17 Phase Modulation Tests

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

Lower Limit Measured Value Upper Limit
(Wide FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68397C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______rad

Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.7% _________ % 106.3%

FM Imput Sensitivity Procedure

(Narrow FM Mode)

Set F1 to 5.0 GHz

Record the FM deviation displayed on the 68397C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______rad

Calculate and record the FM accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.7% _________ % 106.3%

A-120 683XXC MM
 Anritsu Model 68397C Date: __________________________

Serial Number __________________ Calibrated By: __________________________

4-7 Preliminary Calibration

Procedure Step Step Completion

1. Internal DVM Calibration (calterm119) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

2. Coarse Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 137) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

3. Fine Loop Pretune DAC Calibration (calterm 136). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4. Sweep Time DAC Calibration (calterm 132) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

5. YIG Frequency Offset DAC Calibration (calterm 134) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

6. YIG Frequency Linearizer DACs Calibration (calterm 127) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

7. 100 MHz Reference Oscillator Calibration (calterm 130) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

8. Ramp Center DAC Calibration (calterm 129) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

9. Sweep Width DAC Calibration (calterm 133) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

10. Center Frequency DAC Calibration (calterm 114) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

11. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4-8 Switched Filter Shaper Calibration

Log Amplifier Zero Calibration Step Completion

1. Log Amplifier Zero Calibration (calterm 115) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

Limiter DAC Adjustment

2. Limiter DAC Adjustment (calterm 145). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

Shaper DAC Adjustment

2. Shaper DAC Adjustment (calterm 138) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

3. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

683XXC MM A-121
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68397C

4-9 RF Level Calibration

This calibration is performed using an automatic test system. Contact Anritsu Customer Service for further information.

4-10 ALC Slope Calibration

Procedure Step Step Completion

5. ALC Slope DAC adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

6. Store the DAC setting value(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4-11 ALC Bandwidth Calibration

Procedure Step Step Completion

1. ALC Bandwidth Calibration (Calterm 110) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

2. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4-12 AM Calibration

Procedure Step Step Completion

2. Linear AM Calibration (calterm 112) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

3. Log AM Calibration (calterm 113) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4. AM Meter Calibration (calterm 147) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

5. AM Function Generator Calibration (calterm 146) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

6. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

A-122 683XXC MM
TEST MODEL
RECORD 68397C

4-13 FM Calibration

Procedure Step Step Completion

1. FM Meter Calibration (calterm 123) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

2. FM Variable Gain Linearity Calibration (calterm 148) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

3. External Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 124) . . . . . . . . . ______________

4. Internal Unlocked Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 143) . . . . . . . . . . ______________

5. External Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity

Calibration (calterm 125). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

6. Internal Locked, Locked Low-Noise, and Unlocked Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity

Calibration (calterm 144). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

7. FM Rear Panel Input Gain Calibration (calterm 154) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

8. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4-14 Phase Modulation (FM) Calibration (Option 6)

Procedure Step Step Completion

1. External Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 149) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

2. Internal Wide FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 151) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

3. Wide FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 155) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

4. External Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 150) . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

5. Internal Narrow FM Mode Sensitivity Calibration (calterm 152) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

6. Narrow FM Mode Flatness Calibration (calterm 156) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

7. Store the Calibration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________

683XXC MM A-123/A-124
 Subject Index

0-9 E
683XXC Electrostatic Discharge Precautions, 1-8
Assembly and Component Locator Diagram, 6-9 Error Messages
General Description, 1-3 Operation Related, 5-7
Major Subsystems Functional Description, 2-3 Self-Test, 5-3 - 5-6
Manuals, Related, 1-5 Exchange Assembly Program
Models, List of, 1-4 Program Description, 1-14
Options, List of, 1-6
Startup Configurations, 1-11 F
System Block Diagram, 2-6 - 2-7
Fan Assembly
Remove/Replace Procedures, 6-19
A Frequency Synthesis Subsystem
ALC/AM/Pulse Modulation Subsystem Block Diagram, 2-11
Block Diagram, 2-17 Functional Description, 2-9
Functional Description, 2-15 Front Panel Assembly
Anritsu Service Centers, 1-18 Remove/Replace Procedures, 6-6
Functional Description
C ALC/AM/Pulse Modulation Subsystem, 2-15
Frequency Synthesis Subsystem, 2-9
Calibration
Major Subsystems, 2-3
ALC Bandwidth Calibration, 4-28
RF Deck Assemblies, 2-19
ALC Slope Calibration, 4-24
System Block Diagram, 2-6 - 2-7
AM Calibration, 4-30
FM Calibration, 4-34
Following Subassembly Replacement, 4-4
G
Initial Setup, 4-7 General Description, 1-3
Phase Modulation Calibration, 4-41
Preliminary Calibration, 4-13 I
RF Level Calibration, 4-23
Identification Number, 1-5
Switched Filter Shaper Calibration, 4-19
Test Equipment, 4-3
Test Record, 68317C, A-19 - A-21
M
Test Record, 68337C, A-37 - A-39 Maintenance, Level of , 1-8
Test Record, 68347C, A-57 - A-59 Manual, Electronic, 1-5
Test Record, 68367C, A-75 - A-77 Manual, GPIB Programming, 1-5
Test Record, 68377C, A-91 - A-93 Manual, Operation, 1-5
Test Record, 68387C, A-107 - A-109 Manual, SCPI Programming, 1-5
Test Record, 68397C, A-121 - A-123 Models, List of, 1-4
Chassis Covers
Remove/Replace Procedures, 6-4 N
Normal Operation Error/Warning Messages, 5-7

683XXC MM Index 1
SUBJECT
INDEX O- T

O T
Options, List of, 1-6 Test Equipment, Recommended, 1-12
Testing, Performance Verification
P Amplitude Modulation Test, 3-27
Frequency Modulation Tests, 3-30
Parts and Subassemblies, Replaceable, 1-14
Frequency Synthesis Tests, 3-10
Parts Ordering Information, 1-14
Harmonic Test: RF Output 2 to 20 GHz, 3-15
Anritsu Service Centers, 1-14
Internal Time Base Aging Rate Test, 3-7
Performance Verification Tests, 3-3
Maximum Leveled Power Listing, 3-6
Preventive Maintenance
Phase Modulation Tests, 3-45
Fan Filter Cleaning, 1-10
Power Level Accuracy and Flatness Tests, 3-23
Pulse Modulation Test: Overshoot, 3-36
R Pulse Modulation Test: Pulse Level
Rear Panel Assembly Accuracy, 3-36
Remove/Replace Procedures, 6-14 Pulse Modulation Test: RF On/RF Off
Recommended Test Equipment, 1-12 Ratio, 3-42
Removal and Replacement Procedures Pulse Modulation Test: Rise/Fall Time, 3-36
A13 or A15 PCB, 6-11 Pulse Modulation Test: Video
A14 PCB, 6-11 Feedthrough, 3-40
A16 or A17 PCB, 6-13 Single Sideband Phase Noise Test, 3-19
A18 or A19 PCB, 6-13 Spurious Signals Test: RF Output <2 GHz, 3-12
A21 PCB, 6-17 Test Equipment, 3-3
A21-3 PCB, 6-18 Test Record, 68317C, A-3 - A-17
A3, A4, A5, or A6 PCBs, 6-8 Test Record, 68337C, A-23 - A-36
A7 PCB, 6-10 Test Record, 68347C, A-41 - A-56
A8, A9, A10, A11, or A12 PCB, 6-10 Test Record, 68367C, A-61 - A-74
Assembly and Component Locator Diagram, 6-9 Test Record, 68377C, A-79 - A-89
Chassis Covers, 6-4 Test Record, 68387C, A-95 - A-105
Fan Assembly, 6-19 Test Record, 68397C, A-111 - A-120
Front Panel Assembly, 6-6 Troubleshooting
Rear Panel Assembly, 6-14 Connector/Test Points Locator Diagram, 5-11
Replaceable Subassemblies and Parts, 1-14 Malfunctions Not Displaying an Error
RF Deck Assemblies Message, 5-10
Block Diagram, 2-21 - 2-24 Normal Operation Error/Warning
Functional Description, 2-19 Messages, 5-7
Self-Test Error Messages, 5-3
S Troubleshooting Tables, 5-10, 5-12 - 5-54
Scope of Manual, 1-3
Self-Test Error Messages, 5-3
Startup Configurations, 1-11
Static-Sensitive Component Precautions, 1-8

Index 2 683XXC MM